Tag: tu-hoc-tieng-anh

  • Đề luyện thi đại học môn Anh văn 2012

    Đề luyện thi đại học môn Anh văn 2012

    Đề luyện thi đại học môn Anh văn 2012

    Mọi ý kiến đóng góp xin gửi vào hòm thư: [email protected]

    Tổng hợp các đề cương đại học hiện có của Đại Học Hàng HảiĐề Cương VIMARU 

    Kéo xuống để Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF đầy đủ: Sau “mục lục” và “bản xem trước”

    (Nếu là đề cương nhiều công thức nên mọi người nên tải về để xem tránh mất công thức)

    Đề cương liên quan: Tài liệu ôn thi đại học môn tiếng anh


    [toc]

    Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF tại đây: Đề luyện thi đại học môn Anh văn 2012

    Đề luyện thi đại học môn Anh văn 2012

    I. Read the passage and circle the best option A, B, C, or D to complete the following questions or statements:

    Psychologist have debated a long time about whether a child’s upbringing can give it the ability to do outstandingly well. Some think that it is impossible to develop genius and say that it is simply something a person is born with. Others, however, argue that the potential for great achievement can be develop. The truth lies somewhere between these two extremes.

    It seems very obvious that being born with the right qualities from gifted parents will increase a child’s ability to do well. However, this ability will be fully realized only with the right upbringing and opportunities. As one psychologist says, “To have a fast car, you need both a good engine an d fuel.” Scientists have recently assessed intelligence, achievement, and ability in 50 sets of identical twins that were separated shortly birth and brought up by different parents. They found that achievement was based on intelligence, and later influenced by the child’s environment.

    One case involving very intelligent twins was quoted. One of the twins received a normal upbringing, and performed well. The other twin, however, was brought up by extremely supportive parents and given every possible opportunity to develop its abilities. That twin, though starting out with the same degree of intelligence as the other, performed even better.

    This case reflects the general principle of intelligence and ability. The more favorable the environment, the more a child’s intelligence and ability are developed. However, there is no link between intelligence and socioeconomic level of a child’s family. In other words, it does not matter how poor or how rich a family is, as this does not affect the intelligence.

    Gifted people can not be created by supportive parents, but they can be developed by them. One professor of music said that outstanding musicians usually started two or three years earlier than ordinary performers, often because their parents had recognized their ability. These musicians then needed at least ten years’ hard work and training in order to reach the level they were capable of attaining. People who want to have very gifted children are given the following advice:

    • Marry an intelligent person.
    • Allow children to follow their own interests rather than the interests of the parents.
    • Start a child’s education early but avoid pushing the child too hard.
    • Encourage children to play; for example, playing with musical instrument is essential for a child who wants to become an outstanding musician.

    1: When scientists studied intelligence and ability in twins, they found that ______.

    1. different twins generally have different levels of ability
    2. ability depends mainly on intelligence and achievement
    3. intelligence and development are irrelevant to ability
    4. ability depends both on intelligence and environment
    • Scientists chose twins for their study because ______.
      1. they have the same genetic background, usually with similar intelligence
      2. they are born into the same family, hence the same upbringing
      3. they have the same economic background and hence the same opportunities
      4. each twin has the same environment as his/ her twin
    • How were great musicians different from ordinary musicians in their development?
      1. They practice playing their instruments for many years
      2. They were exceptionally intelligent and artistic
      3. They concentrated on music to the exclusion of other areas
      4. Their ability was realized at an early stage and then nurtured
    • The writer advises that gifted children should be allowed to follow ______.
      1. only their interests in computer gamesonly their interests in musical instruments
    • When encouraging their gifted children, parents should avoid ______.

    1

    1. letting them play their own way B. starting their education at an early age
    2. pushing their children too hard D. permitting them to follow their own interests
    • The remark: “To have a fast car, you need both a good engine an d fuel.” in the passage means that in order to become a genius, ______.
      1. you need to have good health and good nourishment
      2. you need intelligence and you need to develop it
      3. you should try to move quickly and efficiently.
      4. you must nourish your brain and train your muscles hard
    • The word “favorable” in the passage mostly mean ______.
      1. “of high quality or an acceptable standard”
      2. “under the control or in the power of somebody else ”
      3. “good for someone and making him/ her likely to be successful”
      4. “helping somebody to be more intelligent compared t o the other people”
    • All of the following statements are true EXCEPT ______.
      1. a child’s intelligence is influenced by that of his/ her parents
      2. studying different twins is useful scientific procedure
      3. educational development depends completely on economic well-being
      4. to become successful, a child need both native intelligence and development

     

    • The upbringing of highly intelligent children requires ______.
    1. parental support and encouragement B. an expensive education C. wealthy and loving parents D. good musical instruments
    • The word “others” used in the first paragraph refers to ______.
    1. other people B. other scientists C. other geniuses         D. other children

    Read the passage and circle the best option A, B, C, or D to complete the following questions or statements:

     

    Since the world became industrialized, the number of animal species that have either become extinct or have neared extinction has increased. Bengal tigers, for instance, which once roamed the jungles in vast numbers, now number only about 2,300. By the year 2025, it is estimated that they will become extinct.

     

    What is alarming about the case of the Bengal tiger is that this extinction will have been caused almost entirely by poachers who, according to some sources, are not always interested in material gain but in personal gratification. This is an example of the callousness that is contributing to the problem of extinction. Animals such as the Bengal tiger, as well as other endangered species, are valuable parts of the world’s ecosystem. International laws protecting these animals must be enacted to ensure their survival – and the survival of our planet.

     

    Countries around the world have begun to deal with the problem in various ways. Some countries, in an effort to circumvent the problem, have allocated large amounts of land to animals reserves. They then charge admission prices to help defray the costs of maintaining the parks, and they often must also depend on world organizations for support. This money enables them to invest in equipment and patrols to protect the animals. Another response to the increase in animal extinction is an international boycott of products made from endangered species. This has had some effect, but by itself it will not prevent animals from being hunted and killed.

     

    11: What is the main topic of the passage?

    1. Endangered species B. Problems with industrialization C. The Bengal tiger D. International boycotts
    • The word “poachers” could be best replaced by which of the following?
    1. Concerned scientists B. Enterprising researchers C. Illegal hunters D. Trained hunters
    • The word “callousness” could be best replaced by which of the following?
    1. incompetence B. indirectness C. insensitivity               D. independence
    • The previous passage is divided into two paragraphs in order to contrast:
    1. A comparison and a contrast B. A problem and a solution
    2. A statement and an illustration D. Specific and general information

    2

    • What does the word “this” refer to in the passage?
    1. Bengal tiger B. Interest in material gain
    2. Killing animals for personal satisfaction D. The decrease in the Bengal tiger population
    • Where in the passage does the author discuss a cause of extinction?
    1. Lines 4-6 B. Lines 7-9 C. Lines 10-16                  D. Lines 1-3
    • Which of the following could best replace the word “allocated”?
    1. set aside B. combined C. taken                              D. organized
    • The word “defray” is closest in meaning to which of the following?
    1. make a payment on B. raise
    2. lower D. make an investment toward
    • What does the term “international boycott” refer to?
      1. A global increase in animal survival
      2. A refusal to buy animal products worldwide
      3. Defraying the cost of maintaining national parks
      4. Buying and selling of animal products overseas
    • Which of the following best describes the author’s attitude?

    Choose from the four options given (marked A, B, C, or D) one best answer to complete each of the following sentences:

    • ______ did Arthur realize that there was danger.
    1. When he entered the store B. After he had entered the store
    2. On entering the store D. Only after entering the store
    • After seeing the movie Centennial, ______.
      1. the book made many people want to read it
      2. the book was read by many people
      3. many people wanted to read the book
      4. the reading of the book interested many people
    • Many of the current international problems that we are now facing ______.
      1. are the results of misunderstandings.
      2. lacks of the intelligent capabilities of understanding each other
      3. linguistic incompetences
      4. are because of not understanding themselves
    • Le: “I can’t understand how you missed the exit.”

    Linh: “Well, it was so dark that ______.”

    1. we could see hardly the road signs B. we could see the road signs hardly
    2. hardly could we see the road signs D. we could hardly see the road signs
    • George didn’t do well in the class because ______.
    1. he was a badly student B. he studied bad
    2. he failed to study properly D. he was not good studywise

    Read the passage and choose one word or phrase marked A, B, C or D that best fits each of the gaps:

     

    When you read something in a foreign language, you frequently come across words you do not (26)______ understand. Sometimes you (27)______ the meaning in a dictionary and sometimes you guess. The strategy you adopt depends very much upon the (28)______ of accuracy you require and the time at your disposal.

     

    If you are the sort of person who tends to turn to the dictionary frequently, it is (29)______ remembering that every dictionary has its limitations. Each definition is only an approximation and one builds up an accurate picture of the meaning of a word only after meeting it in a (30)______ of contexts. It is also important to recognize the special dangers of dictionaries that translate from English into your native language and vice versa. If you must use a dictionary, it is usually far safer to (31)______ an English-English dictionary.

    3

    In most exams you are not permitted to use a dictionary. (32)______ you are allowed to use one, it is very time-consuming to look up words, and time in exams is usually limited. You are, (33)______ , forced to guess the meaning of unfamiliar words.

    When you come across unknown words in an exam text, it is very easy to panic. However, if you develop efficient techniques for guessing the meaning, you will (34)______ a number of possible problems and help yourself to understand far more of the text than you at first thought likely.

    Two strategies which may help you guess the meaning of a word are: using contextual clues, both within the sentence and outside, and making use of clues (35)______ from the formation of the word.

    26: A. wholly B. fully C. totally D. completely
    27: A. inspect B. control C. check D. examine
    28: A. extent B. level C. degree D. range
    29: A. worth B. essential C. valuable D. vital
    30: A. multiple B. variation C. variety D. diversity
    31: A. survey B. consult C. refer D. inquire
    32: A. In case B. Provided C. Although D. Even if
    33: A. therefore B. so C. however D. so that
    34: A. go over B. overcome C. get over D. surpass
    35: A. coming B. extracted C. derived D. originated
    1. Choose the best option A, B, C, or D to complete the following sentences:
    • She’d rather watch television, ______?
    1. wouldn’t she B. didn’t she C. hadn’t she                D. doesn’t she
    • If you give me a hand, then I shall be able to finish the work more quickly.
    1. do me a favour B. take my fingers C. stand by me            D. pick me up
    • There has been a sharp _____ in the number of burglaries in this area recently.
    • She wants to go shopping, but she has hardly ______.
    1. no money B. some money C. little money             D. any money
    • General ______ learning a foreign language is interesting, but not easy.
    • Staying in a hotel costs ______ renting a room in a dormitory for a week.
    1. twice as much as B. as much twice as C. twice more than      D. as much as twice
    • ______ had the curtain been raised than the light went out.
    1. Only when B. Scarcely C. Hardly                         D. No sooner
    • Peter: “I enjoy listening to pop music.”

    Maria: “______.”

    • The change in timetable will ______ many students having to catch an earlier bus
    • Man’s use of colours ______ back to the time when men first used red and yellow clays to paint their bodies.
    1. had dated B. dating C. dated                            D. dates
    • They were fortune ______ from the fire before the building collapsed.
    1. to rescue B. to have rescued C. rescuing                      D. to have been rescued
    • Jim ______ care of himself. He left home when he was 16 and has been on his own since then.
    1. used to take B. is used to take C. is used to taking     D. used to be taken
    • If coastal erosion continues to take place at the present rate, in another fifty years this beach ______.
    1. won’t be existing B. doesn’t exist C. isn’t going to exist D. isn’t existing
    • These days women are not expected to stay at home ______ their mothers did in the past.
    • Due to the storm, the flight to New York was ______ for some hours.
    • The twins look so much alike that almost no one can ______ them ______.

    4

    1. tell – away B. take – on C. tell – apart                 D. take – apart
    • A: “When is Mr. Fields planning to retire?”
    • “Soon, I think. He ______ here for a long time. He will probably retire either next year or the year after that.”
    • They have made no ______ at all in our talk about a common agricultural policy.
    • She is not a teenager any more. She looks quite ______ now.
    1. grown-up B. overgrown C. outgrown                   D. grown through
    • ______ of his childhood home in Hannibal, Missouri, provided Mark Twain with the inspiration for two of his most popular novels.
    1. He remembered B. Remembering C. Memories                  D. It was the memories
    • Jenifer is ______ in asking for bigger salary. She has worked really hard.
    1. unreasonable B. reason C. reasonable                 D. reasonably
    • John has been looking for his car, ______ is light blue
    1. whose its colour B. the colour of which C. of which colour D. which colour
    • We would contact your nearest relative ______ any accident occurring.
    1. in place of B. in spite of C. on account of          D. in the event of
    • Let’s begin our discussion now, ______?
    • ______ in astronomy, the discovery of Uranus was by accident.
    1. Alike many finds B. Many alike finds C. It was like many finds D. Like many finds
    • Don’t try too hard. Don’t ______ off more than you can ______
    1. eat – swallow B. eat – chew C. bite – swallow         D. bite – chew
    • ______ you read the instructions carefully, you will understand what to do.
    • Ben would have studied medicine if he ______ to a medical school.
    1. was admitted B. had been admitted C. had admitted          D. would be able to enter
    • Brenda: “Do you think it will rain?’ Carol: “Oh! ______.”
    1. I don’t hope B. I don’t hope so C. It’s hopeless             D. I hope not
    • ______ having a well-paid job, she never has any money.
    1. Let alone B. Despite C. For                                D. Even though

    V. Choose one word marked A, B, C, or D whose stress pattern is different from the others in each group:

    66: A. miraculous B. diversity C. platoon D. occupation
    67: A. delivery B. ornamental C. climatic D. environment
    68: A. ancestor B. tragedy C. geology D. accurate
    69: A. interview B. satellite C. similar D. contestant
    70: A. magnificent B. photography C. proverbial D. advantageous

    VI. Circle one option A, B, C, or D that best rewrites each of the following sentences:

    • The robbers made the bank manager hand over the money.
      1. The bank manager was forced to hand over the money by the robbers.
      2. The bank manager was allowed to hand over the money by the robbers.
      3. The bank manager was made hand over the money by the robbers.
      4. The robbers helped the bank manager to hand over the money.
    • It was only because his wife helped him that he was able to finish his book.
      1. Without his wife’s help, he couldn’t have finished his book.
      2. If it weren’t for his wife’s help, he couldn’t have finished his book.
      3. If only he had been able to finish his book.

    5

    1. But for his wife’s help, he couldn’t finish his boo k.
    • “Sorry, Madam. Looking after the garden is not my d uty.”
      1. He apologized for not looking after the garden.
      2. He not promised to look after the garden.
      3. He said that he was not responsible for looking after the garden.
      4. He asked if looking after the garden was his duty.
    • Scientists say forests are being destroyed by air pollution.
      1. Forests are said to be destroyed by scientists.
      2. Scientists blame air pollution for the destruction of forests.
      3. Scientists are blamed for destroying forests.
      4. Scientists say there’s much air pollution in the forests.
    • Much as he loved her, he couldn’t forgive her for what she had done.
      1. He didn’t forgive her for what she had done despite loving her very much.
      2. He loved her so much, that’s why he forgave her for what she had done.
      3. He didn’t forgive her for what she had done as he loved her very much.
      4. She loved him very much, so he forgave her for what she had done.

    VIII. Identify one underlined part that is incorrect in each of the following sentences by circling the corresponding letter A, B, C, or D :

    • Dogs that are trained to lead the blind must be loyalty, intelligent and calm.
    • Since erecting in 1886, the Statue of Liberty has served as a symbol of freedom.
    • Food prices have raised so rapidly in the past few months that some families have been

    A B C forced to alter their eating habits.

    • What we know about certain diseases are still not sufficient to prevent them from spreading

    A B C easily among the population.

    • The president refused to accept either of the four new proposals made by the contractors.

    A              B            C                                              D

    ………………………………The end…………………………….

    6

    ANSWER KEY:

    01 27 55
    02 28 56
    03 29 57
    04 30 58
    05 31 59
    06 32 60
    07 33 61
    08 34 62
    09 35 63
    10 36 64
    11 37 65
    12 38 66
    13 39 67
    14 40 68
    15 41 69
    16 42 70
    17 43 71
    18 44 72
    19 45 73
    20 46 74
    21 47 75
    22 48 76
    23 49 77
    24 50 78
    25 51 79
    26 52 80
    53
    54

    7

    PHONETICS.

    Identify the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others.

    1. A. privacy B. flight C. recycle D. vivid
    2. A. introduce B. huge C. flute D. cute
    3. A. ballet B. inlet C. buffet D. stay

    Identify the word that has the stress pattern different from that of the other words.

    4. A. elegant B. array C. departure D. inherit
    5. A. belief B. dinosaur C. argument D. challenge

    II. VOCABULARY & GRAMMAR.

    Choose the right word or phrase to complete the sentences.

    6. There’s a list of repairs as long as .
    A. a mile B. a pole C. your arm D. your arms
    7. The news was to them that they were all dead silent.
    A. such shock B. such a shock C. so shock D. too shock
    8. In the United States the states but Hawaii is an island.
    A. none of B. neither of C. all of D. no of
    9. What a ! I have left the umbrella at home and now it starts raining.
    A. complaint B. sorry C. shame D. regret
    10. are forms of carbon has been known since the late 18th century.
    A. Diamonds B. Diamonds, which C. Because diamonds D. That diamonds
    11. Dinosaurs believed out millions of years ago.
    A. are/ to have died B. were/ to have died C. are/ to die D. were/ to die
    12. “Which blouse do you like best?”  “ The one .”
    A. I tried it on first B. I tried on first C. I tried on it first D. I tried it on firstly
    13. The Williams have three sons, have become lawyers.
    A. all of whom B. all of them C. they all D. of whom all
    14. We would rather Helen us all the information we needed. We should have been well informed.
    A. sent B. send C. had sent D. have sent
    15. Only because she had to support her family to leave school.
    A. that Alice decides B. so Alice decided C. Alice decided D. did Alice decide
    16. Sorry, my father is out. Can I a message?
    A. leave B. take C. put D. make
    17. pollution control measures are expensive, many industries hesitate to adopt them.
    A. Because B. Although C. However D. On account of
    18. Income tax rates are usually to one’s annual income.
    A. dependent B. associated C. adapted D. related
    19. She won the competition in 2008 and seems likely again this year.
    A. win B. to win C. to do so D. will win
    20. The majority of primary school teachers women.
    A. is B. are C. includes D. including
    21. today, there would be nowhere for them to stay.
    A. Were they to arrive B. If they arrive
    C. Had they arrive D. Provided they arrived
    22. “ I’m taking my driving test tomorrow.” “ !”
    A. Luck B. Best wishes C. Good luck D. Good chance
    23. The restaurant is very popular with film stars, artists, and the .
    A. same B. similar C. such D. like
    24. There are different styles in classical music, on when the music was composed.
    A. depend B. depending C. depends D. depended
    25. The bicycle has two wheels. One wheel is in front of .
    A. another B. the other C. other D. others
    26. His house is nothing out of the ; it’s just an average four- room house.
    A. normal B. typical C. ordinary D. usual
    8
    27. Moving to a new town brought about many changes in his life.
    A. resulted in B. speeded up C. resulted from D. prevented
    28. Will you please give back the pen that yesterday?
    A. I borrowed from you B. you lent to me
    C. you borrowed to me D. I lent to you
    29. “ Let me see. Will five o’clock do?” the nurse answered the patient who wanted an appoinment.
    The most appropriate response is “ .”
    A. Exactly! B. Not at all C. Maybe, it will D. Fine
    30. “ That trumpet player was certainly loud.” “ I wasn’t bothered by his loudness by his lack of
    talent.”
    A. so much as B. rather than C. as D. than
    31. “ Do you mind if I ask you one or two questions ?”  “ .”
    A. Not at all. Fire away. B. That’s quite all right.
    C. Why not? D. I’m sorry. I have no idea.
    32. Their migration may be halted if fog, clouds, or rain hides the stars.
    A. postponed B. spoiled C. stopped D. endangered
    33. This magazine is very good. If you like reading, you should to it.
    A. contribute B. enroll C. buy D. subscribe
    34. the Prime Minister stressed that lack of trained personnel would the progress of Third
    Development Plan.
    A. overcome B. retard C. increase D. detect
    35. We asked him to go back, but he insisted on watching the sun coming down at .
    A. sunrise B. dawn C. dusk D. twilight

    Choose the underlined part ( A, B, C or D) that is incorrect.

    36. Hundred of scientists have been involved in the research.
    A B C  D
    37. Automation reduces labour costs by cutting the number of workers needing to do a job.
    A B C D
    38. He drove at full speed lest he was late for the meeting.
    A   B C D
    39. A computer can store information such as the size and the shape of a steel beam, recipe for a
    A B C D
    cake, and the amount of money in a bank account.
    1. Many of the population in the rural areas is composed of manual labourers.

    A                                                            B                     C                              D

    READING.

    Read the following passage and choose the right answer to fill in each of the blanks.

    Keeping fit and staying healthy have, not surprisingly, become a growth industry (41)
    apart from the amount of money spent each year on doctors’ (42) and approved medical  treatment,  huge
    sums are now spent on health foods and (43) of various kinds, from vitamin pills to mineral water, (44)
    health clubs and keep- fit books and videos. We are more concerned than ever, it seeems, (45)
    the water we drink and the air we breathe, and are smoking less, though not yet drinking less alcohol. This
    does not appear to mean that (46) and sneezes have been banished, or that we can all expect to live
    to a hundred. To give a personal example, one of my friends, who is a keep- fit (47) ,  a  non-  smoker
    and teetotaler, and who is very (48) about what he eats, is at present languishing in bed with a wrist in
    (49) and a badly sprained ankle. Part of his healthy (50) is to play squash every day after
    work, and that (51) for the ankle. He also cycles everywhere, and if you have ever tried to cycle
    through the rush-hour traffic with a sprained ankle, you will understand (52) he  acquired  the  broken
    wrist. For (53) , it seems, is not just a matter of a good (54) and plenty of exercise. Too much

    exercise can be harmful, as many joggers have discovered. Eating the right food can easily become an obsession, as

    can overworking, which you might have to do so as to be able to afford your (55) of the squash club, your
    mountain bike, your health food, and a few holidays in peaceful and healthy places.
    41. A. Poles B. Far C. Quite D. So
    42. A. prescriptions B. surgeries C. hospitals D. payments
    43. A. medications B. cures C. drugs D. remedies
    44. A. beside B. not to mention C. saying D. example
    45. A. than B. about C. for D. hence
    46. A. colds B. flu C. fevers D. coughs

    9

    47. A. fanatic B. follower C. fad D. person
    48. A. interested B. varied C. detailed D. particular
    49. A. crutches B. plaster C. treatment D. danger
    50. A. living B. lifetime C. lifestyle D. liveliness
    51. A. is B. caters C. depends D. accounts
    52. A. how B. that C. whenever D. thus
    53. A. fit B. this C. health D. all
    54. A. diet B. eating C. menu D. recipe
    55. A. share B. visit C. membership D. subscription

    Read the following passage and choose the right answer to each of the questions.

    Are  organically grown  foods  the  best food  choices?  The  advantages  claimed  for  such  foods  over

    conventionally grown and marketed food products are now being debated. Advocates of organic foods– a term whose meaning varies greatly- frequently proclaim that such products are safer and more nutritious than others.

    The growing interest of consumers in the safety and nutritional quality of the typical North American diet is a welcome development. However, much of this interest has been sparked by sweeping claims that the foods supply is unsafe or inadequate in the meeting nutritional needs. Although most of these claims are not supported by scientific evidence, the preponderance of written material advancing such claims makes it difficult for the general public to separate fact from fiction. As a result, claims that eating a diet consisting entirely of organically grown foods prevents or cures disease or provides other benefits to health have become widely publicized and formed the basic for folklore.

    Almost daily the public is besieged by claims for “no-aging” diets, new vitamins, and other wonder fo ods. Thre are numerous unsubstantiated reports that natural vitamins are superior to synthetic ones, that fertilized eggs are nutritionally superior to unfertilized eggs, that untreated grains are better than fumigated grains, and the like.

    One thing that most organically grown foods products seem to have in common is that they cost more than conventionally grown foods. But in many cases consumers are misled if they believe foods. So there is real cause for concern if consumers, particularly those with limited incomes, distrust the regular food supply and buy expensive organic foods instead.

    1. The “ welcome development” mentioned in paragraph 2 is an increase in .
    2. interest in food safety and nutrition among North Americans.
    3. the nutritional quality of the typical North American diet.
    4. the amount of healthy foods grown in North America.
    5. the number of consumers in North America.
    6. According to the first paragraph, which of the following is true about the term “ organic foods” ?
    7. It is accepted by most nutritionists. B. It has been used only in recent years.
    8. It has no fixed meaning D. It is seldom used by consumers.
    1. The author implies that there is cause for concern if consumers with limited incomes buy organic foods instead

    of conventionally grown foods because                               .

    1. organic foods can be more expensive but are often no better than conventionally grown foods.
    2. many organic foods are actually less nutritious than similar conventionally grown foods.
    3. conventionally grown foods are more readily available than organic foods.
    4. too many farmers will stop using conventional methods to grow food crops.
    5. According to the last paragraph, consumers who believe that organic foods are better than conventionally
    grown foods are often .
    A. careless B. mistaken C. thrifty D. wealthy
    60. What is the author’s attitude towards the claims made by advocates of health foods?
    A. Very anthusiastic B. Skeptical C. Neutral D. Somewhat favorable

    Read the following passage and choose the right answer to fill in each of the blanks.

    One of the hottest topics on the international development agenda is how to harness the power of International Monetary Fund for the benefit of developing countries. What is sometimes called “ the de ath of

    distance”, brought about by the (61) ,allow professional services such as (62)
    education and training to be provided easily and quickly to (63) areas. Some of the gains can be seen in
    countries as diverse as India and Morocco, where innovations range from (64) government
    announcements to local craftsmen selling their wares to a (65) market.   But   already   a   huge   and
    eapanding (66) divide is opening up between developed and developing nations. The major tasks facing
    world leaders at present is to (67) everybody on the planet with clean water, basic education and the

    10

    drugs needed to fight preventable diseases. Installing a (68) in every classroom and liking us to (69)
    must be a lesser (70) , for the time being at least.
    61. A. computer B. telephone C. modern D. internet
    62. A. stationary B. software C. hardware D. equipment
    63. A. far B. uninhabited C. remote D. secluded
    64. A. programmed B. broadcast C. recorded D. online
    65. A. global B. technical C. village D. shrinking
    66. A. physical B. digital C. electrical D. economical
    67. A. supply B. give C. donate D. administer
    68. A. plug B. video C. mobile phone D. modem
    69. A. the real world B. cyberspace C. virtual reality D. outer space
    70. A. priority B. advantage C. importance D. criteria

    IV.

    WRITING.

    1. It may seem strange, but I enjoy hard work. I feel strange about hard work.
    1. Look out for falling rocks!
    2. Let’s look for falling rocks. B. Look out the window at those falling rocks.
    3. Look for falling rocks. D. Don’t let those falling rocks hit you.
    4. I only called the police when I had tried everything else.
      1. I didn’t call the police because I had tried everything else.
      2. I only called the police after I have tried evyrything else.
      3. I only called the police as a last resort.
      4. Because I had tried everything else, I called the police.
    5. Any correspondence from the London office must be dealt with before other matters.
      1. Any correspondence from the London office must take priority of other matters.
      2. Any correspondence from the London office must be put off other matters.
      3. Any correspondence from the London office must be given priority over other matters.
      4. Both A & C are acceptable.
    6. I would rather you wore something more formal to work.
      1. I’d prefer you to wear something more formal to work.
      2. I’d prefer you wear something more formal to work.
      3. I’d prefer you wearing something more formal to work.
      4. I’d prefer you should wear something more formal to work.

    From the given words, make meaningful sentences by choosing the most appropriate answer.

    1. They/ leave/ early/ not catch/ traffic.
      1. They left early so that not to catch in the traffic.
      2. They left early to avoid being caught in the traffic.
      3. They left early so as to not get caught in the traffic.
    1. It/ not easy/ remain/ tranquil/ events/ suddenly/ change/ life.
      1. It is noy easy remain tranquil when events suddenly change life.
      2. It is not easy to remain tranquil when events suddenly change your life.
      3. It is not easy remaining tranquil when events suddenly change your life.
      4. It is not easy to remain tranquil if events suddenly change life.
    2. You/ should/ doctor/ see/ that cut.
      1. You should have a doctor seen to that cut.
      2. You should get a doctor seen to that cut.
      3. You should have a doctor see to that cut.
      4. You should ask a doctor see to that cut.
    3. She/ urge/ her husband/ accept/ post.
      1. She urged that her husband accept the post.
      2. She urged her husband accept the post.
      3. She urged her husband accepted the post.
      4. She urged her husband should be accepted the post.

    11

    1. Committee members/ resent/ treat/ that.
      1. The committee members resented to treat as that.
      2. The committee members resented to be treated as that.
      3. The committee members resented to treat like that.
      4. The committee members resented beinng treated like that.

    ****** THE END******

    KEY

    Câu 1 D Câu 11 A Câu 21 A Câu 31 B
    Câu 2 C Câu 12 B Câu 22 C Câu 32 C
    Câu 3 B Câu 13 A Câu 23 D Câu 33 D
    Câu 4 A Câu 14 C Câu 24 B Câu 34 B
    Câu 5 A Câu 15 D Câu 25 B Câu 35 C
    Câu 6 C Câu 16 B Câu 26 C Câu 36 A
    Câu 7 B Câu 17 A Câu 27 A Câu 37 C
    Câu 8 A Câu 18 D Câu 28 D Câu 38 C
    Câu 9 C Câu 19 C Câu 29 D Câu 39 D
    Câu 10 D Câu 20 B Câu 30 A Câu 40 A
    Câu 41 C Câu 51 D Câu 61 D Câu 71 C
    Câu 42 A Câu 52 A Câu 62 B Câu 72 D
    Câu 43 D Câu 53 C Câu 63 C Câu 73 C
    Câu 44 B Câu 54 A Câu 64 D Câu 74 D
    Câu 45 B Câu 55 C Câu 65 A Câu 75 A
    Câu 46 D Câu 56 A Câu 66 B Câu 76 B
    Câu 47 A Câu 57 C Câu 67 A Câu 77 B
    Câu 48 D Câu 58 A Câu 68 D Câu 78 C
    Câu 49 B Câu 59 B Câu 69 B Câu 79 A
    Câu 50 C Câu 60 B Câu 70 A Câu 80 D

    12

    B GIÁO D [1]C VÀ  ðÀO T O ð[1] THI TH  ð I HC, CAO ðNG
    ð THAM KHO Môn: Ti ng Anh
    Thi gian làm bài: 90 phút
    Chn m[1]t phương án (A, B, C hoc D) ng vi t có tr ng âm chính nh n vào âm ti  t có v
     trí khác
    vi ba t còn l
    i trong m

    i câu, t 1 ñn 5

    Câu  1: A. method B. invention C. intense D. effective
    Câu  2: A. writer B. carefully C. origin D. compete
    Câu  3: A. delicate B. invention C. organic D. bacteria
    Câu  4: A. abnormality B. automatically C. metropolitan D. miraculously
    Câu  5: A. discard B. conceal C. birthmark D. suppose

    Chn m[1]t phương án (A, B, C hoc D) ng vi t /cm t có g
    ch chân c n phi sa, t câu 6 ñn 10 Câu 6: Ceramic can be harder, light, and more resistant to heat than metals.

    A                                B               C                  D

    Câu 7:  Mold is extremely destruction to books in a library.

    A                    B                  C                  D

    Câu 8:  Sydney Laniar achieved fame both as a poet or a symphony musician.

    A                                B              C                                  D

    Câu 9:  Sharks can detect minute electrical discharges coming from its prey.

    A                                B                                    C                        D

    Câu 10:  It would be both noticed and appreciating if you could finish the work before you leave.

    A                                        B                                                         C                                  D

    Chn m[1]t phương ánñúng (A, B, C hoc D) ng vi câu có ngh ĩa gn nh t vi m

    i câu cho s n hoc hoàn t t các câu sau ñây, t câu 11 ñn 20

     

    Câu 11:  Let’s go shopping.

    1. She says we can go shopping.
    1. She agrees to go shopping with him.
    1. She allows us to go shopping.
    1. She suggests going shopping.

    Câu 12:  Whatever subject you choose makes no difference to me.

    1. You can choose any subject, there’s no difference.
    1. What subject you choose is important to me.
    2. I don’t care about you.
    1. It doesn’t matter to me what subject you choose.

    Câu 13:  You should have persuaded him to change his mind.

    1. It was essential to persuade him to change his mind but you didn’t.
    1. You didn’t persuade him to change because of his mind.
    1. You persuade him to change his mind but he didn’t listen.
    1. You should persuade him to change his mind.

    Câu 14:  After several months, the problem continues to be discussed.

    1. The solution to the problem has already been found after several months.
    1. The problem was solved after several months’ discussion.
    2. The discussion of the problem is not over yet.
    1. The discussion of the problem ceased several months ago.

    Câu 15:  He talked about nothing except the weather.

    1. He talked about everything including the weather.
    1. His sole topic of conversation was the weather.
    2. He said that he had no interest in the weather.
    1. He had nothing to say about the weather.

    Câu 16:  However hard you work, you will never be promoted here.

    1. No matter how you work, you will be promoted here.
    1. You will never be promoted here; however you work hard.
    1. If you didn’t work hard, you would never be promoted here.

    13

    1. Although you work really hard, you will never be promoted here.

    Câu 17: As soon as they set off, it began to rain.

    1. It began to rain before they set off.
    1. They set very soon before it began to rain.
    1. Hardly had they set off when it began to rain.
    1. No sooner they set off than it began to rain.

    Câu 18: It is essential _____.

    1. for everyone who knows what to do in the event of fire
    1. for everyone knowing what to do in the event of fire
    1. that everyone know what to do when there is fire
    1. that everyone to know what to do when there is a fire

    Câu 19: He offered to help her with the heavy suitcase, which was kind.

    1. The suitcase which he offered to help her with was kind.
    1. He offered to help her but the suitcase was too heavy.
    1. It was kind of her to have him help with the suitcase.
    1. It was kind of him to offer to help her with the suitcase.

    Câu 20: Peter and Lucy had a quarrel, but they soon made up.

    1. Peter and Lucy had a quarrel but they soon let it go.
    1. Peter and Lucy had a quarrel, but now they are friends again.
    1. Peter and Lucy hate each other since their argument.
    1. Peter and Lucy made a mistake but they soon corrected it.

    ðc k ño
    n văn sau và ch n m[1]t phương ánñúng (A, B, C hoc D) cho m

    i ch

     trng, t 21 ñn 30 If you can roll a ball, you can play bowls. Everyone can play: young and old, men and women, the fit

    and the not so fit. It is the (21) _______ outdoor game that really is a sport for all. What other sports can grandparents play on equal terms with their grandchildren? What other game is so simple that you could take up it today and be (22) _______ in the national championship tomorrow?

    Simple? Perhaps that is not the (23) _______ word. There are bowls players in their thousands (24) _______ will tell you that, although bowls is a game that anyone can (25) _______ in five minutes, it takes a lifetime to (26) _______ it. They are the people who have developed a passionate interest in the game. (27) _______ for outsiders, bowls is another world, and a strange and puzzling one. They see a bowl game in action and wonder what is going on.

    What the players are trying to do is easy to explain. Their (28) _______ is to roll their bowls, called wood, as near as possible to the little white ball, called the jack. If one of your bowls finishes nearer to the jack than your opponent’s, you score one point and he or she scores (29) _______. If you have the two nearest, you score two, and so on. The skill involved in rolling a bowl that weighs around 2 kilos across about 40 meters so that it stops only a very short (30) _______ from the target is just as impressive as the skills required in other sports.

    Câu 21: A. individual B. special C. one D. alone
    Câu 22: A. going B. competing C. entering D. taking
    Câu 23: A. right B. just C. genuine D. suitable
    Câu 24: A. when B. who C. whose D. which
    Câu 25: A. pick up B. see through C. catch on D. find out
    Câu 26: A. manage B. tame C. control D. master
    Câu 27: A. Although B. Besides C. Unlike D. However
    Câu 28: A. aim B. attempt C. scheme D. point
    Câu 29: A. everything B. anything C. nothing D. something
    Câu 30: A. length B. extent C. distance D. range

    ðc k ño
    n văn sau và ch n phương ánñúng (A, B, C hoc D) cho m

    i câu, t 31 ñn 38

    14

    For a long time, amphibians were confused with reptiles. Like reptiles, they have three-chambered hearts and are cold-blooded. Some amphibians, such as salamanders, are even shaped like lizards. However, unlike reptiles, amphibians never have claws on their toes or scales on their bodies. Furthermore, the eggs of amphibians lack shells, so they must be laid in water or in moist places.

    Amphibians were the first creatures to spend sizable amounts of their lives on land. The larvae of most amphibians, such as frog tadpoles, are born with gills and live in water. However, their gills disappear as they develop lungs. Most retain the ability to breathe through the moist surface of their skin. This comes in handy when they hibernate in the bottom mud of lakes and ponds during the coldest months. They take in the small amount of oxygen they need through their skin. Some amphibians undergo what is known as a “double metamorphosis”, changing not only from gill breathers to lung breathers but also from vegetarians to insectivores.

    Although the amphibian class is rather small in number of species, it shows great diversity. There are three major types. The caecilians of the tropics are long, legless, burrowing creatures. Caudate amphibians, such as newts and salamanders, mostly have long tails and stubby legs. Salientians, which include both frogs and toads, are tailless as adults and have powerful hind legs. Toads differ from frogs primarily in that they have dry, warty skin.

    Câu 31:  The author’s main purpose in writing the passage is to _____.

    1. contrast different types of amphibians B. define and describe amphibians C. trace the development of amphibians from larvae to adults D. explain how amphibians differ

    from other creatures

    Câu 32:  According to the passage, which of the following is NOT a characteristic of amphibians?

    1. They are cold-blooded. B. They have claws on their toes.
    2. They have three-chambered hearts. D. They lay eggs without shells.

    Câu 33:  The term “scales” is closest to which of the following in meaning?

    1. Plates covering the bodies of certain animals. B. Proportions between different sets of dimensions.
    2. Devices used to measure weight. D. Sounds made by various animals.

    Câu 34: According to the passage, the term “double metamorphosis” refers to the fact that amphibians _____.

    1. change both the shape of their bodies and the way in which they lay eggs B. change both their methods of breathing and their feeding habits
    2. first breathe through their gills, then through their lungs, then through their skin D. first live in the water, then on land, then in mud in the bottom of ponds and lakes

    Câu 35: It can be inferred from the passage that amphibians’ ability to breathe through their skin is especially useful during the _____.

    A. spring B. fall C. winter D. summer
    Câu 36:  All of the following are identified in the passage as amphibians EXCEPT _____.
    A. salamanders B. caecilians C. lizards D. newts
    Câu 37:  The word stubby” is closest in meaning to _____.
    A. undeveloped B. powerful C. thick and short D. long and thin
    Câu 38:  The word “they” refers to _____.
    A. frogs B. toads C. adults D. tails
    Chn m[1]t phương ánñúng (A, B, C hoc D) ñ hoàn thành m 

    i câu sau, t câu 39  ñn 68

    Câu 39:  Having passed the entrance exam, _____ go away for a holiday.
    A. his parents allow him B. his parents allow him to
    C. he is allowing to D. he is allowed to
    Câu 40:  By the end of next year, we _____ this advanced training course.
    A. are finishing B. have finished C. will have finished D. will be finished
    Câu 41:  Motorists _____ of speeding may be banned from driving for a year.
    A. charged B. convicted C. arrested D. judged
    Câu 42:  In order to grow vegetables properly, gardeners must know _____.
    A. what are each vegetable’s requirements B. what the requirements for each vegetable are

    15

    1. that is required by each vegetable
    1. that the requirements for each vegetable

    Câu 43: It’s only a small flat but it _____ my needs perfectly. A. meets B. supplies C. settles

    1. fills

    Câu 44: I’d like to _____ this old car for a new model but I can’t afford it. A. exchange B. interchange C. convert

    1. replace

    Câu 45: _____ further rioting to occur, the government would be forced to use its emergency powers.

    A. Were B. Did C. Had D. Should
    Câu 46:  David is the captain of the school basketball team, _____ his father before him.
    A. such as B. similar to C. just like D. as well as
    Câu 47:  The door is unlocked. _____ here last night.
    A. Something strange was happened B. Something strange should have happened
    C. Something strange had happened D. Something strange could have happened
    Câu 48:  Although he supports the Council, he does not take an active _____ in politics.
    A. part B. charge C. affair D. play
    Câu 49:  Why don’t you wear that blue dress of yours? It _____ you.
    A. watches B. suits C. agrees D. goes with

    Câu 50: Although he claims to have left his job voluntarily, he was actually _____ for misconduct.

    1. dismissed B. resigned C. released                         D. dispelled

    Câu 51: Olympiakos _____ 0 – 0 with Real Madrid in the first leg of the semi-final in Athens.

    1. drew B. equal C. equalized                      D. shared

    Câu 52: The doctor told him that the _____ he would gain from a healthy diet would be well worth the sacrifice.

    1. welfare
    1. advantages
    1. profits
    1. benefit

    Câu 53: Doctors usually have to study for at least seven years before becoming fully _____.

    A. examined B. qualified C. tested D. approved of
    Câu 54:  Many minerals near the earth’s surface exist in small _____.
    A. numbers B. amounts C. number D. amount
    Câu 55:  The young children are very _____ on camping holiday.
    A. enthusiastic B. interested C. keen D. eager
    Câu 56:  _____ other mammals, whales do not have a sense of smell.
    A. Unlikely B. Not alike C. Dislike D. Unlike
    Câu 57:  Many people read newspapers _____ waiting for the bus.
    A. while B. as they C. if D. during
    Câu 58:  The director retired early _____ ill-health.
    A. on behalf of B. in front of C. on account of D. ahead of
    Câu 59:  If you are _____ you are kind and helpful to other people.
    A. polite B. outgoing C. sociable D. caring
    Câu 60:  She’s annoyed _____ me just because I’m late.
    A. for B. with C. of D. on
    Câu 61:  In the long past, it was unclear whether Australia was _____ to Antarctica.
    A. connected B. coupled C. integrated D. united

    Câu 62: The little boy was _____ to steal the money when he saw it lying on the desk.

    1. brought B. attracted C. tempted                         D. appealed

    Câu 63: You can’t drive without a _____.

    1. diploma B. license
    1. degree
    1. certificate

    Câu 64: The government’s policy then was seen as a _____ to local democracy. A. weakness B. suppression C. threat D. harm

    16

    Câu 65:  He refused to give up work, _____ he had won a million dollars.

    1. even though B. however C. as though                       D. despite

    Câu 66:  The company received _____ complaints about the quality of its products.

    1. continual B. continued C. continuous                    D. continuing

    Câu 67:  “Thank you very much for a lovely party.” – “_____.”

    1. Have a good day B. Not at all C. Thanks                           D. You are welcome

    Câu 68: – “More coffee? Anybody?” – “_____.” A. It’s right, I think

    1. I’d love to
    1. I don’t agree, I’m afraid
    1. Yes, please

    ðc k ño
    n văn sau và ch n m[1]t phương ánñúng (A, B, C hoc D) cho m

    i câu, t 69 ñn 80

    Galaxies are not evenly distributed throughout the universe. A few are found alone, but almost all are grouped in formations termed galactic clusters. These formations should not be confused with stellar clusters, globular clusters of stars that exist within a galaxy. The size of galactic clusters varies enormously, with some clusters containing only a dozen or so members and others containing as many as 10,000. Moreover, galactic clusters themselves are part of larger clusters of clusters, termed superclusters. It is surmised that even clusters of superclusters are possible.

    Our galaxy, the Milky Way, is part of a galactic cluster called the Local Group, which has twenty members and is typical in terms of the types of galaxies it contains. There are three large spiral galaxies: Andromeda, the largest galaxy in the group; the Milky Way, the second-largest galaxy; and the Trianglum Spiral, the third largest. There are also four medium-sized spiral galaxies, including the Large Cloud of Magellan and the Small Cloud of Magellan. There are four regular elliptical galaxies; the remainders are dwarf ellipticals. Other than our own galaxy, only Andromeda and the Clouds of Magellan can be seen with the naked eye, and the Clouds are visible only from the Southern Hemisphere.

    In the vicinity of the Local Group are several clusters, each containing around twelve members. The nearest cluster rich in members is the Virgo Cluster, which contains thousands of galaxies of all types. Like most large clusters, it emits X-rays. The Local Group, the small neighboring clusters, and the Virgo Cluster form part of a much larger cluster of clusters – the Local Supercluster.

    The existence of galactic clusters presented a riddle to scientists for many years – the “missing mass” problem. Clusters are presumably held together by the gravity generated by their members. However, measurements showed that the galaxies did not have enough mass to explain their apparent stability. Why didn’t these clusters disintegrate? It is now thought that galaxies contain great amounts of “ dark matter”, which cannot be directly observed but which generates gravitational pull.

    This matter includes gas, dust, burnt-out stars, and even black holes.

    Câu 69:  Which of the followings does the passage mainly discuss?

    1. An astronomical problem that has never been solved. B. A recent development in astronomy.
    1. Clusters and superclusters of galaxies. D. The incredible distance between galaxies.

    Câu 70:  The word “evenly” is closest in meaning to _____.

    1. predictably B. paradoxically C. uniformly                      D. relatively

    Câu 71:  What conclusion can be made about galaxies that are NOT found in clusters?

    1. They are outnumbered by galaxies that do occur in clusters. B. They are not actually galaxies but

    parts of galaxies.

    1. They have never been observed. D. They are larger than other galaxies.

    Câu 72:  The word globular” is closest in meaning to _____.

    1. immense B. spherical C. dense                               D. brilliant

    Câu 73:  The author would probably characterize the existence of clusters of superclusters as _____.

    1. certain B. surprising C. theoretical                     D. impossible

    Câu 74:  According to the passage, in what way is the Local Group typical of galactic clusters?

    1. In its size. B. In its shape.

    17

    1. In the number of galaxies it contains. D. In the types of galaxies that make it up.

    Câu 75: In the Local Group, which of the following types of galaxies are most numerous?

    1. Dwarf ellipticals. B. Large spirals.
    1. Regular ellipticals. D. Medium-sized spirals.

    Câu 76: All of the following are visible from somewhere on Earth without a telescope EXCEPT _____.

    1. Andromeda B. the Clouds of Magellan
    1. the Milky Way D. the Triangulum Spiral

    Câu 77: According to the passage, the Local Group and the Virgo Cluster have which of the following in common?

     

    1. Both are part of the same supercluster.
    1. Both emit X-rays.
    1. Both are small clusters.
    1. Both are rich in galaxies.

    Câu 78: The word riddle” is closest in meaning to _____.

    1. tool B. puzzle C. clue                                 D. theory

    Câu 79: Which of the following is NOT true about the dark matter”?

    1. It may include black holes. B. It is impossible to observe directly.
    1. It is found in the space between galaxies. D. It helps explain the “missing mass” problem.

    Câu 80: As used throughout the passage, the word “members” refers to _____.

    1. clusters B. galaxies C. scientists                       D. stars

    18

    B GIÁO D [1]C VÀ  ðÀO T O ð[1] THI TH  ð I HC, CAO ðNG
    ð THAM KHO Môn: Ti ng Anh
    Thi gian làm bài: 90 phút
    Phn 1. Tìm t mà ph n in nghiêng có cách phát âm khác soi vnhng t kia:
    1. a. lived b. helped c. used d. robbed
    2. a. one b. won c. born d. month
    3. a. sweet b. meat c. sweat d. fear
    4. a. fair b. hair c. pair d. afraid
    5. a. blue b. shoes c. flu d. uniform
    Ph n II. Chn phương án ñúng

    ñhoàn thành nh
    ng câu sau

    6. She has been working hard all day today. So she ………… be very tired now. a. can’t
    b. must c. might d. must not
    7. They didn’t come to the party, though they …………………. that they would.
    a. promised b. say c. told that d. are sure
    8. I ………………… a little Italian when I was working in Rome.
    a. am learning b. had learnt c. learnt d. was learning
    9. There was a shortage of water because it ……………. for several months.
    a. hasn’t rained b. didn’t rain c. hadn’t rained d. wasn’t raining
    10. We ………… married when I ………………. eighteen.
    a. are/ am b. were/ was c. were/ am d. are/ was
    11. Ann usually ………… sailing at weekends, but last weekend they ……….. tennis. a. goes/
    plays  b. go/ played c. goes/ playedd. go/ plaid
    12. Watch out! That box…………………. fall.
    a. will b. is going to  c. won’t d. isn’t going to
    13. How long…………… you …………….. as a teacher?
    a. do/ work b. are/ work c. have/ worked d. did/ work
    14. When ………… you ……………….. to Greece? – 5 years ago.
    a. did/ go b. have/ been c. do/ go d. are/ go
    15. “Mum! I’m so hungry and tired”. – “OK. I …… ………….bring you some drink”
    a. am going to b. am c. will d. do
    16. What ……………….. you ……………. next Wednesday evening?
    a. do/ do b. are/ do c. did/ do d. are/ doing
    17. My teacher arrived after I …………… for him for ten minutes.
    a. had waited  b. waited c. was waiting d. have waited
    18. May I watch the game while we ……………….. lunch?
    a. have b. will have c. are having d. are going to
    19. The beggar …………….. there in the sun for a long time.
    a. is lying b. has been lying c. lay d. lies
    20. I ……………… my pencil. May I borrow one of yours?
    a. broke b. break c. am breaking d. have broken
    21. It is a long time since he last ………………….. a scientific report.
    a. writes b. wrote c. has written d. writing
    22. He must be hurry because he …………………. to the doctor’s.
    a. will go b. is going c. goes d. is having to go
    23. My younger sister is he girl who ……………….. a hat like mine.
    a. is wearing b. wears c. was wearing d. wore
    24. The Times, one of Britain’s oldest newspaper, …………………by John Walter. a. started
    b. was started c. had started  d. has been started
    25. John was late for the meeting. He …………….. in a traffic jam.
    a. have been b. am driving c. be d. had been held
    26. I often go abroad …………….. business.
    a. for b. in c. at d. on
    19
    27. Do you come to school ……………. motorbike?
    a. by b. for c. with d. about
    28. Of course I can; give it ……………… me
    a. to b. for c. up d. with
    29. Why does Tom look so happy? – Because he is … ……… love. a. with
    b. on c. at d. in
    30. I read an interesting article ……………… the paper this morning.
    a. in b. to c. on d. over
    31. We arrived ……………….. the airport in New York at 6 a.m.
    a. at b. to c. in d. on
    32. Is Mr. John ………….. work this week? – No.  He is ……………… holiday. a. at/ in
    b. in/ on c. at/ on d. on/ in
    33. Romeo and Juliet is a play ……………….. William Shakespear.
    a. of b. by c. about d. for
    34. Turn ……………. the music. It is too loud!
    a. on b. off c. down d. up
    35. I live in Thuan Chau now but I grew …………… in Ha Noi.
    a. on b. with c. of d. up
    36. I managed ………………. my passport.
    a. find b. to find c. finding d. found
    37. She refused ……………………… for the meal.
    a. pay b. to pay c. paying d. paid
    38. I enjoy ………………….. places I’ve been to before.
    a. visiting b. to visit c. visit d. will visit
    39. A man from a travel agency helped us …………… a nice house.
    a. choose b. choosing c. to choose d. chose
    40. He agreed ……………. the job as soon as possible.
    a. start b. starting c. to start d. started
    41. I stopped ……………… my book and went to bed.
    a. read b. to read c. not read d. reading
    42. Have you finished …………………that letter yet?
    a. writing b. write c. to write d. wrote
    43. I asked Monica ……………….. some stamps.
    a. buying b. buy c. to buy d. bought
    44. My teacher always expected me ………………. well in exams.
    a. doing b. to do c. do d. did
    45. You can’t ……………….. your car outside the hospital.
    a. parking b. to park c. park d. parked
    46. She …………….. Alice that it was an awful party. a. says
    b. said c. tells d. told
    47. I used to smoke, but I ………………. up last year.
    a. moved b. changed c. gave d. stopped
    48. Don’t forget to ………………. off the lights when you come to bed. a. turn
    b. put c. take d. fall
    49. Our financial situation is very ……………… We spend more than we can earn.
    a. annoyed b. annoy c. annoying d. annoyingly
    50. A ……………….. fights for his/her country.
    a. firefighter b. soldier c. lawyer d. doctor
    51. In my job I wear the latest fashions. I’m a ……………….
    a. modern b. fashionable c. model d. professor
    52. Air ……………… is a global problem.
    a. polluting b. polluted c. pollute d. pollution
    53. There are so …………………. between I and my sister.

    20

    a. differences b. different c. difference d. differently
    54. “A man started to follow me home last night”. –   “Weren’t you ……………. ?”
    a. frightening b. frightened c. frighten d. frightenedly
    55. Please ………….. secret. I don’t want everyone knows about it.
    a. tell b. keep c. carry d. give
    56. If I …………. $2 million, I wouldn’t mind taking things easy for a while. a. win b.
    won c. had won d. have won
    57. Mount Everest …………….. to be the highest mountain in the world.
    a. is believed b. believes c. believed d. is believing
    58. She awfully ………………… having been so unkind to the boy.
    a. regret b. is regretted c. regrets d. is regretting
    59. If we don’t eat enough, we …………….. hungry.
    a. will b. won’t c. will be d. won’t be
    60. Italian people ……………….. of his Prime Minister’s resignation on television. a. were
    told b. was told c. have told d. are telling
    61. We are going to leave as soon as we……………….. enough money.
    a. have b. will have c. are having d. might have
    62. Visitors are not ……………….. to touch the exhibits.
    a. told b. allowed c. allowing d. right
    63. Paper money ………………. for over a thousand years.
    a. has been used b. has used c. was used d. used
    64. The house, in ………………. Shakespeare was born, is now open to the public. a. where
    b. which c. from where d. that
    65. May I watch the game ………………… we are having lunch?
    a. during b. while c. just d. between
    66. I …………….. a cold. Can I come home, please?
    a. catch b. am c. have got d. do
    67. Do I have to ………….. my age?
    a. do b. act c. follow d. see
    68. He has got to ……………… responsibility for himself.
    a. have b. live c. take d. get
    69. I ……………… some shopping while I was in town. I bought myself a new jumper. a. go b.
    do c. take d. make
    70. Her friend tell her she should …………….. being silly.
    a. stay b. stop c. give up d. not
    71. Earth is ………………. from the Sun …………. Venus.
    a. farer/ than b. as far/ than c. as far/ as d. further/ than
    72. Canada is ……………….. than China.
    a. more big b. biger c. bigger d. as big
    73. He is ………………. person I’ve met.
    a. funniest b. the most funny c. the funniest d. most funniest
    74. This test is ……………….. I expected.
    a. more hard than b. harder than c. as hard than d. as harder as
    75. Small eyes are not ………………….large eyes.
    a. as attractive as b. as attractive than c. more attractive as d. attractive as

    Phan III. Chon phuong an ung voi tu hoac cum tu co gach chan can phai sua.

    1. I had a few problems, but Bob gave me some good advices.

    A B C D 77. The exam was real difficult. I couldn’t do any of it.

    A                               B                                   C                 D

    1. Had they never met each other before last Sunday?
    1. She promised that she would come but in fact she doesn’t.

    21

    A B C D
    80. It is so an interesting book that I can’t stop reading.
    A B CD IV.
    • c k 4 ñon văn sau và ch n phương án ñúng.

    Question 81-85

    How can we keep our teeth healthy? First, we ought to visit our dentist twice a

    year. He can fill the small holes in our teeth before they destroy the teeth. He can examine our teeth to check that they are growing in the right way. Unfortunately, many people wait until they have toothache before they see a dentist. Secondly, we should brush our teeth with a toothbrush and flouride toothpaste at least twice a day, once after breakfast and once before we go to bed. We can also use wooden toothpicks to clean between our teeth after a meal. Thirdly, we should eat food that is good for our teeth and our body: milk, cheese, fish, brown bread, potatoes, red rice, vegetables and fresh fruit.

    Chocolate, sweets, biscuits and cakes are bad, especially when we eat them between meals. They
    are harmful because they stick to our teeth and cause decay.
    81. How often should we go to the dentist?
    a. once a month b. twice a month c. once a year d.  twice  a
    year
    82. Only when do a lot of people visit a dentist?
    a. when we keep our teeth healthy b. when they have toothache
    c. when they destroy the teeth d. when they are free
    83. How often ought we to clean our teeth?
    a. at least twice a day b. only twice a day c. at least twice a month d. only twice a year
    84. What shouldn’t we eat a lot?
    a. sweets, cakes b. chocolate, cheese c. cheese, brown bread d. sugar
    85. Why aren’t sweets good for our teeth?
    a. they have a lot of sugar b. they cause decay c. they are expensive d. they are bad

    Question 86-90

    In 1920, after some 39 years of problems with diseases, high cost and politics, The Panama Canal was officially opened, finally linking the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans by allowing ships to pass through the fifty-mile canal zone instead of travelling some seven thousands miles around Cape Horn. It takes a ship approximately eight hours to complete the trip through the canal and costs an average of fifteen thousand dollars, one tenth of what it would cost an average ship to round the Horn. More than fifteen thousand ships pass through its locks each year.

    1. Why was until 1920 the Panama Canal officially opened? a. because of diseases
    1. because of high cost c. because of politics
    2. a, b, c
    3. How long is the Cape Horn?
    4. five thousand miles b. seven thousand miles c. eight thousand miles d. ten thousand miles
    5. How much would it cost a ship to travel round Cape Horn?
    6. fifteen thousand dollars b. one hundred and fifty thousand dollars
    7. one thousand and five hundred dollars d. five hundred dollar
    1. How did the ships travel from the Atlantic to the Pacific Oceans before the Canal was built?
    1. passing through the canal c. there was no way
    1. travelling around Cape Horn
    2. all above suggestions are wrong
    1. What is the passage about?
    1. Cape Horn b. the Atlantic
    1. Pacific Oceans
    1. The Panama Canal

    Question 91 – 95

    Romantic love is often the basis for marriage in Australia; young adults meet their future spouses at school, at jobs and in organizations and religious institutions. Although children choose their own spouses, they still hope their parents would approve of their choices. In many families,

    22

    parents feel that children should make major life decisions by themselves. A parent might try to influence a child to follow a particular profession but the child is free to choose another career. Sometimes children do precisely the opposite of what their parents want in order to assert their independence.

    1. What is often the basis for marriage in Australia?
    1. practical love b. romantic love c. great love d. love at the first sight 92. Children want their parents to …………………
    1. disagree with their choices b. consider their choices c. agree with their choicesd. notice about their choices
    2. What, according to many parents, children should do?
    3. depend on parents b. ask parents when they want to make major decisions
    4. make their own major life decisions d. ask their friends
    5. In choosing career, children…………..
    6. can choose what career they like b. can’t choose what career they like
    7. be under influence of their parents d. must follow their parents’ ideas
    1. The passage is about a. young children
    1. young adults’ choices of their marriage and career c. the role of parents in children’s decisions in Australia d. the role of young children

    Question 96 – 100

    On September 19, 1985, an earthquake struck Mexico City at 7:18 a.m. Thousands and thousands of people were on their way to work. The earthquake lasted only four minuted, but it completely destroyed more than 250 buildings and partially destroyed thousands of others. People died under tons of rubble. There were screams and cries throughout Mexico City for days. The next day, another earthquake hit the city. Worst of all, the second quake injured and killed even more people. Two weeks after the earthquakes, workers were still looking for people under the rubble. At the that time more than 7,000 people were dead. Several thousand more were still missing. It will take a long time for Mexicans to forget that tragedy. Many people never will.

    1. How long did the earthquake on September 19, 1985 last?
    2. one minute b. two minutes c. three minutes                           d. four minutes
    3. What did it destroy?
    4. completely more than 250 buildings b. many factories
    1. partially thousands of buildings d. both a and b
    2. Why was the second earthquake more terrible than the first one?
    3. more people died, injured b. less people died, injured
    4. less buildings were destroyed d. both a and c
    5. Most people died because…………….
    6. they were afraid of earthquake b. the falling of the buildings
    7. they were working d. they were at home
    8. The main idea of the reading is………….
    9. the earthquake killed thousands of people
    1. damages that the 1985 earthquakes have brought to Mexicans c. many people will never forget the tragedy
    2. the number of buildings destroyed by earthquakes

    23

    B GIÁO D [1]C VÀ ðÀO T O ð[1] THI TH  ð I HC, CAO ðNG
    ð THAM KHO Môn: Ti ng Anh
    Thi gian làm bài: 90 phút
    Ph n I. Khoanh tròn t phát âm khác vi các t còn l i
    1. lived helped used robbed
    2. one won born month
    3. sweet meat sweat fear
    4. fair hair pair afraid
    5. blue shoes flu uniform
    Ph n II. Chn phương án ñúng

    ñhoàn thành nh
    ng câu sau

    6. She was walking down the street when suddenly she …………. Peter.
    a. saw b. was seeing c. saw d. see
    7. I ………………. what you mean but I don’t agree with you.
    a. have been seeing b. had seen c. am seeing d. see
    8. Tom doesn’t like dancing, but Mike ……………..
    a. does b. did c. do d. doesn’t
    9. A number of accidents in the last 2 years ……………. caused by drunk driving. a. were
    b. have been c. have d. are
    10. We …………….. play chess with our father.
    a. use to b. using to c. used to d. have used to
    11. They ……………… for robbing the bank.
    a. have arrested b. are arrested c. were arrested d. have been arrested
    12. Tony ……………….. a strap with his trousers because they were too loose. a. has to
    wear b. had been wearing c. had to wear d. were wearing
    13. Italian people ………………. of the Prime Minister’s resignation on television.
    a. was told b. will tell c. have been told d. will be telling
    14. Nearly 1,000 people have been killed in an earthquake which ……… Japan yesterday. a. has hit
    b. was hitting c. hit d. had hit
    15. It can’t have been Bill you met at the party last night. He ……………… China. a. has
    been to b. was in c. will be d. has gone
    16. I …………… in the garden all day and I am exhausted now.
    a. has worked b. have been working c. had worked d. was working
    17. Some of them …………………. so much since we left the army.
    a. changed b. did change c. had changedd. have changed
    18. Many scientists are sure ……………. life on other planets.
    a. there was b. there had been c. there are d. there is
    19. Look at that men! He ………….. such a funny hat.
    a. wore b. is wearing c. was wearing d. wears
    20. When I got home, the children ………………… to bed and the house was quiet. a. went
    b. had gone c. has gone d. will go
    21. Beatrice said she ………….. in Paris before moving to Barcelona.
    a. had lived b. was living c. has live d. will live
    22. They were too late. The plane ……………. off ten minutes earlier.
    a. took b. had taken c. has taken d. was taking
    23. Paper money ……………… for over a thousand years.
    a. has been used b. has used c. was used d. used
    24. The weather has been bad this week. Next week it …………. probably be worse. a. is   b.
    will c. is going to d. must
    25. John was late for the meeting. He …………….. in a traffic jam.
    a. have been b. am driving c. be d. has been held
    26. Hetty went to New York and invested …………. Wall Street.
    a. in b. on c. for d. to
    24
    27. I spoke to her …………….. the phone last week.
    a. on b. in c. at d. by
    28. Why did you open my letter?. – I’m sorry. I did  it …………… mistake. a. about
    b. on c. by d. in
    29. I live ……………… the third floor.
    a. on b. above c. at d. in
    30. ……………. Saturday night we went to a party.
    a. In b. On c. At d. To
    31. Maria is …………… her sister in many ways. They are both tall and thin. a. from
    b. for c. with d. like
    32. The bank is ……………. the corner of Lower Road and Hill Road.
    a. in b. on c. at d. from
    33. He gave ……………….. his job last week.
    a. to b. to c. up d. from
    34. We’ll stay in the United State until our visa runs …………
    a. up b. out c. off d. away
    35. It is important for you to succeed ………………….. your career.
    a. on b. with c. about d. in
    36. She made me …………….. for the petrol, but she allowed me …………. her car all day. a. pay/
    use b. to pay/ to use c. pay/ to use d. pay/ using
    37. Sorry, you ……………. to touch that antique vase.
    a. can b. can’t c. are not allowed d. must
    38. Ann agreed to stay behind; she was used to ……………….. late.
    a. work b. working c. worked d. works
    39. She decided …………….. her new life.
    a. starting b. to start c. started d. start
    40. I don’t mind……………… , but I try not to do it when possible.
    a. cook b. to cook c. cooking d. cooked
    41. Don’t let him …………….. our house.
    a. to enter b. enter c. entering d. enters
    42. He failed …………………. his problem.
    a. solves b. solving c. solve d. to solve
    43. We look forward ………………….you on the thirteen.
    a. to see b. see c. to seeing d. seeing
    44. I tried ………………. down the mountain, but it was too steep.
    a. ski b. to ski c. skiing d. to skiing
    45. I need a recipe for a cake that’s easy …………………
    a. make b. to make c. making d. for making
    46. The disco was so …………..that you couldn’t hear yourself speak.
    a. noise b. noisily c. noisy d. noising
    47. She had a car crash because of her ……………………….
    a. careful b. careless c. care d. carelessness
    48. My sister smiled ………………..when she received your present.
    a. happily b. happy c. happiness d. unhappy
    49. He is my sister’s son. He is my ……………….
    a. nephew b. niece c. son d. cousin
    50. A………………….. provides legal advice.
    a. architect b. lawyer c. decorator d. shop assistant
    51. The TV programme was so ……………….. that I fell asleep.
    a. bored b. bore c. boring d. interested
    52. I failed my exam. I worked hare for it. I’m so ………………….
    a. disappoint b. disappointing c. disappointingly d. disappointed
    53. Could I ………………… on these shoes, please?

    25

    a. fill b. put c. look d. try
    54. She …………….. off her horse and hurt her wrist.
    a. fell b. turned c. put d. gave
    55. They …………. that Mary left last week.
    a. tell b. told c. said d. say
    56. When I was a child I ……………….. allowed to go out late at night. a. were
    b. did not c. was not d. had not
    57. If I ………….. the lottery, I would give most to charity.
    a. win b. won c. will win d. had won
    58. I’m coming to London tomorrow. I’ll ring you .. ………… I arrive.
    a. if b. when c. before d. until
    59. We can stay with my American cousins ……………. we are in Los Angeles. a. while
    b. as soon as c. until d. after
    60. Two pictures ………………… from the museum last night.
    a. were steal b. have been stolen c. stolen d. were stolen
    61. Three new factories ……………………. this year.
    a. have built b. have been built c. were built d. built
    62. If you stop smoking, you …………… more money.
    a. won’t have b. will have c.  would have d. wouldn’t have
    63. 10,000 cars …………………… next year.
    a. are produced b. be produced c. produce d. will be produced
    64. Someone ……………….. my bag!.
    a. has stolen b. has been stolen c. have stolen d. have been stolen
    65. You are reading the book ………………….. I wanted to read.
    a. where b. who c. that d. when
    66. Tom was late for work because he ………………. the bus.
    a. lost b. passed c. missed d. caught
    67. You have to go on a diet if you want to ……………… weight.
    a. lose b. keep c. get d. reduce
    68. …………….. hello to your parents from me when you see them. a. tell
    b. talk c. speak d. say
    69. She ………………. a complaint to the manager because our meal was so bad. a. gives
    b. does c. makes d. tells
    70. This is my grandfather’s watch. He ………….. it everyday until he died. a.
    carried b. took c. wore d. brought
    71. Surely, some of …………….. times of my life have been spent in our kitchen.
    a. happiest b. the happiest c. the most happy d. most happy
    72. John said that no other car could go …………………… his car.
    a. so fast like b. as fast as c. fast than d. as fastly as
    73. Tom is ………………. intelligent in our class.
    a. the more b. the best c. the most d. most
    74. Trains in London are ………………… in Paris.
    a. more crowded than b. as crowded as c. less crowded as d. as crowded than
    75. My homework is ……………. than yours.
    a. worst b. worse c. badder d. more bad
    Phan III. Chon phuong an ung voi tu hoac cum tu co gach chan can phai sua.
    76. I last went to the cinema since three weeks ago.
    A   B C D
    1. When have you had your new hairstyle?

    A                            B                  C       D

    1. Twenty-four is enough old to live with his parents.

    A   B               C                                           D

    1. There was an accident, but unfortunately no one was serious injured.

    26

    A B C D 80. The sofa was such comfortable that I fell asleep.

    A                         B                                           C      D

    1. ð c k 4 ñon văn sau và ch n phương án ñúng.

    Question 81- 85

    How can we keep our teeth healthy? First, we ought to visit our dentist twice a year. He can fill the small holes in our teeth before they destroy the teeth. He can examine our teeth to check that they are growing in the right way. Unfortunately, many people wait until they have toothache before they see a dentist. Secondly, we should brush our teeth with a toothbrush and flouride toothpaste at least twice a day, once after breakfast and once before we go to bed. We can also use wooden toothpicks to clean between our teeth after a meal. Thirdly, we should eat food that is good for our teeth and our body: milk, cheese, fish, brown bread, potatoes, red rice, vegetables and fresh fruit. Chocolate, sweets, biscuits and cakes are bad, especially when we eat them between meals. They are harmful because they stick to our teeth and cause decay.

    81. How often should we go to the dentist?
    a. once a month b. twice a month c. once a year d.  twice  a
    year
    82. Only when do a lot of people visit a dentist?
    a. when we keep our teeth healthy b. when they have toothache
    c. when they destroy the teeth d. when they are free
    83. How often ought we to clean our teeth?
    a. at least twice a day b. only twice a day c. at least twice a month d. only twice a year
    84. What shouldn’t we eat a lot?
    a. sweets, cakes b. chocolate, biscuits c. cheese, brown bread d. sugar
    85. Why aren’t sweets good for our teeth?
    a. they have a lot of sugar b. they cause decay  c. they are expensive d. they are bad

    Question 86-90

    Language, the way we express ourselves, is a vital part of learning. A baby learns his native tongue naturally by hearing speech around him. If the speech he hears is rapid, not clear and never directed at him then he learns slowly and speaks badly. A child of two or three who can’t make his desires known or put his thoughts into words will usually become angry. His relationships with other get worse. If the speech a baby hears around him is clear, and his family talk to him, he will gain a satisfactory command of language directly, by his mother, his language ability will be greater. By the time he is two, it is quite possible for him to have a vocabulary of two thousand words and by the time he is three he will be able to read. Once ahead he will stay ahead.

    1. How is language defined by the writer?
    a. Language is the way we express ourselves b. Language is a vital part of learning
    c. Language is what we say d. Language is what we write
    87. How does a baby learn his mother tongue?
    a. by listening to radio b. by reading books  c. by hearing what is said around him
    d. by watching TV
    88. How does the child usually react when he can’t express himself?
    a. he will get worse b. he will get angry c. he won’t talk d. he will be
    better
    89.How should the mother talk to her baby?
    a. clearly, directly b. clearly, indirectly c. rapidly, clearly d. slowly, indirectly
    90. How many words does a baby at the age of two can acquire?
    a. 20 words b. 200 words c. 2,000 words d. 20, 000 words

    Question 91 – 95

    Romantic love is often the basis for marriage in Australia; young adults meet their future spouses at school, at jobs and in organizations and religious institutions. Although children choose their own spouses, they still hope their parents would approve of their choices. In many families,

    27

    parents feel that children should make major life decisions by themselves. A parent might try to influence a child to follow a particular profession but the child is free to choose another career. Sometimes children do precisely the opposite of what their parents want in order to assert their independence.

    1. What is often the basis for marriage in Australia?
    2. practical love b. romantic love c. great love                    d. love at the first sight
    3. Children want their parents to …………………
    4. disagree with their choices b. consider their choices
    5. agree with their choices d. notice about their choices
    1. What, according to many parents, children should do?
    1. depend on parents b. ask parents when they want to make major decisions
    2. make their own major life decisions d. ask their friends
    3. In choosing career, children…………..
    4. can choose what career they like b. can’t choose what career they like
    5. be under influence of their parents d. must follow their parents’ ideas
    6. The passage is about
    7. young children b. young adults’ choices of their marriage and career
    1. the role of parents in children’s decisions in Australia d. the role of young children question 96-100

    The Japanese have perhaps the strictest rules of social and business behaviour. Seniority is very important, and a younger man should never be sent to complete a business deal with an older Japanese man. It is also important to exchange business cards immediately on meeting because it is essential to establish everyone’s position. when it is handed to a person in a superior position, it must be given and received with both hands, and you must take time to read it carefully, and not just put it in your pocket. You should not expect the Japanese to shake hands. Bowing the head is a mark of respect, and the first bow of the day should be lower than when you meet thereafter.

    96. What strict rules do the Japanese have?
    a. rules of society b. rules of social behaviour c. rules of businessd. both b and c
    97. When should you exchange business card with Japanese businessmen?
    a. after meeting b. before meeting c. immediately on meeting    d.   late   on
    meeting
    98. How should a business card be handed?
    a. with both hands b. with one hand
    c. in a superior position with both hands d. in a superior position with one hand
    99. Japanese businessmen expect ……………….. people to do business deals with him a.
    younger b. much younger c. much older d. the same age or older
    100. The Japanese greet each other by…………….
    a. shaking hands b. saying something c. bowing the head d. smiling

    28

  • Tài liệu ôn thi đại học môn tiếng anh

    Tài liệu ôn thi đại học môn tiếng anh

    Tài liệu ôn thi đại học môn tiếng anh

    Mọi ý kiến đóng góp xin gửi vào hòm thư: [email protected]

    Tổng hợp các đề cương đại học hiện có của Đại Học Hàng HảiĐề Cương VIMARU 

    Kéo xuống để Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF đầy đủ: Sau “mục lục” và “bản xem trước”

    (Nếu là đề cương nhiều công thức nên mọi người nên tải về để xem tránh mất công thức)

    Đề cương liên quan: Phương trình – bất phương trình – hệ phương trình đại số


    [toc]

    Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF tại đây: Tài liệu ôn thi đại học môn tiếng anh

    Tài liệu ôn thi đại học môn tiếng anh

    Test 1

    Pick out the word whose main stressed syllable is different from the rest.

    1. A. village B. future   C. device                     D. burden
    2. A. happen B. attract C. discuss                     D. suppose
    3. A. educate B. another C. government D. graduate
    4. A. calendar B. thoroughly C. supportive D. primary
    5. A. parent B. project C. special                     D. secure

    II. Choose the correct answer A, B, C, or D to complete each of the following sentences.

    1. We ________the nearest village before sunset.
    2. came B. arrived       C got            D. reached
    3. If only I ________in the countryside right now.
    4. were B. am C can be                 D. would
    5. He used to__his living by delivering vegetables to city hotels.
    6. earn B. gain  C. get                      D. make
    7. I have known him ________ I entered the university.
    8. when B. since C. during     D. until
    9. We’ll play tennis and ________we’ll have lunch.
    10. so B. so that        C. then             D. after
    11. He can’t afford to go on holiday ______taking a job.
    12. unless B. until C. if       D. without
    13. Long wishes he ______ have to clean all the windows.
    14. wouldn’t B. doesn’t C. hadn’t          D. didn’t
    15. We met a lot of people________ our holiday.
    16. during B. while C. for      D. at
    17. They have never __ any experience of living in the country.
    18. had B. wished      C. done                        D. made
    19. Do you_______ my turning the television on now?
    20. want B. object  C mind                    D. disapprove
    21. She put_______ speaking to him as long as possible.
    22. back B. up C. away                                  D. off
    23. Is it true_____ the law says there is no smoking in restaurants in this city?
    24. that what B. what            C. if                D. that

    18.________he had no money for a bus, he had to walk all the way home

    A, For               B. Thus                   C. So                   D. As

    1. The hotel has been built ……….. the edge of the lake.
    2. on B. at C. in                 D. from
    3. The headmaster ________ that we became more concerned about the environment around us,
    4. suggests B. warns C. complains              D. supposes
    5. It is ________unlikely that the President will agree to open the new airport.

    A, mainly            B. highly             C largely         D. greatly

    1. “Is Duong the best student in your group?”

    – “Yes. Why don’t you talk to him? He ____able to help you.”

    1. must be B. maybe C. is              D. would be
    2. “Do you think there ________less conflict in the world if all people ________the same language?”
    3. would be / spoke B. were / would speak
    4. were / spoke D. would be / would speak
    5. If you can give me one good reason for your acting like this,_______ this incident again.
    6. I will never mention B. I never mention
    7. will I never mention D. I don’t mention
    8. You will become ill ________you stop working so hard.
    9. until B. when C. if                 D. unless
    10. Bill Gates, _____ is the president of Microsoft Company, is a billionaire.
    11. who B. whom C. that                    D. whose
    12. One ________of public transport is its unreliability.
    13. disappointmentB. disadvantage C. disorder D. dislike
    14. Although it was raining heavily,_____.
    15. he went out without a raincoat
    16. but he went out without a raincoat
    17. so he went out without a raincoat
    18. however he went out without a raincoat
    19. The child was________ for getting his shoes and socks wet.
    20. corrected B. suffered C. scolded       D. complained
    21. The dog went _____ him and knocked him down.
    22. over B. toward C. onto               D. for
    23. I remember Mary as a spotty young girl but she’s turned_______ beautiful woman.
    24. to B. in C. into                    D. on
    25. If you like skiing, there’s a ski ____under an hour drive from Madrid.
    26. station B. resort             C. place                 D. port
    27. Tom _____be so bad-tempered. I wonder if he’s got problems.
    28. wouldn’t B. didn’t used to C. isn’t use to            D. didn’t use to
    29. Sterling is a________ town not far from Edinburgh.
    30. medium B. middle-sized C. medium-sized D. medium-large
    31. Most days we went for a walk _______after lunch.
    32. along the sea B. in the beach
    33. in the sandD. along the shore
    34. We’re having terrible weather for our holiday. I just can’t ________it for much longer.
    35. put up B. put on           C. take up                 D. put up with
    36. Her parents gave her everything she asked for. She’s a completely _______child.
    37. wounded B. spoilt C. damaged                D. destroyed
    38. Paulo is the head ________at the Buckingham Hotel. He’s famous for his fish recipes.
    39. cooker B. chief C. waiter            D. chef
    40. There’s a new suspension bridge over ____at Dartford.
    41. Thames B. the Thames C. River Thames D. Thames River
    42. My brother has always had a reputation ________hard.
    43. in workingB. about working C. to work D. for working

    JOB DECISION

    What sort of job should you look for? Much depends (41)………your long-term aim. You need to ask (42)……..whether you want to specialize in a particular field, work your (43)……..up to higher levels of responsibility or (44)……..of your current employment into a broader field.

    This job will be studied very carefully when you send your letter of (45)……..for your next job. It (46)……..show evidence of serious career planning. (47)…….important, it should extend you, develop you and give you increasing responsibility. Incidentally, if the travel bug is biting, (48)………is the time to pack up and go. You can do temporary work for a (49)……..; when you return, pick up where you have (50)……..off and get the second job.

    41/ a. for b. on             c. of                            d. with

    42/ a. you        b.if       c. oneself                     d. yourself

    43/ a. path        b. road c. way                          d. street

    44/ a. out         b. off   c. into                          d. over

    45/ a. applicants           b. application  c. form             d. employment

    46/ a. will         b. would c. should                   d. may

    47/ a. less         b.even  c. almost                      d. most

    48/ a. now        b. then             c. so                 d. such

    49/ a. day         b. time             c. while                        d. ages

    50/ a. came      b. left               c. taken                        d. paid

    1. Read the passage below and choose one correct answer for each question.

    Last week I went to visit Atlantic College, an excellent private college in Wale. Unusually, it gives young people much needed experience of life outside the classroom as well as the opportunity to study for their exams. The students, who are aged between 16 and 18 and come from all over the world, spend the morning studying. In the afternoon they go out and do a really useful activity, such as helping on the farm, looking after people with learning difficulties, or checking for pollution in rivers.

    One of the great things about Atlantic College, students is that they come from many different social backgrounds and countries. As few can afford the fees of £20,000 over two years, grants are available. A quarter of the students are British and many of those can only attend because they receive government’s help.

    “I really admire the college for trying to encourage international understandings among young people”, as Barbara Molenkamp, a student from the Netherlands, said. “You learn to live with people and respect them, even the ones you don’t like. During the summer holidays my mother couldn’t believe how much less I argued with my sister.”

    To sum up, Atlantic College gives its students an excellent education, using methods which really seem to work.

    1. What is the writer trying to do in the text?
    2. give an opinion about a particular student.
    3. give an opinion about a special type of education.
    4. describe his own experience of education.
    5. describe the activities the students do in their free time.
    6. What can a reader find out from this text?
    7. how to become a student at Atlantic College.
    8. what kind of program Atlantic College offers.
    9. what the British education system is like.
    10. how to get along better with other people.
    11. What is the writer’s opinion of Atlantic College?
    12. It doesn’t allow students enough study time.
    13. Its students are taught to like each other.
    14. It doesn’t give good value for money.
    15. Its way of teaching is successful.
    16. How has Barbara changed since being at Atlantic College?
    17. She knows a lot about other countries.
    18. She is more confident than her sister now.
    19. She finds it easier to get on with other people.
    20. She prefers her new friends to her family.
    21. Which advertisement uses correct information about Atlantic College?

    A.Study at Atlantic College.Courses for 16-18 year olds.Lessons all morning, sport in the afternoon

    1. Study at Atlantic College.Courses for 16-18 year olds.Morning lessons and afternoon activities. Help with fees available

    C.Study at Atlantic College.Learn English in a beautiful beach.Lots of weekend activities. Help with fees available

    D.Study at Atlantic College.Classes on International topics.Many free places available students of all ages welcome.

    Read the passage and choose the best answer.

    An increasing number of people are now going on holiday to Egypt. Last year, for example, about one and a half million (56) _____ visited Egypt. The (57) _____ of Egypt is about fifty million and the (58) _____ is El Qahira (Cairo), a busy city of just under nine million people. Although the (59) _____ is hot and dry and most of the country is desert, the average (60) _____ from October to March is not too high. The most (61) _____ sights are pyramids at Giza. However, it is also pleasant to (62) _____ Alexandria, Port Said and several other places and do as much (63)_____ as possible in the time available. A (64) _____ to Luxor is an unforgettable experience, and there are frequent (65) _____ there from Cairo.

    1. a. explorers b. voyagers c. tourists d. passengers

    57.a. people b. town c. nation d. population

    58.a. principal b. head            c. state  d. capital

    59.a. temperature  b. climate   c. condition d. position

    60.a. weather b. measure        c. climate d. temperature

    61.a. famous b. known           c. visited d. asked

    62.a. search b. require             c. examine d. visit

    63.a. viewing b. seeing            c. sightseeing d. looking

    64.a. picnic b. trip                   c. guided. entertainment

    65.a. flights b. travels              c. journeys d. trips

     

    There is a mistake in the four underlined parts of each sentence. Find the mistake (A, B, C, or D).

    1. (A) A new shop (B) was opening (C) on Main Street (D) last week.
    2. (A) My family used to (B) be having dinner (C) at 7 o’clock in (D) the evening.
    3. I (A) wish I (B) can go with you to (C) the countryside (D) next weekend.
    4. (A) Your friends went to (B) your native village (C) last weekend, (D) weren’t they?
    5. Nam (A) asked Mai what (B) can he do (C) to help (D) her.

    VII. Choose the correct option to complete each of the following sentences.

    1. My sister has worn her new dress________.
    2. only once since she bought it
    3. only once since she has bought it
    4. once only since she was buying it
    5. once only since she has been buying it
    6. Wearing uniform encourages students________.
    7. feeling proud of their school B. to feel proud at its school C. to feel proud of their school D. feeling proud at its school
    8. Td like to go out with you, but________.
    9. I don’t feel like to eat out tonight
    10. I don’t feel like eating out tonight
    11. I wouldn’t like eating out tonight
    12. I wouldn’t like to eating out tonight
    13. If there will be too much exhaust fume in the air,________.
    14. our breathing is badly affected
    15. our breathing is affected bad
    16. our breathing will be affected bad
    17. our breathing will be badly affected
    18. Having invented the light bulb,________.
    19. Edison was going on to make new discoveries
    20. new discoveries went cm to be made by Edison
    21. Edison went on to make new discoveries
    22. new discoveries were gone on to make by Edison

    VIIL Choose one sentence that has the same meaning as the root one.

    1. If he had hurried, he would have caught the train.
    2. He had to catch the train, so he was in a hurry.
    3. He missed the train because he didn’t hurry.
    4. He doesn’t hurry, so he won’t catch the train.
    5. The train was delayed, so he wouldn’t have to hurry.
    6. He learned to drive when he was eighteen.
    7. His father made him drive when he was eighteen.
    8. He could drive when he was eighteen, but he didn’t.
    9. He has been using his car since he was eighteen.
    10. He has driven since he was eighteen.
    11. It was only because his wife helped him that he was able to finish his hook.
    12. Without his wife’s help, he couldn’t have finished his book.
    13. His wife was able to finish the book with his help.
    14. If only he had been able to finish his book.
    15. If his wife helped him, he would be able to finish his book.
    16. The robbers made the bank manager hand over the money.
    17. The bank manager was allowed to hand over the money.
    18. The robbers helped the bank manager hand over the money.
    19. The bank manager was forced to hand over the money.
    20. The robbers noticed the bank manager hand over the money.
    21. “Sorry madam, looking after the garden is not my duty.”
    22. He apologized for not looking after the garden.
    23. He said that he was not responsible for looking after the garden.

    C He promised to look after the garden.

    1. He asked me if looking after the garden was his duty.

    Test 2

    1. Chọn phương án trả lời đúng (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) cho mỗi câu sau:
    2. Choose the word with the different stress pattern.
    3. describe     B. feature     C. cancer  D. birthmark
    4. adequate   B. ambition C. admission D. umbrella
    5. ceremony   B. petroleum   C. relationshipD. astonishment

     Choose the word with the different pronunciation of the underlined part.

    1. diabetes   B. recipe          C. degrade       D. catastrophe
    2. apparent     B. natural    C. safety          D. accident

    Choose the best answer

    1. I planned to go for a walk but the rain put me …….. the idea.
    2. of      B. off                C. against                     D. on
    3. It isn’t …….. worrying about the traffic. We’ll only be a few minutes late.
      A. of value  B. important    C. worth  D. necessary
      8. I remembered …….. up in that house with my brothers and sisters
      A. to grow      B. to growing   C. grow            D. growing
    4. After running up the stairs I was quite ………….. breath.
    5. beyond        B. from     C. out of                             D. without
    6. Has Tony’s book ……….. yet?
    7. brought out   B. come out    C. drawn up       D. published
    8. The inspector ……. to say whether there were any suspects.
    9. avoided    B. denied         C. refused        D. stopped
    10. I regret ……… that your application has been unsuccessful.
    11. say   B. saying                      C. have said                 D. to say
    12. The hotel was terrible, but the wonderful beach ………….. our disappointment.
    13. got over      B. faced up to  C. saw to  D. made up for
    14. Jack has decided to ….. the time he spends watching TV.
    15. come up with  B. cut down on C. run out of  D. see to
    16. Helen is very excited …………. going to work in Germany.
    17. about   B. for          C. with                              D. to
    18. ………… did I realise that the burglar was still in the house.
    19. Only afterB. Only thenC. SeldomD. Under no circumstances
    20. In the old days it was not considered lady_…for a woman to smoke in public if at all.
    21. like      B. ful    C. ish                           D. worthy
      18. They haven’t really been to China, …….. they ?
      A. were            B. did              C. have                        D. had
      19. My husband, …….. favourite hobby is stamp collecting, has many rare stamps
      A. whom  B. whose    C. which                       D. that
      20. I disagree. My ideas are entirely opposite …….. yours.
      A. to      B. from         C. of                D. against
    22. Some people never set …….. to become rich and famous
    23. up  B. out               C. off                           D. across
      22. I didn’t learn much Greek …….. I was in Crete.
      A. as       B. during       C. since            D. while
    24. The more …… we walk the longer it will take us to get home
      A. slowly   B. slower         C. slowest                    D. slow
      24. I’d rather you …….. smoke in the office
      A. couldn’t      B. mustn’t  C. shouldn’t     D. didn’t
    25. A certificate from Cambridge University is a valuable …….
      A. examination B. qualification C. production  D. paper
      26. I’ll go shopping with you …….. I can get back in time for the lecture at 2 p.m.
    26. in order that B. so thatC. such that   D. as long as
    27. I’d strongly …….. against staying up late the night before an important examination.
      A. argue B. advise    C. recommend D. suggest
    28. He turned …….. the offer of a new job and stayed with his present employer.
    29. up  B. down           C. out               D. off
      29. You should take an umbrella. ……. it rains and you get wet.
      A. Although       B. What         C. Suppose      D. In case
    30. The food will be wonderful if you follow the ….. carefully.
      A. instructions   B. plan  C. receipt         D. recipe

    Đọc bài khóa sau và chọn từ đúng (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) để điền vào chỗ trống:

    The London Tea Trade Centre is on the north of the River Thames. It is the centre of an industry of (41) ………… importance in the lives of the British. Tea is without doubt the British national drink: every man, woman and child over ten years of age has (42) ………… average over four cups a day or some 1500 cups annually. Some thirty per cent of the world’s exports of tea makes its way to London. Britain is (43) ………… the largest importer of tea in the world. Samples of the vast amounts of tea brought into the country to (44) ………… the national thirst go to the London Tea Trade Centre, where they are tasted by (45) ………… professional tea tasters before being sold at each week’s tea sale. It is fascinating to see them at work. Over a hundred samples are (46) ………… in a line on long tables. Teas are generally tasted with milk, (47) ………… that is how the majority in Britain drink their tea. The tasters move down the line with surprising speed, tasting each sample from a spoon and deciding what is a (48) ………… price for each tea. The types of tea that are popular in Britain are (49) ………… inexpensive but they are of a very high quality. The best are delicate (50) ………… of numerous teas from different sources and countries of origin.

    1. A.  high    B.  wide           C.  great           D. large
    2. A.  for     B.   by    C.at                           D.  on
    3. A.  considerably B. by far C.  largely        D. by much
    4. A. satisfy   B.  match       C.  answer        D. serve
    5. A. effective   B.  skilled   C.   developed             D. handy
    6. A. composed B.   put up   C.   settled        D. laid out
    7. A. out of     B.  since       C.  so               D. owing to
    8. A.  fine   B.  right  C.  fair             D.   deserved

    49.A.  roughly             B. comparatively  C.slightlyD. approximately

    50A.  mixtures             B. associations C. unions         D.   gatherings

    . Xác định từ hoặc cụm từ có gạch chân, cần phải sửa, để câu sau trở thành chính xác:

    1. Mr. Fogg suggested that they should wait until the nightfall before taking any action.
    2. At half past twelve o’clock the train stopped at Burhampoor where I was able to purchase

    some Indian slippers, decorated with false pearls.

    1. The travellers had a hasty breakfast and started off for the castle, after follow down the bank of a small river.
    2. There has been a gradual decrease in the number of murder every year.
    3. Maria needs retyping the report before she hands it in to the managing director.
    4. Xác định câu (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) diễn tả ý đúng nhất so với câu sau:
    5. I have not experienced such a hurricane as Chanchu since I was a child.
    6. Not since I was a child have I experienced such a hurricane as Chanchu.
    7. It was not until a child that I experienced such a hurricane as Chanchu.
    8. I hadn’t experienced such a hurricane as Chanchu in my childhood.
    9. Since I was a child have I experienced so terrible a hurricane as Chanchu.
    10. I did not know what she would say, and I did not care what she would say.
    11. I do not know or care what she would say either.
    12. What she would say should not have been known nor cared.
    13. What she would say I never know nor care.
    14. I neither knew nor cared for what she would say.
    15. I am as happy as possible at the moment.
    16. I couldn’t be happier at the moment.
    17. I am happier than ever before right now.
    18. I am as happy at the moment as before.
    19. I used to be happier than at the moment.
    20. “You are not allowed to smoke in this room, Ben,” said his sister.
    21. Ben’s sister told him off smoking in that room.
    22. Ben’s sister told him that he wasn’t allowed to smoke in that room.
    23. Ben’s sister told him that he had no allowances to smoke in that room.D. Ben’s sister allowed him not to smoke in that room.
    24. I’d prefer him not to have said all those embarrassing things about me.
    25. I’d not prefer his saying all those embarrassing things about me.
    26. I’d prefer him not saying all those embarrassing things about me.
    27. His having said all those things about me is preferentially embarrassing.
    28. I’d sooner he hadn’t said all those embarrassing things about me.

    Test 3

    Chọn phương án (A,B,C hoặc D)ứng với từ có phần nguyên âm đươc gạch chân có cách phát âm khác với ba từ còn lại trong mỗi câu

    1. A. produced B. believed    C. stopped       D. laughed
    2. A. unless B. unique         C. unitedD. union
    3. A. grow B. throw        C. cow             D.sew
    4. A. alien B. alloy         C. alley                        D. anthem
    5. A. sugar B. solar         C. super D. subside

    Chọn phương án (A,B,C hoặc D) ứng với từ có trọng âm chính rơi vào âm tiết có vị trí khác với ba từ còn lại trong  mỗi câu.

    1. A. curious     B. receptionist C. uinque       D. achieve
    2. A. relationship B. equipment C. customer     D. deliberate
    3. A. concentrationB. satisfaction C.character D. realistic
    4. A. intimate B.literature    C. participate   D. powerful
    5. A. distinguishB.satisfy C. evidence      D. readable

    Chọn phương án (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành mỗi câu sau.

    Câu 11. You all look tired. Let’s ______ a rest.

    1. haveB. get C. take D.either A or C
    2. Our school ___ about 600 new students every year .
    3. admits B. accepts C. allows          D. gets

    Câu 13. A week or two before New Year’s Days, the markets are _______ people selling anh buying things.

    1. filled withB. crowded C. ready forD. crowded with

    Câu 14. I’m allergic to most canned foods. That’s why I always look for something fresh and _________.

    1. air-tighB. environment friendly
    2. chemical free D. home-brewed

    Câu 15. _______ fish can hear, they have neither external ears nor eardrums.

    1. Although B. But C. However     D. Despite

    Câu 16. The kind-hearted woman ______ all her life to helping the disabled and the poor.

    1. wastedB. spent C. dedicated D. lived

    Câu 17. Smoking has been ___________ from all offices.

    1. banned B. abandoned C. given up      D. prevented

    Câu 18. Scientists can grow __ that are not affected by disease.

    1. crops B. harvests C. animals        D. things

    Câu 19. The job they offer ________ very interesting with a fashion house in the city centre.

    1. hearsB. sounds C. appears D. looks

    Câu 20. Perhaps men _____more from heart disease than women because they do not cry enough.

    1. are sick B. have C. trouble         D. suffer

    Câu 21. The situation was  ____ because of the economy.

    1. worsenedB. removed C. devastated             D. threatened

    Câu 22. I don’t like that soup. It ______ horrible.

    1. touchesB. feels C. sounds             D. tastes

    Câu 23. Lucy was late for school this morning because the alarm didn’t _______ as usual.

    1. ring off B. get off C.go off           D.take off
    2. The ______ of the radio by Marconi played an important part in the development of communication.
    3. development B. discovery C. invention     D. research
    4. Marie Curie was the first woman to ___ two Nobel prizes .
    5. win B. award C. reward             D. achieve

    Câu 26. We _________in persuading a lot people to join our protest against low-quality products.

    1. managed B. succeeded C. achieved D. fulfilled
    2. I met Jim at college. It was the start of a _____ friendship .
    3. longlife B. prolonged C. lifelong D. lengthened
    4. Cold-blooded animals such as reptiles and fish do not dream, but ___ ones, including mammals and birds do.
    5. cool-blooded B. warm-blooded
    6. hot-blooded D. cold-blooded

    Câu 29. in the early 16th century, the geography of the globe still _____ a mystery.

    1. continued B. maintained C. was              D. remained

    Câu 30. Thousands of antibiotics ____, but only about thirty are in common use today.

    1. have developed B. are developing
    2. have been developed D. have been developing

    Câu 31. You are not allowed to drive your car in the city centre at rush hour _____there is too much traffic then.

    1. because of B. because C. although      D. in spite of

    Câu 32. These days almost everybody ____ the dangers of smoking.

    A.know ofB. are aware ofC. is aware about    D. is aware of

    1. The Internet makes it much easier __communicate with one another.
    2. to people forB. for peopleC. that people canD. for people to

    Câu 34. Because it was faster, Jim _______on my taking the plane to London instead of the train

    1. resistedB. insisted C. refused             D. reminded
    2. ______ places which attract so many visitors as Venice, Italy.
    3. Fewer B. As few C. There are few D. That fewer

    Câu 36. If you need more information, ___ this number.

    1. phoneB. you will phoneC. you would phone D. you phoned

    Câu 37. ______ the girls has turned in the papers to the the instructor yet.

    1. Neither of B. Both of C. None of       D. All of
    2. Nha Trang, ___ last year, is excellent for holiday-makers.
    3. we visitedB. which we visitedC. that we visitedD. visited

    Câu 39. Bats avoid  _______ objects by emitting high-frequency sounds and listening for echoes.

    1. to run into B. running onto C. running into D. to run onto
    2. ____ Ann by phone , James decided to email her.
    3. Having failed to contact B. Having failed contacting
    4. He failed to contact D. That he failed contacting

    Everyone loves music, it seems. And there’s little reason to wonder why. There is so much music (1) …………… from which to choose. and there is a category of music to appeal to every (2)………… The major groups of music are divided broadly (3) ……… classical, popular, and jazz. Within these broad groups are many other subcategories. For example, (4) ……………disparate types of music as movie sound tracks rhythm and blue, rock, and rap all fit within the category of popular music.

    Another reason that music is so (5) ………. is the variety of settings in which one can enjoy his or her (6) ………..  kind of music. You can go to the church to hear great religious music, or to the concert hall to hear a well-known classical  (7) …………. On another right, you might go to the small club to listen to an up- and-coming jazz group (8) ……. you enjoy a   rink. A few nights later. Ty might go with some friends to join thousands of other people in a (9) …………to hear your favorite rock band play in your city on a world tour. And, back your house or  apartment, you can (10)…………. while you put in a tape or CD and listen to your favorite artists again and again in your own home.

    1. a. Convenient b. available c. accessible d. required
    2. a. want b. desire c. interest d. taste
    3. on b: in c. into                             d. up
    4. so b. some c. any                             d. such
    5. familiar b. popular c. famous d. cheerful
    6. favorite b. best c. ideal                           d. selected
    7. music b. symphony c. ballad d. category
    8. during b. where c. while                  d. which
    9. stadium b. theater c. stage                           d. discotheque
    10. prefer b. appeal c. relax d. interest

    Probably the most important factor governing the sererity of forest fires is weather. Hot, dry weather lowers the moisture content of fuels.once a fire has started,wind is extremely critical because it influences the oxygen supply and the rate of spread. Forest type and forest conditions are also important factors. For example, fire is more likely to occur in conifers than in hardwoods; slash-covered or brushy areas are especially hazardous because the rate at which combustion consumes fuels is proportional to fuel volume and surface area.

    Some fies are caused by lightning; others are caused by people. Those caused by people may be accidental or intertional ( incendiary). The causes of fire in the United States show large regional differences. In the Rocky Moutains more than 70 percent of the fires are caused by lightning, whereas incendiary fires amount to only about 1 percent. In contrast, more than 40 percent of the fires in the South are incendiary, whereas lightning causes only 1 percent.

    Câu 61. In this passage the author’s main purpose is to

    1. argue B. inform         C. persuade      D. entertain

    Câu 62.Which of the following best describes the organization of the passage?

    1. A comparision and constract of the factors governing forest fires is followed by a list of causes.
    2. A description of the conditions affecting forest fires is followed by a description of the causes.
    3. An analysis of factors related to forest fires is followed by an argument the causes of fires.
    4. Serveral generalizations about forest fires are followed by a series of conclusions.

    Câu 63. It can be concluded from this passage that

    1. there are not many people living in the Rocky Mountian area
    2. there are more fires in hardwood forests than in pine forests
    3. winter is the worst season for fires
    4. fire prevention techniques vary from region to region

    Câu 64. The paragraph following this passage would most likely be about

    1. the causes of hot, dry weather
    2. the various uses of hardwoods

    C.methods of controlling fires

    1. the geographical differences between the Rocky Mountain area and the Shouthers states

    Câu 65.The author of this passage would most likely be

    1. a forest ranger B.a meteorologist
    2. a historian D. a business person

    Chọn phương án ( A, B, C, hoặc D ) ứng với cụm từ / từ có gạch chân cần phải sửa trong các câu sau.

    Câu 66. New laws should be introduced to reduce the number of traffic in the city center.

    Câu 67. Since fireworks are dangerous, many countries have laws preventing businesses to sell them.

    Câu 68. A majority students in this university are from overseas.

    Câu 69. You should stop to smoke because it is very harmful for your health.

    Câu 70. One of the students who are being considered for the scholarship are from this university.

    Chọn phương án ( A, B, C, hoặc D ) ứng với câu có nghĩa gần đúng nhất so với mỗi câu cho sẵn sau đây.

    Câu 71. It rained heavily, so the football match was cancelled.

    1. The match was cancelled because of the heavy rain.
    2. If it didn’t rain, the match would’t be cancelled.

    C.Despite the heavy rain the match was cancelled.

    D.If it hadn’t been for the heavy rain, the match wouldn’t be cancelled.

    Câu 72. The newspaper reports that James was awarded the first prize.

    1. It is reported that James wins the fisrt prize.
    2. It is reported that James to be awarded the fisrt prize.
    3. James is reported to have been awarded the first prize.
    4. The first prize is reported to award to James.

    Câu 73. It is possible that we won’t have to take an  entrance exam this year.

    1. Perhaps we don’t have to take an entrance exam this year.
    2. We mustn’t take an entrance exam this year.
    3. We mightn’t take an entrance exam this year.
    4. It is very likely that we will take an entrance exam this year.

    Câu 74. In spite of his tiredness, Joe managed to finish his work.

    1. Although he is tired, Joe managed to finish his work.
    2. Joe managed to finish his work but he was tired.
    3. Despite he was tired, Joe managed to finish his work.
    4. Tired as he seemed to be, Joe managed to finish his work.

    Câu 75. “ No, I didn’t  tell Jim our plan,” said Tom.

    1. Tom refused to tell Jim their plan.
    2. Tom denied having told Jim their plan.
    3. Tom denied to tell Jim their plan.
    4. Tom didn’t agree to tell Jim their plan.

    Chọn phương án (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành mỗi câu sau.

    Câu 76. Published in July 2007, ______

    1. Dang Thuy Tram’s Diary soon became popular with Vietnamese young people.
    2. Dang Thuy Tram wrote a Diary and soon became popular with Vietnamese young people.
    3. Vietnamese young people soon people soon became interested in Dang Thuy Tram’s Diary.
    4. Dang Thuy Tram soon became popular with Vietnamese young people for her Diary.

    Câu 77. By this time next year,____________

    1. we will be completing the course
    2. we will have completed the course
    3. we will have been completing the course
    4. we will complete the course

    Câu 78. They have two children,_________

    1. none of whom are living with them.
    2. both of them are living with them
    3. neither of whom are living with them
    4. all of whom are living with them

    Câu 79. The more challenging the job is,_____________

    1. the more he finds it interesting
    2. the more interesting it is to him
    3. he finds it more interesting
    4. more interesting he finds it

    Câu 80. It was his cheerful disposition__________

    1. who made him successful as a group leader
    2. that he succeeded as a group leader
    3. which helped him a successful group leader
    4. that made him successful as a group leader

    Test 3

     

    Chọn một câu (ứng với A, B, C hoặc D) gần nghĩa nhất so với câu in nghiêng, từ câu 1 đến câu 10

    Câu 1:  He started learning French six years ago.

    1. He has learned French for 6 years.
    2. He hasn’t learnt French for 6 years.
    3. It was six years ago did he start learning French.
    4. It is six years since he has learned French.

    Câu 2:  People believe he won a lot of money on the lottery.

    1. He won a lot of money on the lottery, it is believed.
    2. He was believed to win a lot of money on the lottery.
    3. He is believed to have won a lot of money on the lottery.
    4. He is believed that he won a lot of money on the lottery.

    Câu 3:  Thieves stole all her priceless jewels.

    1. She was robbed of all her priceless jewels.
    2. All her priceless jewels are stolen by thieves.
    3. She was stolen all her priceless jewels.
    4. All her priceless jewels were robbed away from her.

    Câu 4:  Susan said I ought to lie down for while.

    1. Susan suggested that I lie down for a while.
    2. Susan ought to have lain down for a while.
    3. Susan said that I should have lain for a while.
    4. Susan suggested me to lie down for a while.

    Câu 5:  My sister worries so much about fitness that she wastes a lot of time and money.

    1. My sister wastes a lot of time and money though she worries so much about fitness.
    2. Fitness worried, my sister wasted a lot of time and money.
    3. My sister worries about fitness so that she wastes a lot of time and money.
    4. Worrying too much about fitness, my sister wastes a lot of time and money.

    Câu 6:  I forgot her birthday and she still hasn’t forgiven me.

    1. She will not forgive me until I forget her birthday.
    2. Forgetting her birthday, she has not forgiven me.
    3. She has not forgiven me for having forgotten her birthday.
    4. She will not forgive me until I remember her birthday.

    Câu 7:  The President offered his congratulations to the players when they won the Cup.

    1. The President congratulated that the players had won the cup.
    2. The President congratulated the players on their winning the match.
    3. The President would offer the players congratulations if they won the match.
    4. When they won the cup, the players had been offered some congratulations from the President.

    Câu 8:  Without your help, I couldn’t have finished it on time.

    1. I couldn’t finish it on time though you helped me.
    2. You helped me finishing it on time.
    3. I couldn’t finish it on time because you helped me.
    4. I could finish it on time because you helped me.

    Câu 9:  I took Janet to the zoo so that she could see how big an elephant is.

    1. Because Janet was big enough, I took her to the zoo to see the elephant.
    2. I took Janet to the zoo in order for her to see how big an elephant is.
    3. With a view to see how big an elephant is, I took Janet to the zoo.
    4. So as to see the elephant, I took Janet to the big zoo.

    Câu 10:  Despite his early retirement, he found no peace in life.

    1. His early retirement has brought him peace in life.
    2. Although he retired early, but he found no peace in life.
    3. He found no peace in life because he retired early.
    4. Early as he retired, he found no peace in life.

    một từ (ứng với A, B, C hoặc D) có phần gạch chân phát âm khác với các từ còn lại, từ câu 11 đến câu 15

    Câu 11: A. debris B. demand      C. deter D. deny

    Câu 12: A. stew  B. few              C. sew D. mew

    Câu 13: A. aggressive B. original                                   C. agree D. algebra

    Câu 14: A. tightens B. heaps       C. likes D. fuss

    Câu 15: A. associate B. shoulder C. assure D. squash

    Chọn một từ (ứng với A, B, C hoặc D) có trọng âm chính phát âm khác với các từ còn lại, từ câu 16 đến câu 20

    16: A. anniversary B. composition                                 C. celebrationD. television

    Câu 17: A. cater B. argue            C. ivory D. severe

    Câu 18: A. ingredient B. favourite                                 C. notice D. jacket

    Câu 19:A. relevant B. relatively  C. reconcile D. reliance

    Câu 20: A. notably B. mechanical                                 C. historian D. domestic

    Almost all the energy on the earth comes from the sun. Heat from the sun makes the earth warm enough for life. Plants use the sun’s energy to live and grow. Plants give off a

    gas called oxygen. Animals eat plants and breathe oxygen. Animals need plants in order to live, and plants need the sun. You use plants to creat heat and energy. You can burn wood

    from  trees.You  can  burn  fossil  called  coal,  gas,  and  oil.  Fossil  fuels  formed  deep underground from plants and animals that died millions of years ago.

    The sun’s energy can also do harm. Too much sunlight can burn your skin, causing sunburn. Harmful rays from the sun can also cause a disease called skin cancer. Looking

    right at the sun can harm your eyes. You need to be careful of the sun. The center of the sun is called the core, which is extremely hot. All the energy of the sun comes from the

    nuclear reactions in its core. It takes a long time for the energy from the core to reach the surface of the earth-about 170,000 years!

    41:According to the passage, the sun is vital because ……….

    1. A. it has its hot core
    2. B. plants live and grow better with the sun’s energy
    3. C. plants, animals and people need energy from the sun
    4. D. fossil fuels will be used up and people turn to the sun’s energy

    Question 42: Fossil fuels formed deep underground from …...

    1. A. heat from the sun B. earth and rock
    2. C. oil and gas D. dead plants and animals

    Question 43: The title for this passage could be …..

    1. A. “Energy from the sun” B. “Oxygen and Plants”
    2. C. “Animals and Plants” D. “The Sun and Fossil Fuels”

    Question 44: Harmful rays from the sun may cause.

    1. A. fever B. skin cancer C. pain D. headache

    Question 45: All of the following statements are NOT true EXCEPT …….

    1. A. the sun’s heat does no harm to people
    2. B. looking right at the sun is a way to make your eyes better
    3. C. the sun is a long way from the Earth
    4. D. the center of the sun is not very hot

    One of the seven wonders of the ancient world. The Great Pyramid of Giza was a monument of wisdom and prophecy built as a tomb for Pharaoh Cheops in 2720 BC. Despite its antiquity, certain aspects of its construction make it one of the truly great wonders of the world. The thirteen- acre structure near the Nile River is a solid mass of stone blocks covered with limestone. Inside are the number of hidden passageways and the burial chamber for the Pharaoh. It is the largest single structure in the world. The four sides of the Pyramid are aligned almost exactly on true North, South, East and West- an incredible engineering feat. The ancient Egyptians were sun worshipers and great astronomers, so computations for the Great Pyramid were based on astronomical observations.

    Explorations and detailed examinations of the base of the structure reveal many interesting lines. Further scientific study indicates that these represent a type of timeline of events- past present and future. Many of the events have been interpreted and found to coincide with known facts of the past. Others are prophesied for future generations and are currently under investigation. Many believe that pyramids have supernatural powers and this one is no exception. Some researchers even associate it with extraterrestrial being of the ancient past. Was this superstructure made by ordinary being, or one built by a race far superior to any known today?

    1. What has the research of the base revealed?
    2. There are cracks in the foundation
    3. Tomb robbers have stolen the pharaoh’s body
    4. The lines represent important event
    5. A superior race of people built it

    52Extraterrestrial beings are

    1. very strong wonders B. astronomers in the ancient times
    2. research in Egyptology D. living beings from other planets

    53What was the most probable reason for providing so many hidden passages?

    1. to allow the weight of the pyramid to settle evenly.
    2. to permit the high priests to pray at night
    3. to enable the pharaoh’s family to bring food for the journey after life.
    4. to keep grave robbers from finding the tomb and the treasure buried with the pharaoh.

    54:  What is the best title for the passage?

    1. Symbolism of the great Pyramid
    2. Problem with the construction of the Great Pyramid
    3. Wonders of the Great Pyramid of Giza .
    4. Explorations of the Burial Chamber of Cheops.

    55On what did the ancient Egyptians base their calculation?

    1. Observation of the celestial bodies
    2. Advanced technology
    3. Advanced tool of measurement
    4. Knowledge of the earth’s surface

    56Why was the Great Pyramid constructed?

    1. As a solar observatory        B. As a religious temple
    2. As a tomb for the pharaoh
    3. As an engineering feat

    57:  Why is the Great Pyramid of Giza considered one of the Seven Wonders of the World?

    1. It is perfectly aligned with the four cardinal points of the compass and contains many Prophecies.
    2. It was selected as a tomb of Pharaoh Cheops.
    3. It was built by a super race. It is very old.

    58:  What do the interesting lines in the base symbolize?

    1. Architects’ plans for the hidden passage.
    2. Pathways of the great solar bodies.
    3. Astrological computations
    4. Date of the important events taking place throughout time.

    59:  The word “feat” is closest in meaning to

    1. accomplishment B. appendageC. festivity D. structure

    Đọc đoạn văn sau, chọn một phương án (ứng với A, B, C hoặc D) điền vào chỗ trống, từ câu 31 đến câu 35

    In the modern world, there’s a wealth of leisure activities to choose from. Entertainment industries compete for your leisure time. You can watch TV, listen to music, go to an art gallery or, of course, read a book. Sometimes, it seems that reading is neglected because even if you are a fast reader, it can take a considerable amount of time to finish a novel, for example. But in the modern world, time is something that can be in short supply .

    Book publishers haven’t been slow to realize this and are now selling a product which needn’t take up as much of your time but still tells you an excellent story. The new product is the audio book-cassette recording of shortened novels, often read by well-known personalities or the authors themselves. Audio books are relatively new but people are becoming more aware of them and sales are not increasing all the time.

    One of the attractions of audio books is that they are like listening to the radio, only better. You can listen to what you want when you want and you won’t ever miss anything. Much of their appeal lies in their flexibility. They allow you to do other things while you’re listening, such as driving or doing the housework.

    Câu 31:  Nowadays, there is a wealth of leisure activities to choose from ______________.

    1. all people spend little time reading books for leisure. B. so reading books for leisure is completely neglected.
    2. such as watching TV, listening to music, going to an art gallery or concert or reading books.
    3. so there’s no one that wants to read books for entertainment.

    Câu 32:  In the modern world, ___________________.

    1. people don’t know how to read books for pleasure
    2. publishers find it unnecessary to make books for pleasure
    3. books take readers a lot of time mustn’t be published D. the audio book is considered one of useful forms of entertainment

    Câu 33:  Audio books ______________.

    1. is a kind of cassette-recording of shortened novels
    2. all the other three
    3. whose novels are by well-known personalities or the authors themselves
    4. are being sold increasingly nowadays

    34:  The following sentences are correct EXCEPT “______”.

    1. You can listen to audio books while you’re doing something else
    2. Audio books are relatively new so people enjoy buying them all the time.
    3. Listening to audio books is similar to listening to the radio
    4. Audio books are sometimes considered to be enjoyable way of knowledge than reading .

    Câu 35:  The main idea of the passage is __________.

    1. a new product for pleasure, audio books
    2. the growth of audio books
    3. some advertisements on audio books
    4. some benefits of audio books

    Chọn một từ / cụm từ gạch chân (ứng với A, B, C hoặc D) cần phải sửa, từ câu 36 đến câu 40

    Câu 36:  She tapped her feet in time when listened to her favorite song broadcast on the radio.

    Câu 37:  Those who have never been abroad is eager to see how different the other cultures are.

    Câu 38:  I couldn’t give the teacher the summary of the lesson until Julia whispered some words into his ears.

    Câu 39:  They promised that they would publish my article was sent the next week.

    Câu 40:  Helen as well as her friends have never been out of town since they were five years old.

    Chọn một (cụm) từ (ứng với A, B, C hoặc D) điền vào chỗ trống để hoàn thành câu, từ câu 41 đến câu 70

    1. The police stated that the accident ______________ soon.
    2. will be investigated  B. had investigated
    3. is being investigated  D. would be investigated

    Câu 42:  Dora __ in university when you come back in three years’ time.

    1. would study B. will have been studied
    2. is studying D. will be studying

    43: I like babysitting, although the children always____ a mess.

    1. make B. do C. take  D. produce

    Câu 44:  If only we _________a long time ago.

    1. met B. had met C. did meet D. were meeting

    Câu 45:  The school required that every student ____ before September 1st.

    1. registers B. register C. was registered D. registered

    Câu 46:  She hated___ waiting for hours in front of the cinema.

    1. keeping B. to be kept C. being keeping D. being kept

    Câu 47:  Doctors always hope that there will be new cures ________ some diseases.

    1. to B. in C. of  D. for

    Câu 48:  Smallpox and diphtheria disappeared in Britain many years ago, ________ cancer, AIDS and heart disease are now predominant.

    1. in case B. whereas C. because D. in the event that

    Câu 49:  In 1997, _________ the noise and pollution of the city, best-selling author Willy Smith moved out to a countryside.

    1. being tired fromB. tired ofC. tire aboutD. tiring with

    Câu 50:  I’d rather walk _________ a bus.

    1. to catchingB. than catchC. than catchingD. to catch

    Câu 51:  Charlie Chaplin was _________ of the silent movies.

    1. one of the great actor comicsB. the greatest comic actors
    2. a great comic actor oneD. one of the greatest comic actors

    Câu 52:  Although we do not live in the same town, my cousin and I still keep _________ and often speak on the phone.

    1. in touchB. up date C. off workD. in hand

    Câu 53:  ________ did you see such a good advertisement?

    1. In which issue newspaper
    2. In which issue of which newspaper
    3. What is the issue of which newspaper
    4. In which newspaper of which issue

    Câu 54:  ________ my personal qualities, I have experience of working in a multi-national company for three years.

    1. Beside B. Instead of C. Apart from D. In addition

    Câu 55:  I ________ grateful if you could tell me what duties are involved in this job.

    1. would be B. were to be C. was D. am

    Câu 56:  Sarah is a young girl with _____ and a straight nose.

    1. almond-shape eyed B. almond-eyed shape
    2. almond-shaped eyes D. eyes shaped almond
    3. Hardly ______________ the captain of the team when he had to face the problems.
    4. had he been appointed  B. did he appoint
    5. was he being appointed  D. was he appointing

    Câu 58:  I don’t think I have the strength to ____ this table on my own.

    1. tow B. lift C. arise                           D. rise

    Câu 59:  Come and have a ___ at this insect. It is strange, isn’t it?

    1. try B. difficulty C. look                           D. go

    Câu 60:  Everybody should comply ___ this rule. There is no exception, I am afraid.

    1. in B. to C. with  D. for

    Câu 61:  I had ____ understanding him. He spoke too fast.

    1. trouble into B. problems C. questions of  D. difficulty

    Câu 62:  Nowadays, many people ________ going to the cinema to reading the same story in a book.

    1. would rather B. prefer C. would prefer  D. like

    Câu 63:  Traditional celebrations are a _____ of great pleasure and interest.

    1. source B. starting point C. resource D. origin

    Câu 64:  Sport is sometimes controlled by politicians, who use it to make their country look ________ others.

    1. better than B. more worse than C. less than D. more than

    Câu 65:  I gave up smoking, ________ surprised all other members of my family.

    1. that B. it C. this  D. which

    Câu 66. ______________ our children may be, we cannot go picnicking in this weather.

    1. Though excited B. Excited as
    2. Because of excitement  D. Exciting

    Câu 67:  Gale-force winds caused destruction ___ the buildings ________ the seafront.

    1. with / on B. for / by C. of / in D. to / along

    Câu 68:  Can you give me advice about ________?

    1. what for eatingB. what to eat
    2. to eat whatD. what should I eat

    Câu 69:  ________ my complaint to the manager, the waiter was sacked.

    1. Thanks to B. Despite C. Because of D. Without

    Câu 70:  My arm hurt so much, I felt sure I ________ it.

    1. must have broken B. should have broken
    2. was breaking D. have broken

    Read the passage below carefully and choose the correct answer A, B, C, or D.

    Many years ago, people often said  “a woman’s place is in the home ”. But Americans do not feel that way any more. Today, women make up about 43 percent of the America labor force. There are about 45 million working women in the United States, and a large number of them are married women with children. In 1980, for the first time in the nation’s history there were more working wives than household wives. Looking back to 1940, we can see a picture of some very rapid change. In 1940, only 15 percent of married women held jobs.

    Today,  most young women choose to work even when they have young children. Why do they work? The most important reason is that they need to earn money. But another reason is that women today are better educated and they have more opportunities to work in various professions than women had earlier.
    71)  What does this passage mainly discuss?

    A/ Women and jobs in America                                                                                               B/ Well  – educated women in America
    C/ More women than men in the labor force                                                     D/ The number of women who work outside the home

    72) According to the passage, what is the percentage of men in the labor force?
    A/ 85 percent B/ 57 percent C/ 45 percent D/ 43 percent
    73) Which of the following is NOT true, according to the passage?

    A/ Women work because they want to make their own living.

    B/ Women play an important role in the labor force now.

    C/ The majority of working women are single.

    D/ Women have better schooling nowadays.
    74) The word “ rapid ” in line 5 is nearest in meaning to _____
    A/ significant B/ valid C/ quick D/ slow
    75) What can be inferred from the passage?

    A/ Women need money more than education.

    B/ Young women do not get married in order to have jobs.

    C/ Women can work in many different fields.

    D/ The best place for women is in the home.

    As far back as 700B.C., man has talked about children being cared for by wolves. Romuhts and Remus, the legendary twin founders of-Rome, were purported to have been cared for by wolves. It is believed that when a she-wolf loses ‘her litter, she seeks a human child to take its place.

    This seemingly preposterous idea did not become credible until the late tenth century when a French doctor actually found a naked ten year-old boy wandering in the woods. He did not walk erect, could not speak intelligibly, nor could he relate to people. He only growled and stared at them. Finally the doc­tor won the boy’s confidence and began to work with him. After many long years of devoted and patient instruction, the doctor was able to get the boy to clothe and feed himself, recognize and utter a number of words, as well as write letters and form words.

    1. The French doctor found the boy

    (A) wandering in the woods   ( C) growling at him

    (B) at his doorstep               (D) speaking intelligibly

    1. In this passage, the word litter most nearly means

    (A) garbage (B) master (C) offspring.  (D) hair

    1. The doctor was able to work with the boy because (A) the boy was highly intelligent

    (B) the boy trusted him                                                                                                                              (C) the boy liked to dress up

    (D) the boy was dedicated and patient

    1. Which of die following statements is not true?

    (A) She-wolves have been said to substitute human children for their lost litters­

    (B ) Examples of wolves’ caring for human children can be found only in the nineteenth century.

    (C) The French doctor succeeded in domesticating the boy somewhat.

    (D) The young boy never was able to speak perfectly.

    1. In this passage, die word preposterous most nearly means

    (A) dedicated (B) scientific  (C) wonderful  (D) absurd

    1. Choose the best answer to complete the sentence.
    2. Despite playing under strength, the village team _____ beat the rivals.
    3. could b. were able to c. couldn’t d. weren’t able to
    4. I suggest Andrea ______ in touch with the organisers.
    5. should get b. to get c. getting d. gets
    6. The traffic lights _____ green and I pulled away.
    7. became b. turned c. got d. went
    8. ______ during the storm.
    9. They were collapsed b. The fence was collapsed
    10. They collapsed the fenced. The fence collapsed
    11. The suspect confessed _______.
    12. his crime b. the police his crime
    13. his crime to the police d. his crime the police
    14. ______ thinks that Judith should be given the job.
    15. Neither of us b. The majority of my colleagues
    16. Practically everyone d. A number of people
    17. We had ______ holiday in Spain.
    18. a two week’s b. two weeks c. two-week d. a two-week
    19. The company owns _____ in the city centre.
    20. a cars park b. several car parks
    21. a car park d. several cars parks
    22. The government has introduced _______.
    23. a children’s clothes tax b. a tax on children clothes
    24. a children clothes tax d. a tax on children’s clothes
    25. I’ll be with you in _______.
    26. one quarter of an hour b. a quarter of an hour
    27. a quarter of one hour d. a quarter of hour
    28. _____ my friends knew I was getting married.
    29. Not much of b. not many of c. Not much d. Not many
    30. ____ the children _____ awake.
    31. None of…was b. Not any of…were
    32. No …. was d. None of…were
    33. The party was excellent, and I’d like to thank all the ____.
    34. concerned people b. responsible people
    35. people that concerned   d . people concerned
    36. I asked Francis to clean the car, and he did ______.
    37. a well job b. the job good c. a good job d. a job well
    38. ______, they slept soundly.
    39. Hot though was the night air b. Hot though the night air was
    40. Hot the night air as was d. Hot although the night air was
    41. John was the first person I saw _____ hospital.
    42. by leaving b. on leaving c. in leaving d. on to leave
    43. He suddenly saw Sue ____ the room. He pushed his way ____ the crowd of people to get to her.
    44. across…through b. over…through
    45. across…across d. over…along
    46. She tried to _______.
    47. talk me the plan out of b. talk out of me the plan
    48. talk me out of the plan d. talk out me of the plan.
    49. _____ that Marie was able to retire at the age of 50.
    50. So successful her business was,
    51. So successful was her business,
    52. Her business was successful
    53. So was her successful business,
    54. I’m _____ a complete loss to understand why you reacted so violently.
    55. at b. in c. on d. by
    56. From an early age, Wolfgang had a(n) ____ for music.
    57. interest b. passion c. involvement d. tendency
    58. Financial help from his parents ____ James to complete his studies.
    59. granted b. provided c. eased d. enabled
    60. I don’t take ____ to being disobeyed. That’s a warning!
    61. well b. kindly c. gently                                                                         d. nicely
    62. I like that photo very much. Could you make an __ for me?
    63. increase b. enlargement c. extension d. expansion
    64. I’m becoming increasingly _____ . Last week, I locked myself out of the house twice.
    65. oblivious b. mindless c. absent d. forgetful
    66. Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others.
    67. a. south b. southern c. scout                        d. drought
    68. a. dome b. comb c. home                        d. tomb

    III. Pick out the word whose stressed syllable is different from that of the others.

    1. a. literature b. preventive c. measurement d. temperature
    2. a. example b. continue c. sensible d. contestant
    3. a. constant b. magnetic c. sensitive d. atmosphere
    4. Choose the best answer.
    5. Would you like some more tea? – _______________
    6. No, thank. b. Yes , thanks. c. Yes, please.              d. No, please.

    32.Will it rain on the day of our departure? – __________

    1. I hope not. b. I don’t hope so
    2. I hope not so. d. I hope it wouldn’t.
    3. -Remember to return the newspaper to my father. – ____
    4. I will b. Why not c. I won’t            d. Of course.

    34.Will you have time to help us? – _____ I’m very busy at the moment.

    1. I’m afraid not b. I think so.
    2. I don’t expect so. d. I hope not.
    3. I’d like the blue jacket, pleases! Can I try it on?”– Yes, _ “
    4. you would b. you must c. certainly          d. you do
    5. Read the passage and the questions or unfinished sentences, then choose the best answer for each.

    A solar eclipse occurs when the Moon moves in front of the Sun and hides at least some part of the Sun from the earth. In a partial eclipse, the Moon covers part of the Sun; in an annual eclipse, the Moon covers the center of the Sun, leaving a bright ring of light around the Moon; in a total eclipse, the Sun is completely covered by the Moon.

    It seems rather improbable that a celestial body size of the Moon could completely block out the tremendously immense Sun, as happens during a total eclipse, but this is exactly what happens. Although the Moon is considerably smaller in size than the Sun, the Moon is able to cover the Sun because of their relative distances from Earth. A total eclipse can last up to 7 minutes, during which time the Moon’s shadow moves across Earth at a rate of about 6 kilometers per second.

    1. This passage mainly _________.
    2. describes how long an eclipse will last.
    3. gives facts about the Moon.
    4. explains how the Sun is able to obscure the Moon.
    5. informs the reader about solar eclipses.
    6. In which type of eclipse is the Sun obscured in its entirety?
    7. A partial eclipse b. An annual eclipse
    8. A total eclipse d. A celestial eclipse
    9. The word ring in line 3 could be best replaced by ______.
    10. piece of gold b. circle   c. jewel                      d. bell
    11. A celestial body in line 5 is most probably one that is found __.
    12. somewhere in the sky b. within the Moon’s shadow c. on the surface of the Sun d. inside Earth’s atmosphere
    13. What is the meaning of block out in line 5?
    14. Square b. Cover c. Evaporate d. Shrink
    15. According to the passage, how can the Moon hide the Sun during a total eclipse?
    16. The fact that the Moon is closer to Earth than the Sun makes up for the Moon’s smaller size.
    17. The Moon can only obscure the Sun because of the Moon’s great distance from the Earth.
    18. Because the Sun is relatively close to Earth, the Sun can be eclipsed by the Moon.
    19. The moon hides the Sun because of the Moon’s considerable size.
    20. The word relative in line 8 could best be replaced by ___.
    21. familial b. infinite c. comparative d. paternal
    22. The passage states that which of the following happens during an eclipse?
    23. The Moon hides from the Sun.
    24. The Moon is obscured by the Sun.
    25. The Moon begins moving at a speed of 6 kilometers per second.

    d.The Moon’s shadow crosses Earth

    1. The word rate in line 9 is closest in meaning to ______.
    2. form b. speed c. distance d. rotation
    3. Where is the passage does the author mention the rate of a total eclipse?
    4. Lines 1- 2 b. Lines 2- 4 c. Lines 5-6      d. Lines 8-9
    1. Read the text below and choose the word that best fits the space.

    EXAM ADVICE

    In Part Three of the Speaking Section you work with a partner. You have to do a (46) ____ task which usually ( 47)_____ about 3 minutes. One possible task is “ problem (48) ____”, which means you have to look at some (49) ____ information and then (50) ____ the problem with your partner. You maybe show photos, drawings, diagrams, maps, plans, advertisements or computer graphics and it is (51)_____ that you study them carefully. If necessary, check you know exactly what to do by (52)_____ asking the examiner to (53)____ the instructions or make them clearer.

    While you are doing the task, the examiner will probably say very (54)_____ and you should ask your partner questions and make (55)_____  if he or she is not saying much. If either of you have any real difficulties the examiner may decide to step in and ( 56) _____ . Normally, however, you will find plenty to say, which helps the (57)_____ to give you a fair mark. This mark depends on your success in doing the task by (58) _____ with your partner, which includes taking (59)_____ in giving opinions and replying appropriately, although in the end it may be possible to “ agree or (60) _____”.

    1. a. single b. lonely c. unique          d. once
    2. a. exists b. lasts c. stays             d. maintains
    3. a. solving b. working c. making         d. finding
    4. a. optical b. obvious c. noticeable    d. visual
    5. a. argue b. discuss c. talk               d. have
    6. a. essential b. needed c. helpful d. successful
    7. a. formally b. officially c. politely d. sincerely
    8. a. insist b. copy c. tell                d. repeat
    9. a. little b. much c. few              d. many
    10. a. ideas b. statements c. speeches      d. suggestions
    11. a. complain b. help c. suggest         d. fail
    12. a. judge b. referee c. assessor        d. observer
    13. a. competingb. struggling c. opposing d. co-operating
    14. a. changes b. sides c. turns d. sentences
    15. a. contrast b. disagree c. argue                        d. object

    VII. Find the underlined part that needs correcting.

    1. The first (A) national park in world (B), Yellowstone National Park, was  (C)established in   (D)1872.
    2. Animation is a technique (A) for creativity (B) the illusion of life(C) in inanimate things.(D)
    3. Scientists at universities (A) are often more involved (B) in theoretical research than(C) in practically(D) research .
    4. Benjamin Franklin’s ability (A) to learn from observation and experience contributed greatly(B) to him(C) success in(D) public life.
    5. The surface of the(A) tongue covered(B) with tiny(C) taste buds(D).

    VIII. Read the following passage then choose the best answer to the questions below.

    Most people think of deserts as dry, flat areas with little vegetation and little or no rainfall, but this is hardly true. Many deserts have varied geographical formations ranging from soft, rolling hills to stark, jagged cliffs, and most deserts have a permanent source of water. Although deserts do not receive a high amount of rainfall – to be classified as a desert, an area must get less than twenty-five centimeters of rainfall per year – there are many plants that thrive on only small amounts of water, and deserts are often full of such plant life.

    Desert plants have a variety of mechanisms for obtaining the water needed for survival. Some plants, such as cactus, are able to store large amounts of water to last until the next rainfall. Other plants, such as the mesquite, have extraordinarily deep root systems that allow them to obtain water from far below the desert’s arid surface.

    1. What is the main topic of the passage?
    2. Deserts are dry, flat areas with few plants.
    3. There is little rainfall in the desert.
    4. Many kinds of vegetation can survive with little water.
    5. Deserts are not really flat areas with little plant life.
    6. The passage implies that ____________.
    7. the typical conception of a desert is incorrect.
    8. all deserts are dry, flat areas.
    9. most people are well informed about deserts.
    10. the lack of rainfall in deserts causes the lack of vegetation.
    11. The passage describes the geography of deserts as _____.
    12. flat b. sandy c. varied           d. void of vegetation.
    13. The word source in line 3 means ________.
    14. supply b. storage space c. need             d. lack
    15. According to the passage, what causes an area to be classified as a desert?
    16. The type of plants b. The geographical formations c. The amount of precipitation d. The source of water
    17. Choose the sentence which is closest in meaning to the one in italics.
    18. You’re not to blame for what happened.
    19. You’re not accused of what happened.
    20. What happened is not your fault.
    21. You’re responsible for what happened.
    22. We blame you for what happened.
    23. He can hardly see at all without glasses.
    24. He can see without glasses.
    25. He can see even if he doesn’t wear glasses.
    26. He can’t see everything without glasses.
    27. He is practically blind without glasses.
    28. The concert wasn’t as good as we had expected.
    29. The concert wasn’t so good as we had seen.
    30. We expected the concert to be worse.
    31. We thought the concert would be much better.
    32. The concert was thought to be as good.
    33. Please don’t ask her to the party.
    34. I’d rather you didn’t invite her to the party.
    35. I’d rather not ask her to the party.
    36. Please don’t ask her about the party.
    37. You ask her to the party, don’t you?
    38. She broke down the moment she heard the news.
    39. She was broken for a moment when she heard the news.
    40. She broke her leg when hearing the news.
    41. On hearing the news, she broke down.
    42. When she heard the news, she was sick.
    43. Strong as he is, he still can’t lift that box.
    44. The box was too heavy for him to lift.
    45. He’s very strong, but he still can’t lift that box.
    46. He still can’t lift that box because he’s not as strong.
    47. However he is strong, he still can’t lift that box.
    48. I wish we had gone somewhere else for the holiday.
    49. If only we went somewhere else for the holiday.
    50. It’s a pity we didn’t go there for the holiday.
    51. If we had gone for the holiday, I would have gone somewhere else.d. I regret not having gone somewhere else for the holiday.
    52. You should have had your eyes tested a long time ago.
    53. You haven’t had your eyes tested though it’s necessary.
    54. Your eyes should be tested a long time ago.
    55. You had your eyes tested a long time ago.
    56. It’s a long time ago since you had your eyes tested.
    57. A child is influenced as much by his schooling as by his parents.
    58. Schooling doesn’t influence a child as much as his parents do.
    59. A child’s parents have greater influence on him than his schooling.
    60. A child can influence his parents as much as his schooling.
    61. A child’s schooling influences him as much as his parents do.
    62. Rarely has a 15-year-old earned so much money.
    63. 15-year-old rarely earns money.
    64. A 15-year-old rarely earns lots of money.
    65. A 15-year-old has seldom earned that much money.
    66. A 15-year-old has never earned that much money.

     

    ĐỀ THI GỒM 80 CÂU (TỪ QUESTION 1 ĐẾN QUESTION 80)

    Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.

    Question 1: John ________Russian because Russian is his native language.

    1. is speaking B. speaks C. will speak D. spoke

    Question 2: She couldn’t decide ________to dive ______ jump into water.

    1. whether … or C. not only … but also
    2. both …or D. neither …or

    Question 3: I waved to Karen but failed____ her attention.

    1. to be attractedB. to attract C. attracting D. attracted

    Question 4:  ____I get your letter, I will reply to you at once.

    1. By the time B .Now that C. As though D. As soon as

    Question 5: “Thank you very much for a lovely party” – “ ___”

    1. Have a good dayB. Not at all C. ThanksD. You are welcome

    Question 6: I will not accept his invitation ____any account.

    1. in B. about C. on                D. with

    Question 7: I was making my _________, when I realized I’d left my glasses at school.

    1. route B. way C. path D. lane

    8: I disagree with parents__ their views on their children without giving them the chance to think for themselves.

    1. pouring B. protesting C. straining      D. imposing

    Question 9:  “What would you like to drink?” – “____________”.

    1. Yes, please B. Thank you C. No, I don’t  D. Tea, please

    Question 10:  “I was so sorry to hear about Jack”. “If he had made more friends here, he might ________”.

    1. have stayed B. stay C. have stay D. stays

    11: She couldn’t give a __ explanation for her actions.

    1. dissatisfied B. satisfactoryC. uncompetitive D. competed

    Question 12: We wondered who was going to pay for the __________window.

    1. breaking B. break C. broke           D. broken

    Question 13: That is a _________________________.

    1. French stamp valuableC. valuable stamp of France
    2. French valuable stampD. valuable French stamp

    14:By the end of next year, we __this advanced training course.

    1. are finishing B. have finished
    2. will have finished D. will be finished

    Question 15: In order to grow vegetables properly, gardeners must know_______________.

    1. what are each vegetable’s requirements. B .what the requirements for each vegetable are.

    C .that is required by each vegetable.              D. that the requirements for each vegetable.

    Question 16:  _________ further rioting to occur, the government would be forced to use its emergency power.

    1. Were B. Did C. Had                         D. Should

    Question 17: His version of what happened is ____________ .

    1. corrected B. incorrect C. correcting                D. correction

    Question 18: Doctors usually have to study for at least seven years before becoming fully________.

    1. examined B. qualified C. tested                       D. approved of

    Question 19: The director retired early __________ ill-health.

    1. on behalf of B. in front of C. on account of          D. ahead of

    Question 20: He refused to give up work,  _________he had won a million dollars.

    1. even though B. however C. as though                 D. despite

    Question 21: The company received __________complaints about the quality of its products.

    1. continual B. continued C. continuous              D. continuing

    22: I didn’t see any sign of the money, but I __ a small notebook and a pencil which __ when the door opened suddenly.

    1. have found / probably dropped C. found / had probably dropped
    2. found / have probably dropped D. find / probably drop

    Question 23: He __________to be offered the job.

    1. was such in experienced or was too in experienced C. was too experienced
    2. was such inexperienced D. not experienced

    Question 24:  ___________ lay its eggs in the sand on the beach than it goes back to the sea.

    1. No sooner a turtle doesC. A turtle does no soonerB. No sooner does a turtleD. Does no sooner a turtle

    Question 25: Not until about a century after Julius Caesar landed in Britain_________ actually conquer the island.

    1. the Romans B. did the Romans C. the Romans did       D. Romans that

    Question 26: “Do you still live there?”- “No, __________ . We’ve moved to a new house”.

    A .  not yet                               B. not now                 C. I do not live D. any longer

    Question 27: “How long does it take to get to the City Library from here?” – “___________”.

    1. You can go there by bus. C. I am sorry. I don’t know. B. Yes, it’s a long way.                        D. It isn’t far.

    Question 28: “Your parents must be proud of your result at school”. – “______________”

    1. Sorry to hear that. C. Of courseB. Thanks. It’s certainly encouraging.D. I am glad you like it.

    Question 29: The strike was caused by the_________ of two workers.

    1. dismiss B. dismissing C. dismissed                D. dismissal

    Question 30: The factory was _________ so the management tried to cut costs by making some workers redundant.

    1. competition B. competitive C. uncompetitive         D. competed

    Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that has underlined part is pronounced differently from the rests.

    Question 31: A. debris                        B. deny                                    C. deter                                    D. demand

    Question 32: A. likes              B. tightens                    C. heaps                       D. fuss

    Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the rest in the position of the main stress in each of the following questions.

    Question 33: A. jacket             B. ingredient                C. favourite                 D. notice

    Question 34: A. mathematics  B. history                     C. literature                  D. physics

    Question 35: A. opponent       B. disappear                 C. arrangement            D. contractual

    Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to show the underlined part that needs correction.

    Question 36: The Concord could fly across the Atlantic without refueling and carrying 11 tons of freight.

    Question 37: Every country has their own traditions, some of which have existed for centuries.

    Question 38: People tend to make a lot of shopping at Xmas time.

    Question 39: Vietnam is famous for many beautiful spots like ha Long Bay, Sapa, and Da Lat.

    Question 40: Queen Elizabeth prefers what her jewels should be left in their original setting.

    Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of the following questions.

    Question 41: He was sentenced to six months in prison for his part in the robbery

    1. He received a six months in prison for his part in the robbery.
    2. He received a six-month sentence for his part in the robbery.
    3. For his participation in the robbery, he had been in prison for six months.
    4. For his participation in the robbery, a prison had been given to him for six months.

    Question 42: Madeleine wears high heels to look taller.

    1. In order to look taller, Madeleine wears high heels.B. So that to look taller, Madeleine wears high heels.
    2. Madeleine wants high heels to make her taller. D. Madeleine buys high heels to look taller.

    Question 43: He started learning French six years ago.

    1. He has learned French for six years. B. It was six years ago did he start learning French.
    2. He hasn’t learnt French for six years. D. It is six years since he has learnt French.

    Question 44: People believed he won a lot of money on the lottery.

    1. He is believed that he won a lot of money on the lottery.B. He won a lot of money on the lottery, it is believed.
    2. He is believed to have won a lot of money on the lottery.D. He was believed to win a lot of money on the lottery.

    Question 45: “Why don’t you get your hair cut, Gavin?” Said Adam .

    1. Adam advised Gavin to cut his hair. B. Gavin was suggested to have a haircut.
    2. It was suggestible that Adam get Gavin’s haircut. D. Adam suggested that Gavin should have his haircut.

    Question 46: “Leave my house now or I’ll call the police!” shouted the lady to the man.

    1. The lady threatened to call the police if the man didn’t leave her house.
    2. The lady said that she would call the police if the man didn’t leave her house.
    3. The lady told the man that she would call the police if he didn’t leave her house.
    4. The lady informed the man that she would call the police if he didn’t leave her house.

    Question 47: “You should have finished the report by now” John told his secretary.

    1. John reproached his secretary for not having finished the report.
    2. John said that his secretary had not finished the report.
    3. John reminded his secretary of finishing the report on time.
    4. John scolded his secretary for not having finished the report

    Question 48: “I will pay back the money, Gloria.” Said Ivan .

    1. Ivan apologized to Gloria for borrowing her money. B. Ivan offered to pay Gloria the money back.
    2. Ivan promised to pay back Gloria’s money. D. Ivan suggested paying back the money to Gloria.

    Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the best sentence built from the given words or phrases.

    Question 49:  France/ Independence Day / day / yesterday //.

    1. The France’s Independence day was before yesterday.
    2. The Day of the French Independence was a day yesterday.
    3. French’s Independence Day was a day before yesterday.
    4. France’s Independence Day was the day before yesterday.

    Question 50: hilltop/ have/ good/ view/ our village.

    1. The hilltop can make our village views better. B. From the hilltop, our village can be well viewed.
    2. From the hilltop, we can make have a better view of our village.
    3. From the hilltop, our village can have a better view.

    Read the following passage and mark the letter A , B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word for each of the blanks from 51 to 61.

    The human brain, (51) __________an average weight of 1, 4 kilograms, is the control center of the (52) _________. It receives (53) __________from the senses, processes the information, rapidly sends out responses; it also stores the information (54) ________ is the source of human thoughts and feelings. Each of the three main parts of the brain- cerebellum, the cerebellum, and the brain stem has its own role (55) _________carrying out the functions.

    The cerebrum is by (56) _________the largest of the three parts, taking up 85 percent of the brain by weight. The cerebellum, located below the cerebrum in the back part of the skull, is made of masses of bunched up nerve cells. It is the cerebellum (57) _________controls human balance, coordination, and posture.

    The brain stem, (58) _________connects the cerebrum and the spinal cord, controls various body processes such (59) __________ breathing and heartbeat. (60) __________is the major motor and sensory pathway connecting the body and the cerebrum.

    Question 51:    A. on                           B. of                            C. for                           D. with

    Question 52:    A. body                       B. brain                        C. skull                        D. information

    Question 53:    A. news                       B. information                         C. advice                     D. lesson

    Question 54:    A. who                                     B. of which                  C. that                          D. whose

    Question 55:   A. in                            B. at                             C. on                            D. by

    Question 56:    A. now                                     B. then                                     C. from                        D. far

    Question 57     A. who                                     B. which                      C. that                          D. whose

    Question 58:   A. who                                     B. that                          C. whose                      D. which

    Question 59:    A. as                            B. for                           C. about                       D. on

    Question 60:    A. Here                        B .It                             C. There                       D. For

    Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B , C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions from 61 to 70.

    The hippopotamus is the third largest land animal, smaller only than the elephant and the rhinoceros. Its name comes from two Greek words which mean “river horse”. The long name of this animal is often shortened to the easier to handle term “hippo.”

    The hippo has a natural affinity for the water. It does not float on top of the water; instead, it can easily walk along the bottom of a body of water. The hippo commonly remains underwater for three to five minutes and has been known to stay under for up to half an hour before coming up for air.

    In spite of its name, the hippo has relatively little in common with the horse and instead has a number of interesting similarities in common with the whale. When a hippo comes up after a stay at the bottom of a lake or river, it releases air through a blowhole, just like a whale. In addition, the hippo resembles the whale in that they both have thick layers of blubber for protection and they are almost completely hairless.

    Question 61: The topic of this passage is

    1. the largest land animal . B. the derivations of animal names.
    2. the characteristics of the hippo. D. the relation between the hippo and the whale.

    Question 62: It can be inferred from the passage that the rhinoceros is

    1. smaller than the hippo. B. equal in size to the elephant .
    2. a hybrid of the hippo and the elephant. D. one of the two largest types of land of animals.

    Question 63: The possessive “Its” in line 2 refers to

    1. hippotamus B. elephant C. rhinoceros                           D. horse

    64: It can be inferred from the passage that the hippopotamus is commonly called a hippo because the word “hippo” is

    1. simpler to pronounce accurately. B. the original name .
    2. scientifically more accurate. D.easier for the animal to recognize.

    Question 65: The word “float” in line 4 is closest in meaning to

    A.sink                                      B. drift                         C.eat                                        D. flap

    Question 66: According to the passage, what is the maximum time that hippos have been known to stay underwater

    A.three minutes           B. five minutes            C. thirty minutes          D. ninety minutes

    Question 67: The expression “has relatively little in common” in line 8 could be best replaced by

    A.has few interactions             B. is not normally found C. has minimal experience D. shares few similarities.

    Question 68: The passage states that one way in which a hippo is similar to a whale is that

    1. they both live on the bottoms of rivers. B. they both have blowholes.
    2. they are both named after horses. D. they both breathe underwater.

    Question 69: The word “ blubber” in line 12 is closest in meaning to

    1. fat B. metal C. water                                   D. skin

    Question 70: The last line states that the hippo does not …………….. .

    1. like water B. resemble the whale
    2. have a protective coating D. have much hair

    Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions from 71 to 80.

    The White House, the official home of the United States president, was not built in time for George Washington to live in it. It was begun in 1792 and was ready for its first inhabitants. President and Mrs. John Adams, who moved in on November 1, 1800.When the Adamses moved in, the White House was not yet complete, and the Adamses suffered many inconveniences; for example, the main staircase was incomplete, which hindered movement from floor to floor, and the future laundry yard was merely a pool of mud, so wet laundry was hung in the unfinished East Room to dry. Thomas Jefferson, the third president, improved the comfort of the White House in many respects and added new architectural features such as the terraces on the east and west ends.

    When the British forces burned the White House on August 24, 1814, President Madison was forced to leave. All the remained after the fire was the exterior walls, the interior was completely destroyed. It was not until December of 1817 that the following president, James Monroe, was able to move into a rebuilt residence. Since then, the White House has continued to be modified but has been continuously occupied by each succeeding U.S president.

    Question 71: Which of the following would be the most appropriate title for this text?

    1. George Washington’s life in the White House . B. The Early History of the White House .
    2. The burning of the White House. D. Presidential Policies of Early U.S. Presidents.

    Question 72: Why did George Washington not love in the White House?

    1. It had been burned by the British. B. He did not like the architectural features.
    2. He did not want to suffer the inconveniences that the Adamses had suffered.
    3. Construction had not yet been completed.

    Question 73: The word “inhabitant” in line 3 is closest meaning to:

    1. modifications B. moves                   C. celebrations             D. residents

    Question 74: It can be inferred from the passage that John Adams was:

    1. The first president of the United States. B. The second president of the United States.
    2. The third president of the United States . D. The fourth president of the United States.

    Question 75: What of the White House was not yet complete when the Adamses moved in?

    A . main staircase        B. laundry yard            C. pool                         D. A and B

    Question 76: The author most likely discusses the “staircase” in line 5 in order to:

    1. show the elegance of the new White House B. explain the architectural features added by Jefferson.
    2. provide an example of an inconvenience in the White House.D. demonstrate what had to be rebuilt after the fire.

    Question 77: The word “forces” in line 10 could best be replaced by:

    1. military B. effort C. power                      D. energy

    78: According to the passage, which of the following best describes Thomas Jefferson’s tenure in the White House?

    1. He worked to improve the appearance and convenience of the White House.
    2. He had to flee the White House because of the war with the British.
    3. He removed the terraces that had been added by Adams.
    4. He was accepting of the many inconveniences.

    Question 79: According to the passage, when James monroe came to the White House, it had been…….

    1. repressed B. reconstructed C. relocated                 D. reserved

    Question 80: The paragraph following the passage most likely discusses:

    1. the details of the destruction of the White House by the British B. James Monroe’s policies as presidents .
    2. modifications by presidents who followed . D. other presidents who were unable to occupy the White House .

                                         THI THỬ ĐẠI HỌC NĂM 2011 ( Mã đề thi 123)

     Môn thi:TIẾNG ANH- Khối D  –   Thời gian làm bài: 90 phút

           

    STT Câu    Câu trả lời STT Câu Câu trả lời
    1 Câu 1 B 41 Câu 41 B
    2 Câu 2 A 42 Câu 42 A
    3 Câu 3 B 43 Câu 43 A
    4 Câu 4 D 44 Câu 44 C
    5 Câu 5 D 45 Câu 45 D
    6 Câu 6 C 46 Câu 46 A
    7 Câu 7 B 47 Câu 47 A
    8 Câu 8 D 48 Câu 48 C
    9 Câu 9 D 49 Câu 49 D
    10 Câu10 A 50 Câu 50 C
    11 Câu 11 B 51 Câu 51 D
    12 Câu 12 D 52 Câu 52 A
    13 Câu 13 D 53 Câu 53 B
    14 Câu 14 C 54 Câu 54 C
    15 Câu 15 B 55 Câu 55 A
    16 Câu 16 A 56 Câu 56 D
    17 Câu 17 B 57 Câu 57 C
    18 Câu 18 B 58 Câu 58 D
    19 Câu 19 C 59 Câu 59 A
    20 Câu 20 A 60 Câu 60 B
    21 Câu 21 A 61 Câu 61 C
    22 Câu 22 C 62 Câu 62 D
    23 Câu 23 C 63 Câu 63 A
    24 Câu 24 B 64 Câu 64 A
    25 Câu 25 B 65 Câu 65 B
    26 Câu 26 B 66 Câu 66 C
    27 Câu 27 C 67 Câu 67 D
    28 Câu 28 B 68 Câu 68 B
    29 Câu 29 D 69 Câu 69 A
    30 Câu 30 C 70 Câu 70 D
    31 Câu 31 A 71 Câu 71 B
    32 Câu 32 D 72 Câu 72 C
    33 Câu 33 B 73 Câu 73 D
    34 Câu 34 A 74 Câu 74 B
    35 Câu 35 B 75 Câu 75 D
    36 Câu 36 D 76 Câu 76 C
    37 Câu 37 B 77 Câu 77 A
    38 Câu 38 A 78 Câu 78 A
    39 Câu 39 C 79 Câu 79 B
    40 Câu 40 B 80 Câu 80 C

    Mọi ý kiến đóng góp xin gửi vào hòm thư: [email protected]

    Tổng hợp các đề cương đại học hiện có của Đại Học Hàng HảiĐề Cương VIMARU 

    Kéo xuống để Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF đầy đủ: Sau “mục lục” và “bản xem trước”

    (Nếu là đề cương nhiều công thức nên mọi người nên tải về để xem tránh mất công thức)

    Đề cương liên quan: Phương trình – bất phương trình – hệ phương trình đại số


    [toc]

    Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF tại đây: Tài liệu ôn thi đại học môn tiếng anh

    Tài liệu ôn thi đại học môn tiếng anh

    Test 1

    Pick out the word whose main stressed syllable is different from the rest.

    1. A. village B. future   C. device                     D. burden
    2. A. happen B. attract C. discuss                     D. suppose
    3. A. educate B. another C. government D. graduate
    4. A. calendar B. thoroughly C. supportive D. primary
    5. A. parent B. project C. special                     D. secure

    II. Choose the correct answer A, B, C, or D to complete each of the following sentences.

    1. We ________the nearest village before sunset.
    2. came B. arrived       C got            D. reached
    3. If only I ________in the countryside right now.
    4. were B. am C can be                 D. would
    5. He used to__his living by delivering vegetables to city hotels.
    6. earn B. gain  C. get                      D. make
    7. I have known him ________ I entered the university.
    8. when B. since C. during     D. until
    9. We’ll play tennis and ________we’ll have lunch.
    10. so B. so that        C. then             D. after
    11. He can’t afford to go on holiday ______taking a job.
    12. unless B. until C. if       D. without
    13. Long wishes he ______ have to clean all the windows.
    14. wouldn’t B. doesn’t C. hadn’t          D. didn’t
    15. We met a lot of people________ our holiday.
    16. during B. while C. for      D. at
    17. They have never __ any experience of living in the country.
    18. had B. wished      C. done                        D. made
    19. Do you_______ my turning the television on now?
    20. want B. object  C mind                    D. disapprove
    21. She put_______ speaking to him as long as possible.
    22. back B. up C. away                                  D. off
    23. Is it true_____ the law says there is no smoking in restaurants in this city?
    24. that what B. what            C. if                D. that

    18.________he had no money for a bus, he had to walk all the way home

    A, For               B. Thus                   C. So                   D. As

    1. The hotel has been built ……….. the edge of the lake.
    2. on B. at C. in                 D. from
    3. The headmaster ________ that we became more concerned about the environment around us,
    4. suggests B. warns C. complains              D. supposes
    5. It is ________unlikely that the President will agree to open the new airport.

    A, mainly            B. highly             C largely         D. greatly

    1. “Is Duong the best student in your group?”

    – “Yes. Why don’t you talk to him? He ____able to help you.”

    1. must be B. maybe C. is              D. would be
    2. “Do you think there ________less conflict in the world if all people ________the same language?”
    3. would be / spoke B. were / would speak
    4. were / spoke D. would be / would speak
    5. If you can give me one good reason for your acting like this,_______ this incident again.
    6. I will never mention B. I never mention
    7. will I never mention D. I don’t mention
    8. You will become ill ________you stop working so hard.
    9. until B. when C. if                 D. unless
    10. Bill Gates, _____ is the president of Microsoft Company, is a billionaire.
    11. who B. whom C. that                    D. whose
    12. One ________of public transport is its unreliability.
    13. disappointmentB. disadvantage C. disorder D. dislike
    14. Although it was raining heavily,_____.
    15. he went out without a raincoat
    16. but he went out without a raincoat
    17. so he went out without a raincoat
    18. however he went out without a raincoat
    19. The child was________ for getting his shoes and socks wet.
    20. corrected B. suffered C. scolded       D. complained
    21. The dog went _____ him and knocked him down.
    22. over B. toward C. onto               D. for
    23. I remember Mary as a spotty young girl but she’s turned_______ beautiful woman.
    24. to B. in C. into                    D. on
    25. If you like skiing, there’s a ski ____under an hour drive from Madrid.
    26. station B. resort             C. place                 D. port
    27. Tom _____be so bad-tempered. I wonder if he’s got problems.
    28. wouldn’t B. didn’t used to C. isn’t use to            D. didn’t use to
    29. Sterling is a________ town not far from Edinburgh.
    30. medium B. middle-sized C. medium-sized D. medium-large
    31. Most days we went for a walk _______after lunch.
    32. along the sea B. in the beach
    33. in the sandD. along the shore
    34. We’re having terrible weather for our holiday. I just can’t ________it for much longer.
    35. put up B. put on           C. take up                 D. put up with
    36. Her parents gave her everything she asked for. She’s a completely _______child.
    37. wounded B. spoilt C. damaged                D. destroyed
    38. Paulo is the head ________at the Buckingham Hotel. He’s famous for his fish recipes.
    39. cooker B. chief C. waiter            D. chef
    40. There’s a new suspension bridge over ____at Dartford.
    41. Thames B. the Thames C. River Thames D. Thames River
    42. My brother has always had a reputation ________hard.
    43. in workingB. about working C. to work D. for working

    JOB DECISION

    What sort of job should you look for? Much depends (41)………your long-term aim. You need to ask (42)……..whether you want to specialize in a particular field, work your (43)……..up to higher levels of responsibility or (44)……..of your current employment into a broader field.

    This job will be studied very carefully when you send your letter of (45)……..for your next job. It (46)……..show evidence of serious career planning. (47)…….important, it should extend you, develop you and give you increasing responsibility. Incidentally, if the travel bug is biting, (48)………is the time to pack up and go. You can do temporary work for a (49)……..; when you return, pick up where you have (50)……..off and get the second job.

    41/ a. for b. on             c. of                            d. with

    42/ a. you        b.if       c. oneself                     d. yourself

    43/ a. path        b. road c. way                          d. street

    44/ a. out         b. off   c. into                          d. over

    45/ a. applicants           b. application  c. form             d. employment

    46/ a. will         b. would c. should                   d. may

    47/ a. less         b.even  c. almost                      d. most

    48/ a. now        b. then             c. so                 d. such

    49/ a. day         b. time             c. while                        d. ages

    50/ a. came      b. left               c. taken                        d. paid

    1. Read the passage below and choose one correct answer for each question.

    Last week I went to visit Atlantic College, an excellent private college in Wale. Unusually, it gives young people much needed experience of life outside the classroom as well as the opportunity to study for their exams. The students, who are aged between 16 and 18 and come from all over the world, spend the morning studying. In the afternoon they go out and do a really useful activity, such as helping on the farm, looking after people with learning difficulties, or checking for pollution in rivers.

    One of the great things about Atlantic College, students is that they come from many different social backgrounds and countries. As few can afford the fees of £20,000 over two years, grants are available. A quarter of the students are British and many of those can only attend because they receive government’s help.

    “I really admire the college for trying to encourage international understandings among young people”, as Barbara Molenkamp, a student from the Netherlands, said. “You learn to live with people and respect them, even the ones you don’t like. During the summer holidays my mother couldn’t believe how much less I argued with my sister.”

    To sum up, Atlantic College gives its students an excellent education, using methods which really seem to work.

    1. What is the writer trying to do in the text?
    2. give an opinion about a particular student.
    3. give an opinion about a special type of education.
    4. describe his own experience of education.
    5. describe the activities the students do in their free time.
    6. What can a reader find out from this text?
    7. how to become a student at Atlantic College.
    8. what kind of program Atlantic College offers.
    9. what the British education system is like.
    10. how to get along better with other people.
    11. What is the writer’s opinion of Atlantic College?
    12. It doesn’t allow students enough study time.
    13. Its students are taught to like each other.
    14. It doesn’t give good value for money.
    15. Its way of teaching is successful.
    16. How has Barbara changed since being at Atlantic College?
    17. She knows a lot about other countries.
    18. She is more confident than her sister now.
    19. She finds it easier to get on with other people.
    20. She prefers her new friends to her family.
    21. Which advertisement uses correct information about Atlantic College?

    A.Study at Atlantic College.Courses for 16-18 year olds.Lessons all morning, sport in the afternoon

    1. Study at Atlantic College.Courses for 16-18 year olds.Morning lessons and afternoon activities. Help with fees available

    C.Study at Atlantic College.Learn English in a beautiful beach.Lots of weekend activities. Help with fees available

    D.Study at Atlantic College.Classes on International topics.Many free places available students of all ages welcome.

    Read the passage and choose the best answer.

    An increasing number of people are now going on holiday to Egypt. Last year, for example, about one and a half million (56) _____ visited Egypt. The (57) _____ of Egypt is about fifty million and the (58) _____ is El Qahira (Cairo), a busy city of just under nine million people. Although the (59) _____ is hot and dry and most of the country is desert, the average (60) _____ from October to March is not too high. The most (61) _____ sights are pyramids at Giza. However, it is also pleasant to (62) _____ Alexandria, Port Said and several other places and do as much (63)_____ as possible in the time available. A (64) _____ to Luxor is an unforgettable experience, and there are frequent (65) _____ there from Cairo.

    1. a. explorers b. voyagers c. tourists d. passengers

    57.a. people b. town c. nation d. population

    58.a. principal b. head            c. state  d. capital

    59.a. temperature  b. climate   c. condition d. position

    60.a. weather b. measure        c. climate d. temperature

    61.a. famous b. known           c. visited d. asked

    62.a. search b. require             c. examine d. visit

    63.a. viewing b. seeing            c. sightseeing d. looking

    64.a. picnic b. trip                   c. guided. entertainment

    65.a. flights b. travels              c. journeys d. trips

     

    There is a mistake in the four underlined parts of each sentence. Find the mistake (A, B, C, or D).

    1. (A) A new shop (B) was opening (C) on Main Street (D) last week.
    2. (A) My family used to (B) be having dinner (C) at 7 o’clock in (D) the evening.
    3. I (A) wish I (B) can go with you to (C) the countryside (D) next weekend.
    4. (A) Your friends went to (B) your native village (C) last weekend, (D) weren’t they?
    5. Nam (A) asked Mai what (B) can he do (C) to help (D) her.

    VII. Choose the correct option to complete each of the following sentences.

    1. My sister has worn her new dress________.
    2. only once since she bought it
    3. only once since she has bought it
    4. once only since she was buying it
    5. once only since she has been buying it
    6. Wearing uniform encourages students________.
    7. feeling proud of their school B. to feel proud at its school C. to feel proud of their school D. feeling proud at its school
    8. Td like to go out with you, but________.
    9. I don’t feel like to eat out tonight
    10. I don’t feel like eating out tonight
    11. I wouldn’t like eating out tonight
    12. I wouldn’t like to eating out tonight
    13. If there will be too much exhaust fume in the air,________.
    14. our breathing is badly affected
    15. our breathing is affected bad
    16. our breathing will be affected bad
    17. our breathing will be badly affected
    18. Having invented the light bulb,________.
    19. Edison was going on to make new discoveries
    20. new discoveries went cm to be made by Edison
    21. Edison went on to make new discoveries
    22. new discoveries were gone on to make by Edison

    VIIL Choose one sentence that has the same meaning as the root one.

    1. If he had hurried, he would have caught the train.
    2. He had to catch the train, so he was in a hurry.
    3. He missed the train because he didn’t hurry.
    4. He doesn’t hurry, so he won’t catch the train.
    5. The train was delayed, so he wouldn’t have to hurry.
    6. He learned to drive when he was eighteen.
    7. His father made him drive when he was eighteen.
    8. He could drive when he was eighteen, but he didn’t.
    9. He has been using his car since he was eighteen.
    10. He has driven since he was eighteen.
    11. It was only because his wife helped him that he was able to finish his hook.
    12. Without his wife’s help, he couldn’t have finished his book.
    13. His wife was able to finish the book with his help.
    14. If only he had been able to finish his book.
    15. If his wife helped him, he would be able to finish his book.
    16. The robbers made the bank manager hand over the money.
    17. The bank manager was allowed to hand over the money.
    18. The robbers helped the bank manager hand over the money.
    19. The bank manager was forced to hand over the money.
    20. The robbers noticed the bank manager hand over the money.
    21. “Sorry madam, looking after the garden is not my duty.”
    22. He apologized for not looking after the garden.
    23. He said that he was not responsible for looking after the garden.

    C He promised to look after the garden.

    1. He asked me if looking after the garden was his duty.

    Test 2

    1. Chọn phương án trả lời đúng (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) cho mỗi câu sau:
    2. Choose the word with the different stress pattern.
    3. describe     B. feature     C. cancer  D. birthmark
    4. adequate   B. ambition C. admission D. umbrella
    5. ceremony   B. petroleum   C. relationshipD. astonishment

     Choose the word with the different pronunciation of the underlined part.

    1. diabetes   B. recipe          C. degrade       D. catastrophe
    2. apparent     B. natural    C. safety          D. accident

    Choose the best answer

    1. I planned to go for a walk but the rain put me …….. the idea.
    2. of      B. off                C. against                     D. on
    3. It isn’t …….. worrying about the traffic. We’ll only be a few minutes late.
      A. of value  B. important    C. worth  D. necessary
      8. I remembered …….. up in that house with my brothers and sisters
      A. to grow      B. to growing   C. grow            D. growing
    4. After running up the stairs I was quite ………….. breath.
    5. beyond        B. from     C. out of                             D. without
    6. Has Tony’s book ……….. yet?
    7. brought out   B. come out    C. drawn up       D. published
    8. The inspector ……. to say whether there were any suspects.
    9. avoided    B. denied         C. refused        D. stopped
    10. I regret ……… that your application has been unsuccessful.
    11. say   B. saying                      C. have said                 D. to say
    12. The hotel was terrible, but the wonderful beach ………….. our disappointment.
    13. got over      B. faced up to  C. saw to  D. made up for
    14. Jack has decided to ….. the time he spends watching TV.
    15. come up with  B. cut down on C. run out of  D. see to
    16. Helen is very excited …………. going to work in Germany.
    17. about   B. for          C. with                              D. to
    18. ………… did I realise that the burglar was still in the house.
    19. Only afterB. Only thenC. SeldomD. Under no circumstances
    20. In the old days it was not considered lady_…for a woman to smoke in public if at all.
    21. like      B. ful    C. ish                           D. worthy
      18. They haven’t really been to China, …….. they ?
      A. were            B. did              C. have                        D. had
      19. My husband, …….. favourite hobby is stamp collecting, has many rare stamps
      A. whom  B. whose    C. which                       D. that
      20. I disagree. My ideas are entirely opposite …….. yours.
      A. to      B. from         C. of                D. against
    22. Some people never set …….. to become rich and famous
    23. up  B. out               C. off                           D. across
      22. I didn’t learn much Greek …….. I was in Crete.
      A. as       B. during       C. since            D. while
    24. The more …… we walk the longer it will take us to get home
      A. slowly   B. slower         C. slowest                    D. slow
      24. I’d rather you …….. smoke in the office
      A. couldn’t      B. mustn’t  C. shouldn’t     D. didn’t
    25. A certificate from Cambridge University is a valuable …….
      A. examination B. qualification C. production  D. paper
      26. I’ll go shopping with you …….. I can get back in time for the lecture at 2 p.m.
    26. in order that B. so thatC. such that   D. as long as
    27. I’d strongly …….. against staying up late the night before an important examination.
      A. argue B. advise    C. recommend D. suggest
    28. He turned …….. the offer of a new job and stayed with his present employer.
    29. up  B. down           C. out               D. off
      29. You should take an umbrella. ……. it rains and you get wet.
      A. Although       B. What         C. Suppose      D. In case
    30. The food will be wonderful if you follow the ….. carefully.
      A. instructions   B. plan  C. receipt         D. recipe

    Đọc bài khóa sau và chọn từ đúng (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) để điền vào chỗ trống:

    The London Tea Trade Centre is on the north of the River Thames. It is the centre of an industry of (41) ………… importance in the lives of the British. Tea is without doubt the British national drink: every man, woman and child over ten years of age has (42) ………… average over four cups a day or some 1500 cups annually. Some thirty per cent of the world’s exports of tea makes its way to London. Britain is (43) ………… the largest importer of tea in the world. Samples of the vast amounts of tea brought into the country to (44) ………… the national thirst go to the London Tea Trade Centre, where they are tasted by (45) ………… professional tea tasters before being sold at each week’s tea sale. It is fascinating to see them at work. Over a hundred samples are (46) ………… in a line on long tables. Teas are generally tasted with milk, (47) ………… that is how the majority in Britain drink their tea. The tasters move down the line with surprising speed, tasting each sample from a spoon and deciding what is a (48) ………… price for each tea. The types of tea that are popular in Britain are (49) ………… inexpensive but they are of a very high quality. The best are delicate (50) ………… of numerous teas from different sources and countries of origin.

    1. A.  high    B.  wide           C.  great           D. large
    2. A.  for     B.   by    C.at                           D.  on
    3. A.  considerably B. by far C.  largely        D. by much
    4. A. satisfy   B.  match       C.  answer        D. serve
    5. A. effective   B.  skilled   C.   developed             D. handy
    6. A. composed B.   put up   C.   settled        D. laid out
    7. A. out of     B.  since       C.  so               D. owing to
    8. A.  fine   B.  right  C.  fair             D.   deserved

    49.A.  roughly             B. comparatively  C.slightlyD. approximately

    50A.  mixtures             B. associations C. unions         D.   gatherings

    . Xác định từ hoặc cụm từ có gạch chân, cần phải sửa, để câu sau trở thành chính xác:

    1. Mr. Fogg suggested that they should wait until the nightfall before taking any action.
    2. At half past twelve o’clock the train stopped at Burhampoor where I was able to purchase

    some Indian slippers, decorated with false pearls.

    1. The travellers had a hasty breakfast and started off for the castle, after follow down the bank of a small river.
    2. There has been a gradual decrease in the number of murder every year.
    3. Maria needs retyping the report before she hands it in to the managing director.
    4. Xác định câu (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) diễn tả ý đúng nhất so với câu sau:
    5. I have not experienced such a hurricane as Chanchu since I was a child.
    6. Not since I was a child have I experienced such a hurricane as Chanchu.
    7. It was not until a child that I experienced such a hurricane as Chanchu.
    8. I hadn’t experienced such a hurricane as Chanchu in my childhood.
    9. Since I was a child have I experienced so terrible a hurricane as Chanchu.
    10. I did not know what she would say, and I did not care what she would say.
    11. I do not know or care what she would say either.
    12. What she would say should not have been known nor cared.
    13. What she would say I never know nor care.
    14. I neither knew nor cared for what she would say.
    15. I am as happy as possible at the moment.
    16. I couldn’t be happier at the moment.
    17. I am happier than ever before right now.
    18. I am as happy at the moment as before.
    19. I used to be happier than at the moment.
    20. “You are not allowed to smoke in this room, Ben,” said his sister.
    21. Ben’s sister told him off smoking in that room.
    22. Ben’s sister told him that he wasn’t allowed to smoke in that room.
    23. Ben’s sister told him that he had no allowances to smoke in that room.D. Ben’s sister allowed him not to smoke in that room.
    24. I’d prefer him not to have said all those embarrassing things about me.
    25. I’d not prefer his saying all those embarrassing things about me.
    26. I’d prefer him not saying all those embarrassing things about me.
    27. His having said all those things about me is preferentially embarrassing.
    28. I’d sooner he hadn’t said all those embarrassing things about me.

    Test 3

    Chọn phương án (A,B,C hoặc D)ứng với từ có phần nguyên âm đươc gạch chân có cách phát âm khác với ba từ còn lại trong mỗi câu

    1. A. produced B. believed    C. stopped       D. laughed
    2. A. unless B. unique         C. unitedD. union
    3. A. grow B. throw        C. cow             D.sew
    4. A. alien B. alloy         C. alley                        D. anthem
    5. A. sugar B. solar         C. super D. subside

    Chọn phương án (A,B,C hoặc D) ứng với từ có trọng âm chính rơi vào âm tiết có vị trí khác với ba từ còn lại trong  mỗi câu.

    1. A. curious     B. receptionist C. uinque       D. achieve
    2. A. relationship B. equipment C. customer     D. deliberate
    3. A. concentrationB. satisfaction C.character D. realistic
    4. A. intimate B.literature    C. participate   D. powerful
    5. A. distinguishB.satisfy C. evidence      D. readable

    Chọn phương án (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành mỗi câu sau.

    Câu 11. You all look tired. Let’s ______ a rest.

    1. haveB. get C. take D.either A or C
    2. Our school ___ about 600 new students every year .
    3. admits B. accepts C. allows          D. gets

    Câu 13. A week or two before New Year’s Days, the markets are _______ people selling anh buying things.

    1. filled withB. crowded C. ready forD. crowded with

    Câu 14. I’m allergic to most canned foods. That’s why I always look for something fresh and _________.

    1. air-tighB. environment friendly
    2. chemical free D. home-brewed

    Câu 15. _______ fish can hear, they have neither external ears nor eardrums.

    1. Although B. But C. However     D. Despite

    Câu 16. The kind-hearted woman ______ all her life to helping the disabled and the poor.

    1. wastedB. spent C. dedicated D. lived

    Câu 17. Smoking has been ___________ from all offices.

    1. banned B. abandoned C. given up      D. prevented

    Câu 18. Scientists can grow __ that are not affected by disease.

    1. crops B. harvests C. animals        D. things

    Câu 19. The job they offer ________ very interesting with a fashion house in the city centre.

    1. hearsB. sounds C. appears D. looks

    Câu 20. Perhaps men _____more from heart disease than women because they do not cry enough.

    1. are sick B. have C. trouble         D. suffer

    Câu 21. The situation was  ____ because of the economy.

    1. worsenedB. removed C. devastated             D. threatened

    Câu 22. I don’t like that soup. It ______ horrible.

    1. touchesB. feels C. sounds             D. tastes

    Câu 23. Lucy was late for school this morning because the alarm didn’t _______ as usual.

    1. ring off B. get off C.go off           D.take off
    2. The ______ of the radio by Marconi played an important part in the development of communication.
    3. development B. discovery C. invention     D. research
    4. Marie Curie was the first woman to ___ two Nobel prizes .
    5. win B. award C. reward             D. achieve

    Câu 26. We _________in persuading a lot people to join our protest against low-quality products.

    1. managed B. succeeded C. achieved D. fulfilled
    2. I met Jim at college. It was the start of a _____ friendship .
    3. longlife B. prolonged C. lifelong D. lengthened
    4. Cold-blooded animals such as reptiles and fish do not dream, but ___ ones, including mammals and birds do.
    5. cool-blooded B. warm-blooded
    6. hot-blooded D. cold-blooded

    Câu 29. in the early 16th century, the geography of the globe still _____ a mystery.

    1. continued B. maintained C. was              D. remained

    Câu 30. Thousands of antibiotics ____, but only about thirty are in common use today.

    1. have developed B. are developing
    2. have been developed D. have been developing

    Câu 31. You are not allowed to drive your car in the city centre at rush hour _____there is too much traffic then.

    1. because of B. because C. although      D. in spite of

    Câu 32. These days almost everybody ____ the dangers of smoking.

    A.know ofB. are aware ofC. is aware about    D. is aware of

    1. The Internet makes it much easier __communicate with one another.
    2. to people forB. for peopleC. that people canD. for people to

    Câu 34. Because it was faster, Jim _______on my taking the plane to London instead of the train

    1. resistedB. insisted C. refused             D. reminded
    2. ______ places which attract so many visitors as Venice, Italy.
    3. Fewer B. As few C. There are few D. That fewer

    Câu 36. If you need more information, ___ this number.

    1. phoneB. you will phoneC. you would phone D. you phoned

    Câu 37. ______ the girls has turned in the papers to the the instructor yet.

    1. Neither of B. Both of C. None of       D. All of
    2. Nha Trang, ___ last year, is excellent for holiday-makers.
    3. we visitedB. which we visitedC. that we visitedD. visited

    Câu 39. Bats avoid  _______ objects by emitting high-frequency sounds and listening for echoes.

    1. to run into B. running onto C. running into D. to run onto
    2. ____ Ann by phone , James decided to email her.
    3. Having failed to contact B. Having failed contacting
    4. He failed to contact D. That he failed contacting

    Everyone loves music, it seems. And there’s little reason to wonder why. There is so much music (1) …………… from which to choose. and there is a category of music to appeal to every (2)………… The major groups of music are divided broadly (3) ……… classical, popular, and jazz. Within these broad groups are many other subcategories. For example, (4) ……………disparate types of music as movie sound tracks rhythm and blue, rock, and rap all fit within the category of popular music.

    Another reason that music is so (5) ………. is the variety of settings in which one can enjoy his or her (6) ………..  kind of music. You can go to the church to hear great religious music, or to the concert hall to hear a well-known classical  (7) …………. On another right, you might go to the small club to listen to an up- and-coming jazz group (8) ……. you enjoy a   rink. A few nights later. Ty might go with some friends to join thousands of other people in a (9) …………to hear your favorite rock band play in your city on a world tour. And, back your house or  apartment, you can (10)…………. while you put in a tape or CD and listen to your favorite artists again and again in your own home.

    1. a. Convenient b. available c. accessible d. required
    2. a. want b. desire c. interest d. taste
    3. on b: in c. into                             d. up
    4. so b. some c. any                             d. such
    5. familiar b. popular c. famous d. cheerful
    6. favorite b. best c. ideal                           d. selected
    7. music b. symphony c. ballad d. category
    8. during b. where c. while                  d. which
    9. stadium b. theater c. stage                           d. discotheque
    10. prefer b. appeal c. relax d. interest

    Probably the most important factor governing the sererity of forest fires is weather. Hot, dry weather lowers the moisture content of fuels.once a fire has started,wind is extremely critical because it influences the oxygen supply and the rate of spread. Forest type and forest conditions are also important factors. For example, fire is more likely to occur in conifers than in hardwoods; slash-covered or brushy areas are especially hazardous because the rate at which combustion consumes fuels is proportional to fuel volume and surface area.

    Some fies are caused by lightning; others are caused by people. Those caused by people may be accidental or intertional ( incendiary). The causes of fire in the United States show large regional differences. In the Rocky Moutains more than 70 percent of the fires are caused by lightning, whereas incendiary fires amount to only about 1 percent. In contrast, more than 40 percent of the fires in the South are incendiary, whereas lightning causes only 1 percent.

    Câu 61. In this passage the author’s main purpose is to

    1. argue B. inform         C. persuade      D. entertain

    Câu 62.Which of the following best describes the organization of the passage?

    1. A comparision and constract of the factors governing forest fires is followed by a list of causes.
    2. A description of the conditions affecting forest fires is followed by a description of the causes.
    3. An analysis of factors related to forest fires is followed by an argument the causes of fires.
    4. Serveral generalizations about forest fires are followed by a series of conclusions.

    Câu 63. It can be concluded from this passage that

    1. there are not many people living in the Rocky Mountian area
    2. there are more fires in hardwood forests than in pine forests
    3. winter is the worst season for fires
    4. fire prevention techniques vary from region to region

    Câu 64. The paragraph following this passage would most likely be about

    1. the causes of hot, dry weather
    2. the various uses of hardwoods

    C.methods of controlling fires

    1. the geographical differences between the Rocky Mountain area and the Shouthers states

    Câu 65.The author of this passage would most likely be

    1. a forest ranger B.a meteorologist
    2. a historian D. a business person

    Chọn phương án ( A, B, C, hoặc D ) ứng với cụm từ / từ có gạch chân cần phải sửa trong các câu sau.

    Câu 66. New laws should be introduced to reduce the number of traffic in the city center.

    Câu 67. Since fireworks are dangerous, many countries have laws preventing businesses to sell them.

    Câu 68. A majority students in this university are from overseas.

    Câu 69. You should stop to smoke because it is very harmful for your health.

    Câu 70. One of the students who are being considered for the scholarship are from this university.

    Chọn phương án ( A, B, C, hoặc D ) ứng với câu có nghĩa gần đúng nhất so với mỗi câu cho sẵn sau đây.

    Câu 71. It rained heavily, so the football match was cancelled.

    1. The match was cancelled because of the heavy rain.
    2. If it didn’t rain, the match would’t be cancelled.

    C.Despite the heavy rain the match was cancelled.

    D.If it hadn’t been for the heavy rain, the match wouldn’t be cancelled.

    Câu 72. The newspaper reports that James was awarded the first prize.

    1. It is reported that James wins the fisrt prize.
    2. It is reported that James to be awarded the fisrt prize.
    3. James is reported to have been awarded the first prize.
    4. The first prize is reported to award to James.

    Câu 73. It is possible that we won’t have to take an  entrance exam this year.

    1. Perhaps we don’t have to take an entrance exam this year.
    2. We mustn’t take an entrance exam this year.
    3. We mightn’t take an entrance exam this year.
    4. It is very likely that we will take an entrance exam this year.

    Câu 74. In spite of his tiredness, Joe managed to finish his work.

    1. Although he is tired, Joe managed to finish his work.
    2. Joe managed to finish his work but he was tired.
    3. Despite he was tired, Joe managed to finish his work.
    4. Tired as he seemed to be, Joe managed to finish his work.

    Câu 75. “ No, I didn’t  tell Jim our plan,” said Tom.

    1. Tom refused to tell Jim their plan.
    2. Tom denied having told Jim their plan.
    3. Tom denied to tell Jim their plan.
    4. Tom didn’t agree to tell Jim their plan.

    Chọn phương án (A,B,C hoặc D) để hoàn thành mỗi câu sau.

    Câu 76. Published in July 2007, ______

    1. Dang Thuy Tram’s Diary soon became popular with Vietnamese young people.
    2. Dang Thuy Tram wrote a Diary and soon became popular with Vietnamese young people.
    3. Vietnamese young people soon people soon became interested in Dang Thuy Tram’s Diary.
    4. Dang Thuy Tram soon became popular with Vietnamese young people for her Diary.

    Câu 77. By this time next year,____________

    1. we will be completing the course
    2. we will have completed the course
    3. we will have been completing the course
    4. we will complete the course

    Câu 78. They have two children,_________

    1. none of whom are living with them.
    2. both of them are living with them
    3. neither of whom are living with them
    4. all of whom are living with them

    Câu 79. The more challenging the job is,_____________

    1. the more he finds it interesting
    2. the more interesting it is to him
    3. he finds it more interesting
    4. more interesting he finds it

    Câu 80. It was his cheerful disposition__________

    1. who made him successful as a group leader
    2. that he succeeded as a group leader
    3. which helped him a successful group leader
    4. that made him successful as a group leader

    Test 3

     

    Chọn một câu (ứng với A, B, C hoặc D) gần nghĩa nhất so với câu in nghiêng, từ câu 1 đến câu 10

    Câu 1:  He started learning French six years ago.

    1. He has learned French for 6 years.
    2. He hasn’t learnt French for 6 years.
    3. It was six years ago did he start learning French.
    4. It is six years since he has learned French.

    Câu 2:  People believe he won a lot of money on the lottery.

    1. He won a lot of money on the lottery, it is believed.
    2. He was believed to win a lot of money on the lottery.
    3. He is believed to have won a lot of money on the lottery.
    4. He is believed that he won a lot of money on the lottery.

    Câu 3:  Thieves stole all her priceless jewels.

    1. She was robbed of all her priceless jewels.
    2. All her priceless jewels are stolen by thieves.
    3. She was stolen all her priceless jewels.
    4. All her priceless jewels were robbed away from her.

    Câu 4:  Susan said I ought to lie down for while.

    1. Susan suggested that I lie down for a while.
    2. Susan ought to have lain down for a while.
    3. Susan said that I should have lain for a while.
    4. Susan suggested me to lie down for a while.

    Câu 5:  My sister worries so much about fitness that she wastes a lot of time and money.

    1. My sister wastes a lot of time and money though she worries so much about fitness.
    2. Fitness worried, my sister wasted a lot of time and money.
    3. My sister worries about fitness so that she wastes a lot of time and money.
    4. Worrying too much about fitness, my sister wastes a lot of time and money.

    Câu 6:  I forgot her birthday and she still hasn’t forgiven me.

    1. She will not forgive me until I forget her birthday.
    2. Forgetting her birthday, she has not forgiven me.
    3. She has not forgiven me for having forgotten her birthday.
    4. She will not forgive me until I remember her birthday.

    Câu 7:  The President offered his congratulations to the players when they won the Cup.

    1. The President congratulated that the players had won the cup.
    2. The President congratulated the players on their winning the match.
    3. The President would offer the players congratulations if they won the match.
    4. When they won the cup, the players had been offered some congratulations from the President.

    Câu 8:  Without your help, I couldn’t have finished it on time.

    1. I couldn’t finish it on time though you helped me.
    2. You helped me finishing it on time.
    3. I couldn’t finish it on time because you helped me.
    4. I could finish it on time because you helped me.

    Câu 9:  I took Janet to the zoo so that she could see how big an elephant is.

    1. Because Janet was big enough, I took her to the zoo to see the elephant.
    2. I took Janet to the zoo in order for her to see how big an elephant is.
    3. With a view to see how big an elephant is, I took Janet to the zoo.
    4. So as to see the elephant, I took Janet to the big zoo.

    Câu 10:  Despite his early retirement, he found no peace in life.

    1. His early retirement has brought him peace in life.
    2. Although he retired early, but he found no peace in life.
    3. He found no peace in life because he retired early.
    4. Early as he retired, he found no peace in life.

    một từ (ứng với A, B, C hoặc D) có phần gạch chân phát âm khác với các từ còn lại, từ câu 11 đến câu 15

    Câu 11: A. debris B. demand      C. deter D. deny

    Câu 12: A. stew  B. few              C. sew D. mew

    Câu 13: A. aggressive B. original                                   C. agree D. algebra

    Câu 14: A. tightens B. heaps       C. likes D. fuss

    Câu 15: A. associate B. shoulder C. assure D. squash

    Chọn một từ (ứng với A, B, C hoặc D) có trọng âm chính phát âm khác với các từ còn lại, từ câu 16 đến câu 20

    16: A. anniversary B. composition                                 C. celebrationD. television

    Câu 17: A. cater B. argue            C. ivory D. severe

    Câu 18: A. ingredient B. favourite                                 C. notice D. jacket

    Câu 19:A. relevant B. relatively  C. reconcile D. reliance

    Câu 20: A. notably B. mechanical                                 C. historian D. domestic

    Almost all the energy on the earth comes from the sun. Heat from the sun makes the earth warm enough for life. Plants use the sun’s energy to live and grow. Plants give off a

    gas called oxygen. Animals eat plants and breathe oxygen. Animals need plants in order to live, and plants need the sun. You use plants to creat heat and energy. You can burn wood

    from  trees.You  can  burn  fossil  called  coal,  gas,  and  oil.  Fossil  fuels  formed  deep underground from plants and animals that died millions of years ago.

    The sun’s energy can also do harm. Too much sunlight can burn your skin, causing sunburn. Harmful rays from the sun can also cause a disease called skin cancer. Looking

    right at the sun can harm your eyes. You need to be careful of the sun. The center of the sun is called the core, which is extremely hot. All the energy of the sun comes from the

    nuclear reactions in its core. It takes a long time for the energy from the core to reach the surface of the earth-about 170,000 years!

    41:According to the passage, the sun is vital because ……….

    1. A. it has its hot core
    2. B. plants live and grow better with the sun’s energy
    3. C. plants, animals and people need energy from the sun
    4. D. fossil fuels will be used up and people turn to the sun’s energy

    Question 42: Fossil fuels formed deep underground from …...

    1. A. heat from the sun B. earth and rock
    2. C. oil and gas D. dead plants and animals

    Question 43: The title for this passage could be …..

    1. A. “Energy from the sun” B. “Oxygen and Plants”
    2. C. “Animals and Plants” D. “The Sun and Fossil Fuels”

    Question 44: Harmful rays from the sun may cause.

    1. A. fever B. skin cancer C. pain D. headache

    Question 45: All of the following statements are NOT true EXCEPT …….

    1. A. the sun’s heat does no harm to people
    2. B. looking right at the sun is a way to make your eyes better
    3. C. the sun is a long way from the Earth
    4. D. the center of the sun is not very hot

    One of the seven wonders of the ancient world. The Great Pyramid of Giza was a monument of wisdom and prophecy built as a tomb for Pharaoh Cheops in 2720 BC. Despite its antiquity, certain aspects of its construction make it one of the truly great wonders of the world. The thirteen- acre structure near the Nile River is a solid mass of stone blocks covered with limestone. Inside are the number of hidden passageways and the burial chamber for the Pharaoh. It is the largest single structure in the world. The four sides of the Pyramid are aligned almost exactly on true North, South, East and West- an incredible engineering feat. The ancient Egyptians were sun worshipers and great astronomers, so computations for the Great Pyramid were based on astronomical observations.

    Explorations and detailed examinations of the base of the structure reveal many interesting lines. Further scientific study indicates that these represent a type of timeline of events- past present and future. Many of the events have been interpreted and found to coincide with known facts of the past. Others are prophesied for future generations and are currently under investigation. Many believe that pyramids have supernatural powers and this one is no exception. Some researchers even associate it with extraterrestrial being of the ancient past. Was this superstructure made by ordinary being, or one built by a race far superior to any known today?

    1. What has the research of the base revealed?
    2. There are cracks in the foundation
    3. Tomb robbers have stolen the pharaoh’s body
    4. The lines represent important event
    5. A superior race of people built it

    52Extraterrestrial beings are

    1. very strong wonders B. astronomers in the ancient times
    2. research in Egyptology D. living beings from other planets

    53What was the most probable reason for providing so many hidden passages?

    1. to allow the weight of the pyramid to settle evenly.
    2. to permit the high priests to pray at night
    3. to enable the pharaoh’s family to bring food for the journey after life.
    4. to keep grave robbers from finding the tomb and the treasure buried with the pharaoh.

    54:  What is the best title for the passage?

    1. Symbolism of the great Pyramid
    2. Problem with the construction of the Great Pyramid
    3. Wonders of the Great Pyramid of Giza .
    4. Explorations of the Burial Chamber of Cheops.

    55On what did the ancient Egyptians base their calculation?

    1. Observation of the celestial bodies
    2. Advanced technology
    3. Advanced tool of measurement
    4. Knowledge of the earth’s surface

    56Why was the Great Pyramid constructed?

    1. As a solar observatory        B. As a religious temple
    2. As a tomb for the pharaoh
    3. As an engineering feat

    57:  Why is the Great Pyramid of Giza considered one of the Seven Wonders of the World?

    1. It is perfectly aligned with the four cardinal points of the compass and contains many Prophecies.
    2. It was selected as a tomb of Pharaoh Cheops.
    3. It was built by a super race. It is very old.

    58:  What do the interesting lines in the base symbolize?

    1. Architects’ plans for the hidden passage.
    2. Pathways of the great solar bodies.
    3. Astrological computations
    4. Date of the important events taking place throughout time.

    59:  The word “feat” is closest in meaning to

    1. accomplishment B. appendageC. festivity D. structure

    Đọc đoạn văn sau, chọn một phương án (ứng với A, B, C hoặc D) điền vào chỗ trống, từ câu 31 đến câu 35

    In the modern world, there’s a wealth of leisure activities to choose from. Entertainment industries compete for your leisure time. You can watch TV, listen to music, go to an art gallery or, of course, read a book. Sometimes, it seems that reading is neglected because even if you are a fast reader, it can take a considerable amount of time to finish a novel, for example. But in the modern world, time is something that can be in short supply .

    Book publishers haven’t been slow to realize this and are now selling a product which needn’t take up as much of your time but still tells you an excellent story. The new product is the audio book-cassette recording of shortened novels, often read by well-known personalities or the authors themselves. Audio books are relatively new but people are becoming more aware of them and sales are not increasing all the time.

    One of the attractions of audio books is that they are like listening to the radio, only better. You can listen to what you want when you want and you won’t ever miss anything. Much of their appeal lies in their flexibility. They allow you to do other things while you’re listening, such as driving or doing the housework.

    Câu 31:  Nowadays, there is a wealth of leisure activities to choose from ______________.

    1. all people spend little time reading books for leisure. B. so reading books for leisure is completely neglected.
    2. such as watching TV, listening to music, going to an art gallery or concert or reading books.
    3. so there’s no one that wants to read books for entertainment.

    Câu 32:  In the modern world, ___________________.

    1. people don’t know how to read books for pleasure
    2. publishers find it unnecessary to make books for pleasure
    3. books take readers a lot of time mustn’t be published D. the audio book is considered one of useful forms of entertainment

    Câu 33:  Audio books ______________.

    1. is a kind of cassette-recording of shortened novels
    2. all the other three
    3. whose novels are by well-known personalities or the authors themselves
    4. are being sold increasingly nowadays

    34:  The following sentences are correct EXCEPT “______”.

    1. You can listen to audio books while you’re doing something else
    2. Audio books are relatively new so people enjoy buying them all the time.
    3. Listening to audio books is similar to listening to the radio
    4. Audio books are sometimes considered to be enjoyable way of knowledge than reading .

    Câu 35:  The main idea of the passage is __________.

    1. a new product for pleasure, audio books
    2. the growth of audio books
    3. some advertisements on audio books
    4. some benefits of audio books

    Chọn một từ / cụm từ gạch chân (ứng với A, B, C hoặc D) cần phải sửa, từ câu 36 đến câu 40

    Câu 36:  She tapped her feet in time when listened to her favorite song broadcast on the radio.

    Câu 37:  Those who have never been abroad is eager to see how different the other cultures are.

    Câu 38:  I couldn’t give the teacher the summary of the lesson until Julia whispered some words into his ears.

    Câu 39:  They promised that they would publish my article was sent the next week.

    Câu 40:  Helen as well as her friends have never been out of town since they were five years old.

    Chọn một (cụm) từ (ứng với A, B, C hoặc D) điền vào chỗ trống để hoàn thành câu, từ câu 41 đến câu 70

    1. The police stated that the accident ______________ soon.
    2. will be investigated  B. had investigated
    3. is being investigated  D. would be investigated

    Câu 42:  Dora __ in university when you come back in three years’ time.

    1. would study B. will have been studied
    2. is studying D. will be studying

    43: I like babysitting, although the children always____ a mess.

    1. make B. do C. take  D. produce

    Câu 44:  If only we _________a long time ago.

    1. met B. had met C. did meet D. were meeting

    Câu 45:  The school required that every student ____ before September 1st.

    1. registers B. register C. was registered D. registered

    Câu 46:  She hated___ waiting for hours in front of the cinema.

    1. keeping B. to be kept C. being keeping D. being kept

    Câu 47:  Doctors always hope that there will be new cures ________ some diseases.

    1. to B. in C. of  D. for

    Câu 48:  Smallpox and diphtheria disappeared in Britain many years ago, ________ cancer, AIDS and heart disease are now predominant.

    1. in case B. whereas C. because D. in the event that

    Câu 49:  In 1997, _________ the noise and pollution of the city, best-selling author Willy Smith moved out to a countryside.

    1. being tired fromB. tired ofC. tire aboutD. tiring with

    Câu 50:  I’d rather walk _________ a bus.

    1. to catchingB. than catchC. than catchingD. to catch

    Câu 51:  Charlie Chaplin was _________ of the silent movies.

    1. one of the great actor comicsB. the greatest comic actors
    2. a great comic actor oneD. one of the greatest comic actors

    Câu 52:  Although we do not live in the same town, my cousin and I still keep _________ and often speak on the phone.

    1. in touchB. up date C. off workD. in hand

    Câu 53:  ________ did you see such a good advertisement?

    1. In which issue newspaper
    2. In which issue of which newspaper
    3. What is the issue of which newspaper
    4. In which newspaper of which issue

    Câu 54:  ________ my personal qualities, I have experience of working in a multi-national company for three years.

    1. Beside B. Instead of C. Apart from D. In addition

    Câu 55:  I ________ grateful if you could tell me what duties are involved in this job.

    1. would be B. were to be C. was D. am

    Câu 56:  Sarah is a young girl with _____ and a straight nose.

    1. almond-shape eyed B. almond-eyed shape
    2. almond-shaped eyes D. eyes shaped almond
    3. Hardly ______________ the captain of the team when he had to face the problems.
    4. had he been appointed  B. did he appoint
    5. was he being appointed  D. was he appointing

    Câu 58:  I don’t think I have the strength to ____ this table on my own.

    1. tow B. lift C. arise                           D. rise

    Câu 59:  Come and have a ___ at this insect. It is strange, isn’t it?

    1. try B. difficulty C. look                           D. go

    Câu 60:  Everybody should comply ___ this rule. There is no exception, I am afraid.

    1. in B. to C. with  D. for

    Câu 61:  I had ____ understanding him. He spoke too fast.

    1. trouble into B. problems C. questions of  D. difficulty

    Câu 62:  Nowadays, many people ________ going to the cinema to reading the same story in a book.

    1. would rather B. prefer C. would prefer  D. like

    Câu 63:  Traditional celebrations are a _____ of great pleasure and interest.

    1. source B. starting point C. resource D. origin

    Câu 64:  Sport is sometimes controlled by politicians, who use it to make their country look ________ others.

    1. better than B. more worse than C. less than D. more than

    Câu 65:  I gave up smoking, ________ surprised all other members of my family.

    1. that B. it C. this  D. which

    Câu 66. ______________ our children may be, we cannot go picnicking in this weather.

    1. Though excited B. Excited as
    2. Because of excitement  D. Exciting

    Câu 67:  Gale-force winds caused destruction ___ the buildings ________ the seafront.

    1. with / on B. for / by C. of / in D. to / along

    Câu 68:  Can you give me advice about ________?

    1. what for eatingB. what to eat
    2. to eat whatD. what should I eat

    Câu 69:  ________ my complaint to the manager, the waiter was sacked.

    1. Thanks to B. Despite C. Because of D. Without

    Câu 70:  My arm hurt so much, I felt sure I ________ it.

    1. must have broken B. should have broken
    2. was breaking D. have broken

    Read the passage below carefully and choose the correct answer A, B, C, or D.

    Many years ago, people often said  “a woman’s place is in the home ”. But Americans do not feel that way any more. Today, women make up about 43 percent of the America labor force. There are about 45 million working women in the United States, and a large number of them are married women with children. In 1980, for the first time in the nation’s history there were more working wives than household wives. Looking back to 1940, we can see a picture of some very rapid change. In 1940, only 15 percent of married women held jobs.

    Today,  most young women choose to work even when they have young children. Why do they work? The most important reason is that they need to earn money. But another reason is that women today are better educated and they have more opportunities to work in various professions than women had earlier.
    71)  What does this passage mainly discuss?

    A/ Women and jobs in America                                                                                               B/ Well  – educated women in America
    C/ More women than men in the labor force                                                     D/ The number of women who work outside the home

    72) According to the passage, what is the percentage of men in the labor force?
    A/ 85 percent B/ 57 percent C/ 45 percent D/ 43 percent
    73) Which of the following is NOT true, according to the passage?

    A/ Women work because they want to make their own living.

    B/ Women play an important role in the labor force now.

    C/ The majority of working women are single.

    D/ Women have better schooling nowadays.
    74) The word “ rapid ” in line 5 is nearest in meaning to _____
    A/ significant B/ valid C/ quick D/ slow
    75) What can be inferred from the passage?

    A/ Women need money more than education.

    B/ Young women do not get married in order to have jobs.

    C/ Women can work in many different fields.

    D/ The best place for women is in the home.

    As far back as 700B.C., man has talked about children being cared for by wolves. Romuhts and Remus, the legendary twin founders of-Rome, were purported to have been cared for by wolves. It is believed that when a she-wolf loses ‘her litter, she seeks a human child to take its place.

    This seemingly preposterous idea did not become credible until the late tenth century when a French doctor actually found a naked ten year-old boy wandering in the woods. He did not walk erect, could not speak intelligibly, nor could he relate to people. He only growled and stared at them. Finally the doc­tor won the boy’s confidence and began to work with him. After many long years of devoted and patient instruction, the doctor was able to get the boy to clothe and feed himself, recognize and utter a number of words, as well as write letters and form words.

    1. The French doctor found the boy

    (A) wandering in the woods   ( C) growling at him

    (B) at his doorstep               (D) speaking intelligibly

    1. In this passage, the word litter most nearly means

    (A) garbage (B) master (C) offspring.  (D) hair

    1. The doctor was able to work with the boy because (A) the boy was highly intelligent

    (B) the boy trusted him                                                                                                                              (C) the boy liked to dress up

    (D) the boy was dedicated and patient

    1. Which of die following statements is not true?

    (A) She-wolves have been said to substitute human children for their lost litters­

    (B ) Examples of wolves’ caring for human children can be found only in the nineteenth century.

    (C) The French doctor succeeded in domesticating the boy somewhat.

    (D) The young boy never was able to speak perfectly.

    1. In this passage, die word preposterous most nearly means

    (A) dedicated (B) scientific  (C) wonderful  (D) absurd

    1. Choose the best answer to complete the sentence.
    2. Despite playing under strength, the village team _____ beat the rivals.
    3. could b. were able to c. couldn’t d. weren’t able to
    4. I suggest Andrea ______ in touch with the organisers.
    5. should get b. to get c. getting d. gets
    6. The traffic lights _____ green and I pulled away.
    7. became b. turned c. got d. went
    8. ______ during the storm.
    9. They were collapsed b. The fence was collapsed
    10. They collapsed the fenced. The fence collapsed
    11. The suspect confessed _______.
    12. his crime b. the police his crime
    13. his crime to the police d. his crime the police
    14. ______ thinks that Judith should be given the job.
    15. Neither of us b. The majority of my colleagues
    16. Practically everyone d. A number of people
    17. We had ______ holiday in Spain.
    18. a two week’s b. two weeks c. two-week d. a two-week
    19. The company owns _____ in the city centre.
    20. a cars park b. several car parks
    21. a car park d. several cars parks
    22. The government has introduced _______.
    23. a children’s clothes tax b. a tax on children clothes
    24. a children clothes tax d. a tax on children’s clothes
    25. I’ll be with you in _______.
    26. one quarter of an hour b. a quarter of an hour
    27. a quarter of one hour d. a quarter of hour
    28. _____ my friends knew I was getting married.
    29. Not much of b. not many of c. Not much d. Not many
    30. ____ the children _____ awake.
    31. None of…was b. Not any of…were
    32. No …. was d. None of…were
    33. The party was excellent, and I’d like to thank all the ____.
    34. concerned people b. responsible people
    35. people that concerned   d . people concerned
    36. I asked Francis to clean the car, and he did ______.
    37. a well job b. the job good c. a good job d. a job well
    38. ______, they slept soundly.
    39. Hot though was the night air b. Hot though the night air was
    40. Hot the night air as was d. Hot although the night air was
    41. John was the first person I saw _____ hospital.
    42. by leaving b. on leaving c. in leaving d. on to leave
    43. He suddenly saw Sue ____ the room. He pushed his way ____ the crowd of people to get to her.
    44. across…through b. over…through
    45. across…across d. over…along
    46. She tried to _______.
    47. talk me the plan out of b. talk out of me the plan
    48. talk me out of the plan d. talk out me of the plan.
    49. _____ that Marie was able to retire at the age of 50.
    50. So successful her business was,
    51. So successful was her business,
    52. Her business was successful
    53. So was her successful business,
    54. I’m _____ a complete loss to understand why you reacted so violently.
    55. at b. in c. on d. by
    56. From an early age, Wolfgang had a(n) ____ for music.
    57. interest b. passion c. involvement d. tendency
    58. Financial help from his parents ____ James to complete his studies.
    59. granted b. provided c. eased d. enabled
    60. I don’t take ____ to being disobeyed. That’s a warning!
    61. well b. kindly c. gently                                                                         d. nicely
    62. I like that photo very much. Could you make an __ for me?
    63. increase b. enlargement c. extension d. expansion
    64. I’m becoming increasingly _____ . Last week, I locked myself out of the house twice.
    65. oblivious b. mindless c. absent d. forgetful
    66. Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others.
    67. a. south b. southern c. scout                        d. drought
    68. a. dome b. comb c. home                        d. tomb

    III. Pick out the word whose stressed syllable is different from that of the others.

    1. a. literature b. preventive c. measurement d. temperature
    2. a. example b. continue c. sensible d. contestant
    3. a. constant b. magnetic c. sensitive d. atmosphere
    4. Choose the best answer.
    5. Would you like some more tea? – _______________
    6. No, thank. b. Yes , thanks. c. Yes, please.              d. No, please.

    32.Will it rain on the day of our departure? – __________

    1. I hope not. b. I don’t hope so
    2. I hope not so. d. I hope it wouldn’t.
    3. -Remember to return the newspaper to my father. – ____
    4. I will b. Why not c. I won’t            d. Of course.

    34.Will you have time to help us? – _____ I’m very busy at the moment.

    1. I’m afraid not b. I think so.
    2. I don’t expect so. d. I hope not.
    3. I’d like the blue jacket, pleases! Can I try it on?”– Yes, _ “
    4. you would b. you must c. certainly          d. you do
    5. Read the passage and the questions or unfinished sentences, then choose the best answer for each.

    A solar eclipse occurs when the Moon moves in front of the Sun and hides at least some part of the Sun from the earth. In a partial eclipse, the Moon covers part of the Sun; in an annual eclipse, the Moon covers the center of the Sun, leaving a bright ring of light around the Moon; in a total eclipse, the Sun is completely covered by the Moon.

    It seems rather improbable that a celestial body size of the Moon could completely block out the tremendously immense Sun, as happens during a total eclipse, but this is exactly what happens. Although the Moon is considerably smaller in size than the Sun, the Moon is able to cover the Sun because of their relative distances from Earth. A total eclipse can last up to 7 minutes, during which time the Moon’s shadow moves across Earth at a rate of about 6 kilometers per second.

    1. This passage mainly _________.
    2. describes how long an eclipse will last.
    3. gives facts about the Moon.
    4. explains how the Sun is able to obscure the Moon.
    5. informs the reader about solar eclipses.
    6. In which type of eclipse is the Sun obscured in its entirety?
    7. A partial eclipse b. An annual eclipse
    8. A total eclipse d. A celestial eclipse
    9. The word ring in line 3 could be best replaced by ______.
    10. piece of gold b. circle   c. jewel                      d. bell
    11. A celestial body in line 5 is most probably one that is found __.
    12. somewhere in the sky b. within the Moon’s shadow c. on the surface of the Sun d. inside Earth’s atmosphere
    13. What is the meaning of block out in line 5?
    14. Square b. Cover c. Evaporate d. Shrink
    15. According to the passage, how can the Moon hide the Sun during a total eclipse?
    16. The fact that the Moon is closer to Earth than the Sun makes up for the Moon’s smaller size.
    17. The Moon can only obscure the Sun because of the Moon’s great distance from the Earth.
    18. Because the Sun is relatively close to Earth, the Sun can be eclipsed by the Moon.
    19. The moon hides the Sun because of the Moon’s considerable size.
    20. The word relative in line 8 could best be replaced by ___.
    21. familial b. infinite c. comparative d. paternal
    22. The passage states that which of the following happens during an eclipse?
    23. The Moon hides from the Sun.
    24. The Moon is obscured by the Sun.
    25. The Moon begins moving at a speed of 6 kilometers per second.

    d.The Moon’s shadow crosses Earth

    1. The word rate in line 9 is closest in meaning to ______.
    2. form b. speed c. distance d. rotation
    3. Where is the passage does the author mention the rate of a total eclipse?
    4. Lines 1- 2 b. Lines 2- 4 c. Lines 5-6      d. Lines 8-9
    1. Read the text below and choose the word that best fits the space.

    EXAM ADVICE

    In Part Three of the Speaking Section you work with a partner. You have to do a (46) ____ task which usually ( 47)_____ about 3 minutes. One possible task is “ problem (48) ____”, which means you have to look at some (49) ____ information and then (50) ____ the problem with your partner. You maybe show photos, drawings, diagrams, maps, plans, advertisements or computer graphics and it is (51)_____ that you study them carefully. If necessary, check you know exactly what to do by (52)_____ asking the examiner to (53)____ the instructions or make them clearer.

    While you are doing the task, the examiner will probably say very (54)_____ and you should ask your partner questions and make (55)_____  if he or she is not saying much. If either of you have any real difficulties the examiner may decide to step in and ( 56) _____ . Normally, however, you will find plenty to say, which helps the (57)_____ to give you a fair mark. This mark depends on your success in doing the task by (58) _____ with your partner, which includes taking (59)_____ in giving opinions and replying appropriately, although in the end it may be possible to “ agree or (60) _____”.

    1. a. single b. lonely c. unique          d. once
    2. a. exists b. lasts c. stays             d. maintains
    3. a. solving b. working c. making         d. finding
    4. a. optical b. obvious c. noticeable    d. visual
    5. a. argue b. discuss c. talk               d. have
    6. a. essential b. needed c. helpful d. successful
    7. a. formally b. officially c. politely d. sincerely
    8. a. insist b. copy c. tell                d. repeat
    9. a. little b. much c. few              d. many
    10. a. ideas b. statements c. speeches      d. suggestions
    11. a. complain b. help c. suggest         d. fail
    12. a. judge b. referee c. assessor        d. observer
    13. a. competingb. struggling c. opposing d. co-operating
    14. a. changes b. sides c. turns d. sentences
    15. a. contrast b. disagree c. argue                        d. object

    VII. Find the underlined part that needs correcting.

    1. The first (A) national park in world (B), Yellowstone National Park, was  (C)established in   (D)1872.
    2. Animation is a technique (A) for creativity (B) the illusion of life(C) in inanimate things.(D)
    3. Scientists at universities (A) are often more involved (B) in theoretical research than(C) in practically(D) research .
    4. Benjamin Franklin’s ability (A) to learn from observation and experience contributed greatly(B) to him(C) success in(D) public life.
    5. The surface of the(A) tongue covered(B) with tiny(C) taste buds(D).

    VIII. Read the following passage then choose the best answer to the questions below.

    Most people think of deserts as dry, flat areas with little vegetation and little or no rainfall, but this is hardly true. Many deserts have varied geographical formations ranging from soft, rolling hills to stark, jagged cliffs, and most deserts have a permanent source of water. Although deserts do not receive a high amount of rainfall – to be classified as a desert, an area must get less than twenty-five centimeters of rainfall per year – there are many plants that thrive on only small amounts of water, and deserts are often full of such plant life.

    Desert plants have a variety of mechanisms for obtaining the water needed for survival. Some plants, such as cactus, are able to store large amounts of water to last until the next rainfall. Other plants, such as the mesquite, have extraordinarily deep root systems that allow them to obtain water from far below the desert’s arid surface.

    1. What is the main topic of the passage?
    2. Deserts are dry, flat areas with few plants.
    3. There is little rainfall in the desert.
    4. Many kinds of vegetation can survive with little water.
    5. Deserts are not really flat areas with little plant life.
    6. The passage implies that ____________.
    7. the typical conception of a desert is incorrect.
    8. all deserts are dry, flat areas.
    9. most people are well informed about deserts.
    10. the lack of rainfall in deserts causes the lack of vegetation.
    11. The passage describes the geography of deserts as _____.
    12. flat b. sandy c. varied           d. void of vegetation.
    13. The word source in line 3 means ________.
    14. supply b. storage space c. need             d. lack
    15. According to the passage, what causes an area to be classified as a desert?
    16. The type of plants b. The geographical formations c. The amount of precipitation d. The source of water
    17. Choose the sentence which is closest in meaning to the one in italics.
    18. You’re not to blame for what happened.
    19. You’re not accused of what happened.
    20. What happened is not your fault.
    21. You’re responsible for what happened.
    22. We blame you for what happened.
    23. He can hardly see at all without glasses.
    24. He can see without glasses.
    25. He can see even if he doesn’t wear glasses.
    26. He can’t see everything without glasses.
    27. He is practically blind without glasses.
    28. The concert wasn’t as good as we had expected.
    29. The concert wasn’t so good as we had seen.
    30. We expected the concert to be worse.
    31. We thought the concert would be much better.
    32. The concert was thought to be as good.
    33. Please don’t ask her to the party.
    34. I’d rather you didn’t invite her to the party.
    35. I’d rather not ask her to the party.
    36. Please don’t ask her about the party.
    37. You ask her to the party, don’t you?
    38. She broke down the moment she heard the news.
    39. She was broken for a moment when she heard the news.
    40. She broke her leg when hearing the news.
    41. On hearing the news, she broke down.
    42. When she heard the news, she was sick.
    43. Strong as he is, he still can’t lift that box.
    44. The box was too heavy for him to lift.
    45. He’s very strong, but he still can’t lift that box.
    46. He still can’t lift that box because he’s not as strong.
    47. However he is strong, he still can’t lift that box.
    48. I wish we had gone somewhere else for the holiday.
    49. If only we went somewhere else for the holiday.
    50. It’s a pity we didn’t go there for the holiday.
    51. If we had gone for the holiday, I would have gone somewhere else.d. I regret not having gone somewhere else for the holiday.
    52. You should have had your eyes tested a long time ago.
    53. You haven’t had your eyes tested though it’s necessary.
    54. Your eyes should be tested a long time ago.
    55. You had your eyes tested a long time ago.
    56. It’s a long time ago since you had your eyes tested.
    57. A child is influenced as much by his schooling as by his parents.
    58. Schooling doesn’t influence a child as much as his parents do.
    59. A child’s parents have greater influence on him than his schooling.
    60. A child can influence his parents as much as his schooling.
    61. A child’s schooling influences him as much as his parents do.
    62. Rarely has a 15-year-old earned so much money.
    63. 15-year-old rarely earns money.
    64. A 15-year-old rarely earns lots of money.
    65. A 15-year-old has seldom earned that much money.
    66. A 15-year-old has never earned that much money.

     

    ĐỀ THI GỒM 80 CÂU (TỪ QUESTION 1 ĐẾN QUESTION 80)

    Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.

    Question 1: John ________Russian because Russian is his native language.

    1. is speaking B. speaks C. will speak D. spoke

    Question 2: She couldn’t decide ________to dive ______ jump into water.

    1. whether … or C. not only … but also
    2. both …or D. neither …or

    Question 3: I waved to Karen but failed____ her attention.

    1. to be attractedB. to attract C. attracting D. attracted

    Question 4:  ____I get your letter, I will reply to you at once.

    1. By the time B .Now that C. As though D. As soon as

    Question 5: “Thank you very much for a lovely party” – “ ___”

    1. Have a good dayB. Not at all C. ThanksD. You are welcome

    Question 6: I will not accept his invitation ____any account.

    1. in B. about C. on                D. with

    Question 7: I was making my _________, when I realized I’d left my glasses at school.

    1. route B. way C. path D. lane

    8: I disagree with parents__ their views on their children without giving them the chance to think for themselves.

    1. pouring B. protesting C. straining      D. imposing

    Question 9:  “What would you like to drink?” – “____________”.

    1. Yes, please B. Thank you C. No, I don’t  D. Tea, please

    Question 10:  “I was so sorry to hear about Jack”. “If he had made more friends here, he might ________”.

    1. have stayed B. stay C. have stay D. stays

    11: She couldn’t give a __ explanation for her actions.

    1. dissatisfied B. satisfactoryC. uncompetitive D. competed

    Question 12: We wondered who was going to pay for the __________window.

    1. breaking B. break C. broke           D. broken

    Question 13: That is a _________________________.

    1. French stamp valuableC. valuable stamp of France
    2. French valuable stampD. valuable French stamp

    14:By the end of next year, we __this advanced training course.

    1. are finishing B. have finished
    2. will have finished D. will be finished

    Question 15: In order to grow vegetables properly, gardeners must know_______________.

    1. what are each vegetable’s requirements. B .what the requirements for each vegetable are.

    C .that is required by each vegetable.              D. that the requirements for each vegetable.

    Question 16:  _________ further rioting to occur, the government would be forced to use its emergency power.

    1. Were B. Did C. Had                         D. Should

    Question 17: His version of what happened is ____________ .

    1. corrected B. incorrect C. correcting                D. correction

    Question 18: Doctors usually have to study for at least seven years before becoming fully________.

    1. examined B. qualified C. tested                       D. approved of

    Question 19: The director retired early __________ ill-health.

    1. on behalf of B. in front of C. on account of          D. ahead of

    Question 20: He refused to give up work,  _________he had won a million dollars.

    1. even though B. however C. as though                 D. despite

    Question 21: The company received __________complaints about the quality of its products.

    1. continual B. continued C. continuous              D. continuing

    22: I didn’t see any sign of the money, but I __ a small notebook and a pencil which __ when the door opened suddenly.

    1. have found / probably dropped C. found / had probably dropped
    2. found / have probably dropped D. find / probably drop

    Question 23: He __________to be offered the job.

    1. was such in experienced or was too in experienced C. was too experienced
    2. was such inexperienced D. not experienced

    Question 24:  ___________ lay its eggs in the sand on the beach than it goes back to the sea.

    1. No sooner a turtle doesC. A turtle does no soonerB. No sooner does a turtleD. Does no sooner a turtle

    Question 25: Not until about a century after Julius Caesar landed in Britain_________ actually conquer the island.

    1. the Romans B. did the Romans C. the Romans did       D. Romans that

    Question 26: “Do you still live there?”- “No, __________ . We’ve moved to a new house”.

    A .  not yet                               B. not now                 C. I do not live D. any longer

    Question 27: “How long does it take to get to the City Library from here?” – “___________”.

    1. You can go there by bus. C. I am sorry. I don’t know. B. Yes, it’s a long way.                        D. It isn’t far.

    Question 28: “Your parents must be proud of your result at school”. – “______________”

    1. Sorry to hear that. C. Of courseB. Thanks. It’s certainly encouraging.D. I am glad you like it.

    Question 29: The strike was caused by the_________ of two workers.

    1. dismiss B. dismissing C. dismissed                D. dismissal

    Question 30: The factory was _________ so the management tried to cut costs by making some workers redundant.

    1. competition B. competitive C. uncompetitive         D. competed

    Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that has underlined part is pronounced differently from the rests.

    Question 31: A. debris                        B. deny                                    C. deter                                    D. demand

    Question 32: A. likes              B. tightens                    C. heaps                       D. fuss

    Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the rest in the position of the main stress in each of the following questions.

    Question 33: A. jacket             B. ingredient                C. favourite                 D. notice

    Question 34: A. mathematics  B. history                     C. literature                  D. physics

    Question 35: A. opponent       B. disappear                 C. arrangement            D. contractual

    Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to show the underlined part that needs correction.

    Question 36: The Concord could fly across the Atlantic without refueling and carrying 11 tons of freight.

    Question 37: Every country has their own traditions, some of which have existed for centuries.

    Question 38: People tend to make a lot of shopping at Xmas time.

    Question 39: Vietnam is famous for many beautiful spots like ha Long Bay, Sapa, and Da Lat.

    Question 40: Queen Elizabeth prefers what her jewels should be left in their original setting.

    Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of the following questions.

    Question 41: He was sentenced to six months in prison for his part in the robbery

    1. He received a six months in prison for his part in the robbery.
    2. He received a six-month sentence for his part in the robbery.
    3. For his participation in the robbery, he had been in prison for six months.
    4. For his participation in the robbery, a prison had been given to him for six months.

    Question 42: Madeleine wears high heels to look taller.

    1. In order to look taller, Madeleine wears high heels.B. So that to look taller, Madeleine wears high heels.
    2. Madeleine wants high heels to make her taller. D. Madeleine buys high heels to look taller.

    Question 43: He started learning French six years ago.

    1. He has learned French for six years. B. It was six years ago did he start learning French.
    2. He hasn’t learnt French for six years. D. It is six years since he has learnt French.

    Question 44: People believed he won a lot of money on the lottery.

    1. He is believed that he won a lot of money on the lottery.B. He won a lot of money on the lottery, it is believed.
    2. He is believed to have won a lot of money on the lottery.D. He was believed to win a lot of money on the lottery.

    Question 45: “Why don’t you get your hair cut, Gavin?” Said Adam .

    1. Adam advised Gavin to cut his hair. B. Gavin was suggested to have a haircut.
    2. It was suggestible that Adam get Gavin’s haircut. D. Adam suggested that Gavin should have his haircut.

    Question 46: “Leave my house now or I’ll call the police!” shouted the lady to the man.

    1. The lady threatened to call the police if the man didn’t leave her house.
    2. The lady said that she would call the police if the man didn’t leave her house.
    3. The lady told the man that she would call the police if he didn’t leave her house.
    4. The lady informed the man that she would call the police if he didn’t leave her house.

    Question 47: “You should have finished the report by now” John told his secretary.

    1. John reproached his secretary for not having finished the report.
    2. John said that his secretary had not finished the report.
    3. John reminded his secretary of finishing the report on time.
    4. John scolded his secretary for not having finished the report

    Question 48: “I will pay back the money, Gloria.” Said Ivan .

    1. Ivan apologized to Gloria for borrowing her money. B. Ivan offered to pay Gloria the money back.
    2. Ivan promised to pay back Gloria’s money. D. Ivan suggested paying back the money to Gloria.

    Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the best sentence built from the given words or phrases.

    Question 49:  France/ Independence Day / day / yesterday //.

    1. The France’s Independence day was before yesterday.
    2. The Day of the French Independence was a day yesterday.
    3. French’s Independence Day was a day before yesterday.
    4. France’s Independence Day was the day before yesterday.

    Question 50: hilltop/ have/ good/ view/ our village.

    1. The hilltop can make our village views better. B. From the hilltop, our village can be well viewed.
    2. From the hilltop, we can make have a better view of our village.
    3. From the hilltop, our village can have a better view.

    Read the following passage and mark the letter A , B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word for each of the blanks from 51 to 61.

    The human brain, (51) __________an average weight of 1, 4 kilograms, is the control center of the (52) _________. It receives (53) __________from the senses, processes the information, rapidly sends out responses; it also stores the information (54) ________ is the source of human thoughts and feelings. Each of the three main parts of the brain- cerebellum, the cerebellum, and the brain stem has its own role (55) _________carrying out the functions.

    The cerebrum is by (56) _________the largest of the three parts, taking up 85 percent of the brain by weight. The cerebellum, located below the cerebrum in the back part of the skull, is made of masses of bunched up nerve cells. It is the cerebellum (57) _________controls human balance, coordination, and posture.

    The brain stem, (58) _________connects the cerebrum and the spinal cord, controls various body processes such (59) __________ breathing and heartbeat. (60) __________is the major motor and sensory pathway connecting the body and the cerebrum.

    Question 51:    A. on                           B. of                            C. for                           D. with

    Question 52:    A. body                       B. brain                        C. skull                        D. information

    Question 53:    A. news                       B. information                         C. advice                     D. lesson

    Question 54:    A. who                                     B. of which                  C. that                          D. whose

    Question 55:   A. in                            B. at                             C. on                            D. by

    Question 56:    A. now                                     B. then                                     C. from                        D. far

    Question 57     A. who                                     B. which                      C. that                          D. whose

    Question 58:   A. who                                     B. that                          C. whose                      D. which

    Question 59:    A. as                            B. for                           C. about                       D. on

    Question 60:    A. Here                        B .It                             C. There                       D. For

    Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B , C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions from 61 to 70.

    The hippopotamus is the third largest land animal, smaller only than the elephant and the rhinoceros. Its name comes from two Greek words which mean “river horse”. The long name of this animal is often shortened to the easier to handle term “hippo.”

    The hippo has a natural affinity for the water. It does not float on top of the water; instead, it can easily walk along the bottom of a body of water. The hippo commonly remains underwater for three to five minutes and has been known to stay under for up to half an hour before coming up for air.

    In spite of its name, the hippo has relatively little in common with the horse and instead has a number of interesting similarities in common with the whale. When a hippo comes up after a stay at the bottom of a lake or river, it releases air through a blowhole, just like a whale. In addition, the hippo resembles the whale in that they both have thick layers of blubber for protection and they are almost completely hairless.

    Question 61: The topic of this passage is

    1. the largest land animal . B. the derivations of animal names.
    2. the characteristics of the hippo. D. the relation between the hippo and the whale.

    Question 62: It can be inferred from the passage that the rhinoceros is

    1. smaller than the hippo. B. equal in size to the elephant .
    2. a hybrid of the hippo and the elephant. D. one of the two largest types of land of animals.

    Question 63: The possessive “Its” in line 2 refers to

    1. hippotamus B. elephant C. rhinoceros                           D. horse

    64: It can be inferred from the passage that the hippopotamus is commonly called a hippo because the word “hippo” is

    1. simpler to pronounce accurately. B. the original name .
    2. scientifically more accurate. D.easier for the animal to recognize.

    Question 65: The word “float” in line 4 is closest in meaning to

    A.sink                                      B. drift                         C.eat                                        D. flap

    Question 66: According to the passage, what is the maximum time that hippos have been known to stay underwater

    A.three minutes           B. five minutes            C. thirty minutes          D. ninety minutes

    Question 67: The expression “has relatively little in common” in line 8 could be best replaced by

    A.has few interactions             B. is not normally found C. has minimal experience D. shares few similarities.

    Question 68: The passage states that one way in which a hippo is similar to a whale is that

    1. they both live on the bottoms of rivers. B. they both have blowholes.
    2. they are both named after horses. D. they both breathe underwater.

    Question 69: The word “ blubber” in line 12 is closest in meaning to

    1. fat B. metal C. water                                   D. skin

    Question 70: The last line states that the hippo does not …………….. .

    1. like water B. resemble the whale
    2. have a protective coating D. have much hair

    Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions from 71 to 80.

    The White House, the official home of the United States president, was not built in time for George Washington to live in it. It was begun in 1792 and was ready for its first inhabitants. President and Mrs. John Adams, who moved in on November 1, 1800.When the Adamses moved in, the White House was not yet complete, and the Adamses suffered many inconveniences; for example, the main staircase was incomplete, which hindered movement from floor to floor, and the future laundry yard was merely a pool of mud, so wet laundry was hung in the unfinished East Room to dry. Thomas Jefferson, the third president, improved the comfort of the White House in many respects and added new architectural features such as the terraces on the east and west ends.

    When the British forces burned the White House on August 24, 1814, President Madison was forced to leave. All the remained after the fire was the exterior walls, the interior was completely destroyed. It was not until December of 1817 that the following president, James Monroe, was able to move into a rebuilt residence. Since then, the White House has continued to be modified but has been continuously occupied by each succeeding U.S president.

    Question 71: Which of the following would be the most appropriate title for this text?

    1. George Washington’s life in the White House . B. The Early History of the White House .
    2. The burning of the White House. D. Presidential Policies of Early U.S. Presidents.

    Question 72: Why did George Washington not love in the White House?

    1. It had been burned by the British. B. He did not like the architectural features.
    2. He did not want to suffer the inconveniences that the Adamses had suffered.
    3. Construction had not yet been completed.

    Question 73: The word “inhabitant” in line 3 is closest meaning to:

    1. modifications B. moves                   C. celebrations             D. residents

    Question 74: It can be inferred from the passage that John Adams was:

    1. The first president of the United States. B. The second president of the United States.
    2. The third president of the United States . D. The fourth president of the United States.

    Question 75: What of the White House was not yet complete when the Adamses moved in?

    A . main staircase        B. laundry yard            C. pool                         D. A and B

    Question 76: The author most likely discusses the “staircase” in line 5 in order to:

    1. show the elegance of the new White House B. explain the architectural features added by Jefferson.
    2. provide an example of an inconvenience in the White House.D. demonstrate what had to be rebuilt after the fire.

    Question 77: The word “forces” in line 10 could best be replaced by:

    1. military B. effort C. power                      D. energy

    78: According to the passage, which of the following best describes Thomas Jefferson’s tenure in the White House?

    1. He worked to improve the appearance and convenience of the White House.
    2. He had to flee the White House because of the war with the British.
    3. He removed the terraces that had been added by Adams.
    4. He was accepting of the many inconveniences.

    Question 79: According to the passage, when James monroe came to the White House, it had been…….

    1. repressed B. reconstructed C. relocated                 D. reserved

    Question 80: The paragraph following the passage most likely discusses:

    1. the details of the destruction of the White House by the British B. James Monroe’s policies as presidents .
    2. modifications by presidents who followed . D. other presidents who were unable to occupy the White House .

                                         THI THỬ ĐẠI HỌC NĂM 2011 ( Mã đề thi 123)

     Môn thi:TIẾNG ANH- Khối D  –   Thời gian làm bài: 90 phút

           

    STT Câu    Câu trả lời STT Câu Câu trả lời
    1 Câu 1 B 41 Câu 41 B
    2 Câu 2 A 42 Câu 42 A
    3 Câu 3 B 43 Câu 43 A
    4 Câu 4 D 44 Câu 44 C
    5 Câu 5 D 45 Câu 45 D
    6 Câu 6 C 46 Câu 46 A
    7 Câu 7 B 47 Câu 47 A
    8 Câu 8 D 48 Câu 48 C
    9 Câu 9 D 49 Câu 49 D
    10 Câu10 A 50 Câu 50 C
    11 Câu 11 B 51 Câu 51 D
    12 Câu 12 D 52 Câu 52 A
    13 Câu 13 D 53 Câu 53 B
    14 Câu 14 C 54 Câu 54 C
    15 Câu 15 B 55 Câu 55 A
    16 Câu 16 A 56 Câu 56 D
    17 Câu 17 B 57 Câu 57 C
    18 Câu 18 B 58 Câu 58 D
    19 Câu 19 C 59 Câu 59 A
    20 Câu 20 A 60 Câu 60 B
    21 Câu 21 A 61 Câu 61 C
    22 Câu 22 C 62 Câu 62 D
    23 Câu 23 C 63 Câu 63 A
    24 Câu 24 B 64 Câu 64 A
    25 Câu 25 B 65 Câu 65 B
    26 Câu 26 B 66 Câu 66 C
    27 Câu 27 C 67 Câu 67 D
    28 Câu 28 B 68 Câu 68 B
    29 Câu 29 D 69 Câu 69 A
    30 Câu 30 C 70 Câu 70 D
    31 Câu 31 A 71 Câu 71 B
    32 Câu 32 D 72 Câu 72 C
    33 Câu 33 B 73 Câu 73 D
    34 Câu 34 A 74 Câu 74 B
    35 Câu 35 B 75 Câu 75 D
    36 Câu 36 D 76 Câu 76 C
    37 Câu 37 B 77 Câu 77 A
    38 Câu 38 A 78 Câu 78 A
    39 Câu 39 C 79 Câu 79 B
    40 Câu 40 B 80 Câu 80 C
  • TRẮC NGHIỆM TỔNG HỢP ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC

    TRẮC NGHIỆM TỔNG HỢP ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC

    TRẮC NGHIỆM TỔNG HỢP ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC

    Mọi ý kiến đóng góp xin gửi vào hòm thư: [email protected]

    Tổng hợp các đề cương đại học hiện có của Đại Học Hàng HảiĐề Cương VIMARU 

    Kéo xuống để Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF đầy đủ: Sau “mục lục” và “bản xem trước”

    (Nếu là đề cương nhiều công thức nên mọi người nên tải về để xem tránh mất công thức)

    Đề cương liên quan: Bộ đề thi đại học môn Hoá


    [toc]

    Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF tại đây: TRẮC NGHIỆM TỔNG HỢP ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC

    TRẮC NGHIỆM TỔNG HỢP ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC

    PHẦN 1

     1: John ……..a respectful and obedient student.

    1. is said to be B. is said C. is said being                D. said to be

     2: The boys broke a window when they …………………… football.

    1. are playing B. haf played C. were playing               D. played

     3: 1 The road …………… is shaded with trees.

    1. where we go to school every day B. from which we go to school every day
    2. at which we go to school every day D. on which we go to school every day

     4: …………. students required to wear uniforms at all times?

    1. . Are B. Did C. Will                             D. Do

     5: John asked me   ………………….  in English.

    1. what did this word mean B. what that word meant
    2. what that word means D. what does this word mean

     6: Our children …….. to school by bus every morning.

    1. take B. are taken C. have taken                  D. are taking

     7: I………………………… her since I…………………… a student.

    1. have known/ was B. know/ am C. knew/ was                   D. have known/ am

     8: ………… that military spending is extremely high.

    1. It feels B. We feel that it is C. We are felt                  D. It is felt

     9: If she ……………. the train last night , she …………….. here now.

    1. had taken / would have been B. were taking / is
    2. took / were D. had taken / would be

     10: 1 ………. that problem with the car , we wouldn’t have missed the speech.

    1. If had we had B. Unless we had had
    2. If we had had D. Provided that we had had

     11: I………………any letter from him yet.

    1. don’t receive B. haven’t received C. will receive                 D. didn’t receive

     12: 1 The telephone ………. by Alexander Graham Bell.

    1. invented B. was invented C. is invented                  D. is inventing

     13: My uncle …………………on this farm since he was 10 years old

    1. has worked B. was working C. worked                       D. have worked

     14: 1 Beethoven’s Fifth Symphony …………. next weekend.

    1. will be performing B. has been performed
    2. will have performed D. is going to be performed

     15: Mike said,”We have bought these books today.”

    1. Mike said they had bought those books that day.
    2. Mike said they bought those books that day.
    3. Mike said they have bought those books that day.
    4. Mike said they had bought those books that day.

     16: 1 Bicycles ………. in the driveway.

    1. must not be leaving B. must not leave C. must not be left          D. must not have left

     17: Up to then, I…………………….. such  a big fire.

    1. never see B. never seen C. have never seen          D. had never seen

     18: 1 ……… one of the most creative artists in rock ‘n roll, came from California.

    1. Frank Zappa, who was B. Frank Zappa was
    2. Frank Zappa whom was D. Frank Zappa, that was

     19: Peter said if he were me he would stop smoking.

    1. Peter said he would stop smoking as I wanted him to.
    2. Peter provided to stop smoking.
    3. I wanted Peter to stop smoking and he promised to do.
    4. D. Peter advised me to stop smoking

    PHẦN 2

     20: She said that she ……………… participating in that event.

    1. would be going to B. was going to
    2. would be interested in D. would be interesting in

     21: By this time next summer, you……….your studies.

    1. will have completed B. will complete C. are completing            D. completes

     22: Although he tried his best, he could not make his voice ……….

    1. A. hear          B. to hear                         C. hearing                         heard

     23: He is the man ………….. car was stolen last week.

    1. which B. whom C. that                             D. whose

     24: Do you know the hotel ………… ?

    1. all are correct B. at which she is staying
    2. where she is staying D. she is staying at

     25: …………. more carefully , he would not have had the accident yesterday.

    1. Had Peter driven B. Unless Peter had driven.
    2. If Peter driven D. If had Peter driven

     26: Peter said that he had lived in London  years ………….. .

    1. before B. later C. then                             D. ago

     27: They have been in love with each other…………….. they were young

    1. since B. until C. while                           D. for

     28: Sarah said,”I read Jane Eyre last year.”

    1. Sareh said she has read Jane Eyre the previous year.
    2. Sareh said she would read Jane Eyre the previous year.
    3. Sarah said she had read Jane Eyre the previous year.
    4. Sareh said she read Jane Eyre the previous year.

     29: It was the most exciting film I……………………..  .

    1. had ever seen B. ever saw C. have ever seen            D. never saw

     30: “How beautiful is the dress you have just bought!” Peter said to Mary.

    1. Peter said thanks to Mary for her beautiful dress.
    2. Peter asked Mary how she had just bought her beautiful dress.
    3. Peter promised said thanks to Mary for her beautiful dress.
    4. Peter complimented Mary on her beautiful dress.

     31: This is the most interesting novel ………………………..

    1. I’ve read B. I had read C. I’ve ever read             D. I’ve never read

     32: 1 She asked ……………..

    1. where was her umbrella B. where were her umbrella
    2. where her umbrella was D. where her umbrella were

     33: If my client ………….. me her fax number , I ……………. to post a letter to her.

    1. gave / will not have B. had given / wouldn’t have had
    2. had given / will not have had D. will give / do not have

     34: This subject ………….. going to discuss , is very important.

    1. which are we
    2. that we are D. a and c are correct           B. which we are

     35: 1 English has become a second language in countries  like India, Nigeria or Singapore where……….for administration, broadcasting and education.

    1. is used B. it is used C. used                            D. being used

     36: …………. by your father?

    1. Did that book written B. Did that book write
    2. Was that book be writing D. Was that book written

     37: 1 They have just visited the town ………….. location was little known.

    1. which B. where C. whose                         D. that

     38: That machine is useless. It ………. not been used for a long time

    1. was B. has

    Everything that …………remained a secret

    a.overheard                            b. had been overheard

    c.had overheard                     d. was overhearing    C. did                              D. is

     39: ………….  instructed me how to make a good preparation for a job interview.

    1. John Robbins I spoke to by telephone, B. John Robbins, that I spoke to by telephone,
    2. John Robbins to that I spoke by telephone, D. John Robbins, whom I spoke to by telephone,

    PHẦN 3

     40: I assumed you ……..paying for the repairs until the end of last year.

    1. had been B. was been C. have been                    D. are being

     41: We have a lot of things that we have to do today.

    1. done B. to do C. do                               D. doing

     42: He lives in a small town ……………..

    1. is called Taunton B. that called Taunton
    2. which is called Taunton D. where is called Taunton

     43: She………..trying to pass her driving test but fails every time.

    1. keeps B. did want C. kept                            D. is keeping

     44: “Why don’t you ask the teacher for help?” Peter asked me.

    1. Peter advised me to ask the teacher for help.
    2. Peter told me the reason why I did not ask the teacher for help.
    3. Peter recommended me not to ask the teacher for help.
    4. Peter suggested that he should ask the teacher for help.

     45: Why………….. on time?

    1. aren’t the exercises be finished B. weren’t the exercises be finished
    2. don’t the exercises finish D. aren’t the exercises being finished

     46: Is there anything else ……………..  you want to ask?

    1. where B. that C. whom                         D. what

     47: Don’t make noise. My mother ………………………. with her friend.

    1. was talking B. talks C. is talking                     D. talked

     48:  ………………… yet?

    1. Have the letters typed                                      B. Had the letters typed
    2. Have been the letters typed D. Have the letters been typed

     49: These students ……… so much that they feel very tired and bored.

    1. are making to study B. are made to study
    2. are made study D. are made to be studied

     50: I haven’t seen you ……………………..

    1. ages B. for ages C. for long existence       D. since a long time

     51: Wild fires are common is the forest areas of Australia, of the US and Canada , ……….. the climate is moist.

    1. which B. in that C. in where                      D. where

     52: Gold  ……….  in California in the 19th century.

    1. was discover B. was discovered C. has been discovered   D. they discovered

     53: 1 If you take the 8

    1. m. flight to New York, you ………….. change planes.
    2. could not have to B. would not to have to C. had not had to            D. will not have to

     54: We couldn’t understand the teacher if he ………………. too fast.

    1. has spoken B. doesn’t speak C. spoke                          D. didn’t speak

     55: Robert wanted to know if I was leaving the ……..Friday.

    1. ago B. following C. previous                      D. before

     56: ………….. really a fish, has no brain, no bones, and no face.

    1. A jelly fish, which is not B. A jelly fish is not
    2. A jelly fish, it is not D. A jelly fish, that is not

     57: “ Those eggs of different colors are very artistic.” “Yes, they ………. in Russia”

    1. were painting B. were paint C. were painted               D. painted

     58: The mother told her son ……………. impolitely .

    1. did not behave B. not behave C. not to behave              D. not behaving

     59: Tom’s company will almost certainly like him ………….. he improves his attitude.

    1. or B. if. C. otherwise                    D. unless

    PHẦN 4

     60: I………there once a long time ago and …….back since.

    1. have gone/was B. go/am not
    2. was going/had not been D. went/have not been

     61: If I ………….. the lottery last week , I ………… rich now.

    1. had won / would be B. won / would have been
    2. won / would be D. had won / would have been

     62: Andrew told me that they………fish two………days.

    1. have not eaten/ago B. had not eaten/previous
    2. did not eat/before D. would not eat/last

     63: She told me ……………………………..

    1. to shut the door but not lock it. B. to shut the door but not to lock it.
    2. shut the door but not lock it. D. shut the door but don’t lock it.

     64: 1 It ………. that  learning a foreign language ………… a lot of time.

    1. is said/ takes B. says/ is take
    2. is saying / has been taken D. was said/ was taken

     65: The botanists are examining the plants ……………. were brought from Africa.

    1. who B. whom C. that                             D. which

     66: 1 If it …………… warm yesterday , we would have gone to the beach.

    1. was B. were C. could be                      D. had been

     67: 1 ………….. here , he would helped us with there troubles.

    1. If were Peter B. Unless were Peter C. Were Peter                  D. Unless Peter were.

     68: If only I had studied hard enough to pass the final exam .

    1. I studied too hard to pass the fianla exam.
    2. I regret not studying hard enough to pass the exam.
    3. I studied hard otherwise I would fail the fianal exam.
    4. I had studied hard enough and I passed the fi9anl exam.

     69: The house ……………. is more than 100 years old.

    1. where I live in B. where I live C. in where I live            D. in that I live

     70: “Don’t play video games all the time !” , he said.

    1. He told the boy not to play video games all the time.
    2. He said to the boy not play video games all the time.
    3. He said the boy not play video games all the time.
    4. He told to the boy not to play video games all the time.

     71: The banker to …………… I gave my check was quite friendly

    1. that B. which C. who                             D. whom

     72: Birds make nests in trees …………… they can hide their young in the leaves and branches.

    1. which B. in that C. where                          D. that

     73: ……………….. the teacher gave me a passing grade.

    1. After I take the test

    After I took the test                                                                       d. After I had taken the test   B. After taking the test

     74: Ms Young, to ………………. many of her student are writing, is living happily and peacefully in Canada.

    1. that B. who C. whom                         D. whose

     75: King Henry , ………….. was Elizabeth I, led England into the Age of Empire.

    1. daughter B. whose daughter C. which daughter          D. whom daughter

     76: They………for  hours when the storm suddenly broke.

    1. had been running B. are running C. will be running           D. have been running

     77: …………. cheat on the exam have to leave the room.

    1. Those B. Those whom C. Those who                  D. Who

     78: I saw a lot of new people at the party,  …………….   seemed familiar.

    1. some of who B. some of whom C. whom                         D. some of that

     79: 1 I’ll show you the second hand bookshop ……………

    1. why you can find valuable old books B. which you can find valuable old books
    2. where you can find valuable old books D. when you can find valuable old books

    PHẦN 4

     80: At present, that author ……………… a historical novel.

    1. had written B. is writing C. was writing                 D. has written

     81: I would like to know the reason …………….. he decided to quit the job.

    1. which B. why C. when                           D. that

     82: By the time Tom got back,Peter………………

    1. will go B. had gone C. have gone                   D. went

     83: 1Reagan …………. an actor years ago.

    1. was said being B. is said to have been C. was said have been     D. is said to be

     84: ……….. he gets here soon , we will have to start the meeting without him.

    1. Provided B. Suppose C. Unless                         D. If

     85: “I can’t explain this rule to you,” said my classmate to me.

    1. My classmate told me he/she couldn’t explain that rule to me.
    2. My classmate told me he/she couldn’t explain that rule to you.
    3. My classmate said me he/she couldn’t explain that rule to me.
    4. My classmate told me he/she can’t explain that rule to me.

     86: It ……….it is parents responsibility to take good care of their children.

    1. is commonly said that B. commonly says that
    2. is commonly saying D. commonly to be said that

     87: I will see him when he………………… here tomorrow.

    1. comes B. has come C. had come                    D. will come

     88: 1 If it ………… an hour ago , the streets …………. wet now.

    1. had rained / would have be B. had rained / would be
    2. rained / would be D. were raining / will be

     89: 1 Jason asked me …………….me the book the day before.

    1. if who has given B. that who had given C. if who gave                 D. who had given

     90: He lent me ……………. yesterday.

    1. the book when I need B. which book I need
    2. the book whose I need D. the book I need

     91: 1 .If I was you, I ……………………. that.

    1. can take B. will have change C. will ask for                 D. would apply for

     92: d. Peter advided me to stop smoking.

    Mr. Pike …………… is uor boss ,has just come back from Paris.

    1. whom B. that C. who                            D. which

     93: The singer, ……….. Most recent recording has had much success, is signing autographs.

    1. whose B. that C. who                            D. whom

     94: Please don’t touch anything before ……………………   .

    1. the police would come B. the police will come
    2. the police comes D. the police come

     95: When I………home last night, I…..that Jane…………..a beautiful candle light dinner.

    1. was arriving/has discovered/was preparing B. arrived/discovered/was preparing
    2. had arrived/discovered/preparing D. have arrived/was discovering/had prepared

     96: 1 I hate ……….. personal questions by nearly acquainted friends.

    1. of asking B. to be asking C. being asking                D. to be asked

     97: I……………………. about him when suddenly he came in.

    1. talked B. was talking C. talk                             D. am talking

     98: In the 19th  century, it …………two or three months to cross North America by covered wagon.

    1. had taken B. had taken C. was taking                  D. took

     99: Right now, Jim……..the newspaper and kathy…………dinner.

    1. has read/was cooking B. is reading/is cooking
    2. reads/has cooked D. read/will be cooking

    PHẦN 5

     100: He…………….London  years ago  and I…………………..him since then.

    1. left/ hadn’t seen B. left/ haven’t seen
    2. was living/ haven’t seen D. left/ didn’t seen

     101: We’ll need more staff ………….. we start the new project.

    1. unless B. in case C. or                                D. whether

     102: 1 She had to have the operation ………….

    1. unless she would dies B. or she would die
    2. otherwise she will die D. if she would die

     103: The teacher said to class,”We shall discuss this subject tomorrow.”

    1. The teacher said the class they would discuss that subject the next day.
    2. The teacher told the class they discuss that subject the next day.
    3. The teacher told the class they would discuss that subject the next day.
    4. The teacher told the class they will discuss that subject the next day.

     104: Barbra asked me…………the homework that week.

    1. if she has to do B. that she must do C. if she had to do          D. if did she have to do

     105: He took me to an expensive restaurant where we enjoyed a good meal.

    1. to enjoy a good meal B. we enjoyed a good meal in which
    2. enjoyed a good meal D. and enjoying a good meal

     106: The children were quite attracted by the tamer and his animals …………. were performing on the stage.

    1. that B. which C. who                             D. whom

     107: The refreshments……………by Karen.

    1. are going to be prepared B. are going to prepare

    c are preparing                        d. are to prepare

     108: 1 If you ………… to my advice , you …………… in trouble now.

    1. had listened / would not have been B. had listened / would not be.
    2. listen / are not D. listened / were not

     109:          A. She asked me if they had told me when they left.

    1. She asked me if they had told me when they had left.
    2. She asked me if they told me when they had left.
    3. She asked me if they told me when they left.

     110: Now you …….from New York to Los Angeles in a matter of hours.

    1. will fly B. are flying C. can fly                         D. would fly

     111: . …………… to you yet?

    1. Has the book been given back B. Are the book been giving back
    2. Was the book been given back D. Has been the book given back

     112: 1 He advised……..too far.

    1. her do not go B. her not to go C. her did not go             D. she did not go

     113: It’s at least a month since …………………… Tom.

    1. I last saw B. I last see C. I have last seen           D. I last seen

     114: ………………by the police.

    1. The stolen car has just been found

    b.The stealing car has just found          d. The stolen car has just found   B. The stealing car has just been found

     115: The fishermen and their boats …………….were off the coast three days ago have just been reported to be missing

    1. that B. whom C. who                            D. which

     116: If everything is all right, we ……………… our work on time.

    1. have completed B. are completing C. complete                     D. will complete

     117: By next month, I………………….my first novel.

    1. will have finished B. finish C. will finish                   D. am going to finish

     118: Portuguese………. as an official language in this city for age.

    1. has been spoken B. had  spoken                 C. has been spoken         D. has  spoken

     119: ”He said “I bought these books last week”.

    1. He said he had bought those books the week before.
    2. He said he had bought these books last week.
    3. He said he bought these books last week.
    4. He said he bought those books the week before.

    “Did they tell you when they left” she said to me.

    PHẦN 6

     120: 1 He asked me………Robert and I said I did not know……..

    1. that did I know/who were Robert B. whether I knew/who was Robert
    2. if I knew/who Robert was D. that I knew/who Robert were

     121: “ You have not done your work well,” said the teacher to me.

    1. The teacher told me I haven’t done work well.
    2. The teacher told me I hadn’t done his work well.
    3. The teacher told me I hadn’t done my work well
    4. The teacher told me I hadn’t done your work well.

     122: No matter what happens next I…….help you.

    1. would B. will C. am                               D. have

     123:
    The teacher advised us ……………………

    1. Are careful when doing these exercises. B. to be careful when doing these exercises.
    2. Be careful when doing these exercises. D. Careful when doing these exercises.

     124: If the traffic…………… bad , I may get home late.

    1. had been B. was C. were                            D. is

     125: I have ever told you he …………….. unreliable.

    1. had been B. is C. would be                     D. were

     126: My father works for a construction company in …………….

    1. Winchester is a city in the U.K. B. Winchester where is a city in the U.K.
    2. Winchester that is a city in the U.K. D. Winchester, which is a city in the U.K.

     127: If I were taller, I could reach the shelf.

    1. I am too tall to reach the top shelf.
    2. I am not tall enough to reach the top shelf.
    3. In spite of being tall, I cannot reach the top shelf.
    4. I cannot reach the top shelf beacause I am very tall.

     128: It………………. me 1 minutes to go to school every morning.

    1. took B. has taken C. takes                           D. is takening

     129: I……… in the lounge for ten minutes.

    1. was telling to be waited B. was told to be waited
    2. was told waiting D. was told to wait

     130: Carrie said she will join the company if the starting salary ………….. her expectations.

    1. has met B. had met. C. met                             D. meets

     131: Lots of houses ………… by the earthquake.

    1. are destroying B. were destroying C. were destroyed           D. destroyed

     132: “When………………………………………..?” – In 198

    1. penicillin was discovered B. was penicillin discovered

    did penicillin  discovered                                                   d. did penicillin discover

     133: What ………………. to you yesterday?

    1. had happen B. did happen C. was happening            D. happened

     134: Do you know what ……………………. there yesterday?

    1. she did B. was doing C. she is doing                 D. did she do

     135: He said that he ………………………. his work since 7 o’clock.

    1. would do B. Did C. had done                     D. has done

     136: “David is in prison for smoking drugs” “He ………. that it was against the law.”

    is telling      b. was told               c. told                d. tells

     137: No longer …….. in our office since it ……………

    1. have typewriters been used / computerized
    2. have typewriters been used / was computerized
    3. typewriters have been used / computerized
    4. typewriters have been used / was computerized

     138: 1 John often says he………boxing because it……..a cruel sport.

    1. had not liked/was B. does not like/is C. not liked/had been      D. did not like/were

     139: ………… I had learnt English when I was at high school.

    1. Unless B. If C. Even if                        D. If only

    PHẦN 7

     140: The preparations ………….. by the time the guests ………………..

    1. had been finished / arrived B. have finished
    2. had been finished / were arrived D. had finished / were arriving

     141: 1 Have you made a decision on the day ………….. ?

    1. which you will set off B. when you will set off
    2. at which you will set off D. where you will set off

     142: When Carol……..last night, I …….my favorite show on television.

    1. called/was watching B. called/have watched C. had called/watched    D. was calling/watched

     143: More than ten victims ……… missing in the storm last week

    1. are reporting to have been B. are reported to have been
    2. are reporting to be D. are reported to be

     144: Frank invited Janet, ………… , to the party.

    1. that he had met in Japan B. met in Japan
    2. whom he had met in Japan D. meeting in Japan

     145: He didn’t hurry so he missed the plane.

    1. If he had hurried, he might catch the plane.
    2. If he had hurried, he could have caught the plane.
    3. If he hurried, he wouldn’t miss the train.
    4. He didn’t miss the plane because he hurried.

     146: 1 Lan’s marriage has been arranged by her family. She is marrying a man …………

    1. that she hardly knows him B. she hardly knows him
    2. she hardly knows D. whom she hardly knows him

     147: 1 I come from the Seattle area, ………… many successful companies such as Microsoft and Boeing are located.

    1. where B. that C. which                          D. whom

     148: 1He wanted to know ……………. shopping the previous morning.

    1. that if we had been going B. that we were going
    2. if we had been going D. we were going

     149: They asked Tom to repeat what he had said.

    1. “What you said, you should repeat,” they asked Tom.
    2. “Tom, repeat what have you said,”they said.
    3. “Please repeat what you said,Tom “ they said.
    4. “To repeat what you have said,”they said.

     150: The sun ………………..late in winter.

    1. rises always B. is  always  rising          C. always  rises               D. is  rising  always

     151: You’ll be able to speak English well if you……………….. hard.

    1. had studied B. study C. would study               D. studied

     152: They ……… time and money doing such a thing.

    1. were advised not to be wasted B. were advising not to be wasted
    2. were advising not to waste D. were advised not to waste

     153: That is the dress …………. .

    1. which making by Mary B. made by Mary
    2. which made by Mary D. was made by Mary

     154: I am flying to the States tonight.I …………… you a ring if I can find a phone.

    1. would give B. will give C. could give                   D. have given

     155: ………..get tired of answering the same questions every day?

    1. Had you ever B. Have you ever C. Are you ever               D. Do you ever

     156: Unless you …………….. quiet, I’ll scream.

    1. didn’t keep B. keep C. kept                            D. don’t keep

     157: She told him…………

    1. patient B. to be patient C. that being patient       D. was patient

     158: If it ……….. last night , it ………… so hot today.

    1. had rained / would not have been B. was raining / were not
    2. rained / is not D. had rained / would not be

     159: I will agree to these conditions provided that they increase my salary.

    1. They did not increase my salary so I quit the job.
    2. I will only agree these conditions if they give me more money.
    3. They give me more money or I will only agree these conditions.
    4. Unless they give me more money, I will only agree these conditions.

     160: If we had lost the map, we would never have found our way .

    1. If we lost the map, we didn’t find our way.
    2. We found our way because we didn’t lose the map.
    3. We will have found our way unless we lost the map.
    4. We would have lost our way if we had lost the map.

     161: If I ……………. it was a formal party, I wouldn’t have gone wearing jeans and a jumper.

    1. could know B. had known C. had been knowing      D. knew

     162: 1 If I were a little taller , I ……….. be able to water tha plant on the top shelf.

    1. had B. did C. would have.                D. would

     163: 1 If you hear from Susan today , ………….. her to ring me.

    1. telling B. will tell. C. to tell                          D. tell

     164: The young man who lives next door is very kind to my family.

    1. lived next door B. to live next door C. he lives next door       D. living next door

     165: When I woke up this morning, it……………………..

    1. was raining B. is raining C. has rained                   D. rained

     166: “Never borrow money from friends,”my father said.

    1. My father said to me never borrow money from friends.
    2. My father suggested me never borrowing money from friends.
    3. My father advised me not borrow money from friends.
    4. My father told me never to borrow money from friends.

     167: “The maintenance people didn’t remove the chairs from ballroom” “ Don’t the worry. They  ……….   them before the dance begins”

    1. moved B. will have moved
    2. were moved D. will have been moved

     168: February is the month …………. many of my colleagues take skiing holidays.

    1. in that B. when C. that                             D. which

     169: The bicycle …………… is very moderm.

    1. about I told you which B. which about I told you
    2. about which I told you D. I told you about which

     170: She asked me if it would rain that night.

    1. She said to me “ It will rain night.” B. She asked “ Will it rain tonight.”
    2. She said “ It would rain that night”. D. She asked “ would it rain that night.”

     171: 1 The host asked Peter……….tea or coffee.

    1. whether he preferred B. that he preferred C. did he prefer               D. if he prefers

     172: Many diseases ……………. are no longer dangerous today

    1. of that people died years ago B. that people died of years ago
    2. why people died of year ago D. which people died years ago

     173: Laura said she had worked on the assignment since…………….

    1. two days ago B. the next day C. the day before            D. yesterday

     174: ………….. .in that company?

    Do shoes make                   b. Are shoes be made

    1. Shoes are made                  d. Are shoes made

     175: I would send her a fax if I ………….. her namber.

    1. had known B. could know. C. knew                           D. know

     176: 1 The mother asked her son………

    1. where he had been B. where he has been C. where has he been      D. where had he been

     177: The students………by Mrs.Monty. However, this week they …..by Mr.Tanzer.

    1. usually teach/are teaching B. were usually teaching /are teaching
    2. have usually been taught/have been teaching D. are usually taught/are being taught

     178: 1 I’m standing at the window ………………..

    1. where I can see the lake B. from which I can see the lake
    2. in which I can see the lake D. at which I can see the lake

     179: He told me ………………………………

    1. think well before I answered. B. to think well before I answered.
    2. think well before I answer. D. to think well before I will answer.

     180: ……………… if a war happened?

    1. What you will do B. What will you do C. What would you do   D. What you would do

     181: Jason told me that he………his best in the exam the…….day.

    1. would do/following B. was going/previous C. had done/fllowing      D. will do/previous

     182: I haven’t met him since he……………school.

    1. was left B. left C. had left                       D. was leaving

     183: I………………….. the money from  him yet.

    1. am receiving B. will receive C. haven’t received         D. don’t receive

     184: “Why don’t  you complain to the company, John?” said Peter.

    1. Peter suggested that John should complain to the company.
    2. Peter advised John complaining to the company.
    3. Peter suggested John to complain to the company.
    4. Peter asked John why he doesn’t complain to the company.

     185: 1She asked me………my holidays……….

    1. where I had spent/the previous year B. where I spent/the previous year
    2. where I spent/last year D. where did I spend/last year

     186: In the past the trip …………..very rough and often dangeruos, but things……….a great deal in the last hundred and fifty years.

    1. hasbeen/changed B. had been/will change
    2. is/change D. was/have changed

     187: .Education ………… to be the most important element to develop a country.

    1. can be often considered B. can often considered
    2. often be considered D. can often be considered

     188: John asked me …………… interested in any kind of sports.

    1. if I were B. if was I C. if I was                       D. if were I

     189: What he has done to me……………..

    1. cannot forgive B. cannot forgive d cannot be forgiving
    2. cannot be forgive

     190: When it began to rain, they……………in the yard.

    1. were playing B. have played C. played                         D. had played

     191: “Don’t walk on the grass,” the gardener said to us.

    1. The gardener said to us don’t walk on the grass.
    2. The gardener told us not to walk on the grass.
    3. The gardener suggested us not to walk on the grass.
    4. The gardener advised us not walking on the grass.

     192: “Hello, Mary!” Peter said

    1. Peter greeted Mary B. Peter said Mary hello
    2. Peter said hello Mary D. Peter told Mary hello

     193: Nancy asked me why I had not gone to New York the summer………

    1. before B. ago C. last                              D. previous

     194: Something …………. immediately to prevent  teenagers from ………. in factories and mines.

    1. should do / be exploited B. should have done / exploited
    2. should be done/ being exploited D. we should do/ exploiting

     195: “Be careful ! The water is hot” she shouted.

    1. She said to be careful because the water is hot.
    2. She asked me to be careful because the water was hot.
    3. She told me to be careful because the water is hot.
    4. She should be careful because the water was hot.

     196: 1 Emily said that her teacher …………………. to London …………………………..

    1. went/ tomorrow B. will go/ tomorrow
    2. would go/ the next day D. had gone/ the next day

     197: In the Us the first stage of compulsory education ……….  as elementary education .

    1. generally known B. is generally known
    2. is generally knowing D. to be generally known

     198: What ……………….. if the eart suddenly stopped going around the sun.

    1. would happen B. happens C. happened                    D. will happen

     199: If I………….. you, I ……………………… invitation.

    1. was/ would refuse B. were/ would refuse C. am/ will refuse            D. had been/ will refuse

     200: …………………….., I’d have told you the answer.

    1. You had asked me B. Unless you asked me
    2. Had youy asked me D. If you asked me

     201: 1All bottles ……… .. before transportation.

    1. were frozen B. were froze C. frozen                         D. are froze

     202: The teacher told Joe ……………….

    1. stop talking B. to stop talking C. stopped talking           D. stops talking

     203: ………….. as much money as Bill Gates of Microsoft , I would retire.

    1. Did I have B. If did I have C. If I had had                D. Unless I had

     204: 1 She said she ……………………

    1. had been tired the night before B. was very tired last night
    2. was very tired the night before D. had been very tired last night

     205: Daniel asked me if I thought………

    1. it would rain that day B. it would rain today
    2. it will rain that day D. it will rain today

     206: John asked me …………….. that film the night before.

    1. if I had seen B. had I seen C. if had I seen                D. that I saw

     207: If I ……………….. a wish, I’d wish for happiness for my family.

    1. been having B. was having C. have                            D. had

     208: I………complete silence now while I try this experiment.

    1. want B. am wanting C. had wanted                 D. have wanted

     209: 7 . The keys ………. somewhere.

    1. must have been left B. must have left
    2. must have been leaving D. must be leaving

     210: How many times ……………….. there so far?   A few times.

    1. have you been B. would you be C. were you                     D. had you been

     211: “You damaged my bicycle, Tom!” said John

    1. John accused to Tom for damaging his bicycle.
    2. John accused with Tom to have damaged his bicycle.
    3. John accused Tom of damaging his bicycle.
    4. John accused Tom to damage his bicycle.

     212: She …….working on that manuscript for  year now.

    1. will be B. is C. has been                      D. had been

     213: We ……………..to Dalat several times. It’s a foggy city.

    1. have been B. were C. were being                  D. had been

     214: …………… want to get a god job have to have certain qualifications and experience.

    1. Who B. Those who C. Those whom               D. Those which

     215: 1 Martin asked me……..

    1. how was my father B. how my father was C. how my father is         D. how is my father

     216: The guest told the host that ………………….

    1. he had to go now B. I must go now C. he must go now          D. he had to go then

     217: The students ……. to be at school at 8 am

    1. have told B. were told C. tell                               D. told

     218: 1 He came to the party wearing only a pair of shorts and a T-shirt, ………… was a stupid thing to do.

    1. who B. whom C. which                          D. that

     219: The teacher ordered not to make so much noise.

    1. The teacher told us “ Didn’t make so much noise”.
    2. The teacher said to us “ Don’t make so much noise”
    3. The teacher said us “ Not make so much noise”.
    4. The teacher ordered us “Not to make so much noise”.

     220: That is the new teacher about ………….. the student are talking.

    1. that B. whom C. who                             D. whose

     221: If we had had time, we…………………. to the party.

    1. will go B. can go C. will have gone            D. would have gone

     222: The scientist ………….. invention was a success became famous

    1. that B. which C. whose                         D. who

     223: The woman said to her son,”I am glad I am here.”

    1. The woman told to her son she was glad she was there.
    2. The woman told her son she was glad I was there.
    3. The woman told her son she was glad she was there.
    4. The woman told her son I was glad I was there.

     224: “This man spoke to me on the road,” said the woman.

    1. The woman said that man spoke to her on the road.
    2. The woman said that man had spoken to her on the road.
    3. The woman said that man had spoken to me on the road.
    4. The woman said that man has spoken to her on the road.

     225: This car………………….

    1. was manufactured in Japan by Toyota last year
    2. was manufactured last year in Japan by Toyota
    3. last year was manufactured by Toyota in Japan
    4. was manufactured by Toyota last year in Japan

     226: He asked me where I was going on my vacation that year.

    1. He asked me “Where was I going on my vacation that year?”
    2. He asked me “Where you are going on your vacation that year?”
    3. He asked me “Where I was going on my vacation that year?”
    4. He saked me “Where are you going on your vacation this year?”

     227: 1 She told the boys ……………… on the grass.

    1. do not play B. did not play                C. not playing                 D. not to play

     228: Without your recommendation , we …………… any success last year.

    1. did not get B. will not have got C. had not got                 D. would not have got

     229: Jennifer asked me ……..the week before.

    1. where did I gone B. where I had gone C. I had gone where       D. where had I gone

     230: They have just found the couple and their car ……………. were swept away during the heavy storm last week.

    1. when B. that C. which                          D. whose

     231: ………… it were well paid , I would accept this proposal.

    1. But for B. Providing C. Unless                         D. If only

     232: If I ………….. 10 years younger, I ……….. the job.

    1. am/ will take B. had been / will have taken
    2. were / would take D. was/ have taken

     233: You are not allowed to use the club’s facilities…………… you are a member.

    1. if B. supposed C. unless                          D. provided

     234: I knew some people …………..

    1. who could help you B. could help you
    2. whose help could you D. whom could help you

     235: He asked ………him some money.

    1. she lends B. she has lent C. she to lend                  D. her to lend

     236: John speaks Chinese fluently because he used to live in China for ten years.

    1. Suppose John has lived in China for ten years , he can speak Chinese fluently.
    2. Unless John had lived in China for ten years , he could not have spoken Chinese fluently.
    3. Provided that John lived in China for ten years , he could speak Chinese fluently.
    4. In case John has lived in China for ten years , he can speak Chinese fluently.

     237: Be careful! The bus ………………….near.

    1. will be coming B. is coming C. has come                     D. will come

     238: 1 Robert said that his  father ……………. to Dallas the year before.

    1. has gone B. goes C. had gone                     D. went

     239: My friend eventually decided to quit her job,  ………….. upset me a lot.

    1. when B. that C. which                          D. who

     240: He was always coming up with new ideas , …………. were absolutely impracticable.

    1. most of whom B. most of which C. most of that

    She always had wanted to go to places ………… she could speak her native tongue.

    1. that b. in that c. which                    d. where               D. that

     241: When ……….?

    1. did computers first use B. were computers used first
    2. were computers first used D. are computers first using

     242: It was the worst winter ……………….. anyone could remember.

    1. when B. which C. where                          D. why

     243: No sooner………………………..the office than the phone rang

    1. he had left B. was he leaving C. had he left                  D. he was leaving

     244: There was no one …………..

    1. I could ask whom for help B. I could ask for help
    2. for that I could ask for help. D. when I could ask for help

     245: It ……………..every day so far this week.

    1. has rained B. is raining C. rains                            D. rained

     246: She said she ………… collect it for me after work.

    1. must B. would C. had                              D. did

     247: While I…………….Tv last night,  a mouse ran across the floor.

    1. watched B. watch C. am watching               D. was watching

     248: He likes shopping between 00 and 00 pm, …………most people are at home.

    1. in which B. when C. at that                         D. where

     249: Japanese …….. at the meeting.

    1. will be speaking B. will be spoken C. will spoken                 D. will speak

     250: Last night at this time, they …….the same thing. She ………and he……….the newspaper.

    1. are doing/is cooking/is reading B. were doing/was cooking/was reading
    2. was doing/has cooked/is reading D. had done/was cooking/read

     251: …………. I had brought my laptop to the meeting yesterday.

    1. Even if B. If only C. As if                           D. If

     252: In the last hundred years, traveling…….much easier and more comfortable.

    1. became B. will become C. becomes                      D. has become

    ———————————————–

    Mọi ý kiến đóng góp xin gửi vào hòm thư: [email protected]

    Tổng hợp các đề cương đại học hiện có của Đại Học Hàng HảiĐề Cương VIMARU 

    Kéo xuống để Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF đầy đủ: Sau “mục lục” và “bản xem trước”

    (Nếu là đề cương nhiều công thức nên mọi người nên tải về để xem tránh mất công thức)

    Đề cương liên quan: Bộ đề thi đại học môn Hoá


    [toc]

    Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF tại đây: TRẮC NGHIỆM TỔNG HỢP ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC

    TRẮC NGHIỆM TỔNG HỢP ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC

    PHẦN 1

     1: John ……..a respectful and obedient student.

    1. is said to be B. is said C. is said being                D. said to be

     2: The boys broke a window when they …………………… football.

    1. are playing B. haf played C. were playing               D. played

     3: 1 The road …………… is shaded with trees.

    1. where we go to school every day B. from which we go to school every day
    2. at which we go to school every day D. on which we go to school every day

     4: …………. students required to wear uniforms at all times?

    1. . Are B. Did C. Will                             D. Do

     5: John asked me   ………………….  in English.

    1. what did this word mean B. what that word meant
    2. what that word means D. what does this word mean

     6: Our children …….. to school by bus every morning.

    1. take B. are taken C. have taken                  D. are taking

     7: I………………………… her since I…………………… a student.

    1. have known/ was B. know/ am C. knew/ was                   D. have known/ am

     8: ………… that military spending is extremely high.

    1. It feels B. We feel that it is C. We are felt                  D. It is felt

     9: If she ……………. the train last night , she …………….. here now.

    1. had taken / would have been B. were taking / is
    2. took / were D. had taken / would be

     10: 1 ………. that problem with the car , we wouldn’t have missed the speech.

    1. If had we had B. Unless we had had
    2. If we had had D. Provided that we had had

     11: I………………any letter from him yet.

    1. don’t receive B. haven’t received C. will receive                 D. didn’t receive

     12: 1 The telephone ………. by Alexander Graham Bell.

    1. invented B. was invented C. is invented                  D. is inventing

     13: My uncle …………………on this farm since he was 10 years old

    1. has worked B. was working C. worked                       D. have worked

     14: 1 Beethoven’s Fifth Symphony …………. next weekend.

    1. will be performing B. has been performed
    2. will have performed D. is going to be performed

     15: Mike said,”We have bought these books today.”

    1. Mike said they had bought those books that day.
    2. Mike said they bought those books that day.
    3. Mike said they have bought those books that day.
    4. Mike said they had bought those books that day.

     16: 1 Bicycles ………. in the driveway.

    1. must not be leaving B. must not leave C. must not be left          D. must not have left

     17: Up to then, I…………………….. such  a big fire.

    1. never see B. never seen C. have never seen          D. had never seen

     18: 1 ……… one of the most creative artists in rock ‘n roll, came from California.

    1. Frank Zappa, who was B. Frank Zappa was
    2. Frank Zappa whom was D. Frank Zappa, that was

     19: Peter said if he were me he would stop smoking.

    1. Peter said he would stop smoking as I wanted him to.
    2. Peter provided to stop smoking.
    3. I wanted Peter to stop smoking and he promised to do.
    4. D. Peter advised me to stop smoking

    PHẦN 2

     20: She said that she ……………… participating in that event.

    1. would be going to B. was going to
    2. would be interested in D. would be interesting in

     21: By this time next summer, you……….your studies.

    1. will have completed B. will complete C. are completing            D. completes

     22: Although he tried his best, he could not make his voice ……….

    1. A. hear          B. to hear                         C. hearing                         heard

     23: He is the man ………….. car was stolen last week.

    1. which B. whom C. that                             D. whose

     24: Do you know the hotel ………… ?

    1. all are correct B. at which she is staying
    2. where she is staying D. she is staying at

     25: …………. more carefully , he would not have had the accident yesterday.

    1. Had Peter driven B. Unless Peter had driven.
    2. If Peter driven D. If had Peter driven

     26: Peter said that he had lived in London  years ………….. .

    1. before B. later C. then                             D. ago

     27: They have been in love with each other…………….. they were young

    1. since B. until C. while                           D. for

     28: Sarah said,”I read Jane Eyre last year.”

    1. Sareh said she has read Jane Eyre the previous year.
    2. Sareh said she would read Jane Eyre the previous year.
    3. Sarah said she had read Jane Eyre the previous year.
    4. Sareh said she read Jane Eyre the previous year.

     29: It was the most exciting film I……………………..  .

    1. had ever seen B. ever saw C. have ever seen            D. never saw

     30: “How beautiful is the dress you have just bought!” Peter said to Mary.

    1. Peter said thanks to Mary for her beautiful dress.
    2. Peter asked Mary how she had just bought her beautiful dress.
    3. Peter promised said thanks to Mary for her beautiful dress.
    4. Peter complimented Mary on her beautiful dress.

     31: This is the most interesting novel ………………………..

    1. I’ve read B. I had read C. I’ve ever read             D. I’ve never read

     32: 1 She asked ……………..

    1. where was her umbrella B. where were her umbrella
    2. where her umbrella was D. where her umbrella were

     33: If my client ………….. me her fax number , I ……………. to post a letter to her.

    1. gave / will not have B. had given / wouldn’t have had
    2. had given / will not have had D. will give / do not have

     34: This subject ………….. going to discuss , is very important.

    1. which are we
    2. that we are D. a and c are correct           B. which we are

     35: 1 English has become a second language in countries  like India, Nigeria or Singapore where……….for administration, broadcasting and education.

    1. is used B. it is used C. used                            D. being used

     36: …………. by your father?

    1. Did that book written B. Did that book write
    2. Was that book be writing D. Was that book written

     37: 1 They have just visited the town ………….. location was little known.

    1. which B. where C. whose                         D. that

     38: That machine is useless. It ………. not been used for a long time

    1. was B. has

    Everything that …………remained a secret

    a.overheard                            b. had been overheard

    c.had overheard                     d. was overhearing    C. did                              D. is

     39: ………….  instructed me how to make a good preparation for a job interview.

    1. John Robbins I spoke to by telephone, B. John Robbins, that I spoke to by telephone,
    2. John Robbins to that I spoke by telephone, D. John Robbins, whom I spoke to by telephone,

    PHẦN 3

     40: I assumed you ……..paying for the repairs until the end of last year.

    1. had been B. was been C. have been                    D. are being

     41: We have a lot of things that we have to do today.

    1. done B. to do C. do                               D. doing

     42: He lives in a small town ……………..

    1. is called Taunton B. that called Taunton
    2. which is called Taunton D. where is called Taunton

     43: She………..trying to pass her driving test but fails every time.

    1. keeps B. did want C. kept                            D. is keeping

     44: “Why don’t you ask the teacher for help?” Peter asked me.

    1. Peter advised me to ask the teacher for help.
    2. Peter told me the reason why I did not ask the teacher for help.
    3. Peter recommended me not to ask the teacher for help.
    4. Peter suggested that he should ask the teacher for help.

     45: Why………….. on time?

    1. aren’t the exercises be finished B. weren’t the exercises be finished
    2. don’t the exercises finish D. aren’t the exercises being finished

     46: Is there anything else ……………..  you want to ask?

    1. where B. that C. whom                         D. what

     47: Don’t make noise. My mother ………………………. with her friend.

    1. was talking B. talks C. is talking                     D. talked

     48:  ………………… yet?

    1. Have the letters typed                                      B. Had the letters typed
    2. Have been the letters typed D. Have the letters been typed

     49: These students ……… so much that they feel very tired and bored.

    1. are making to study B. are made to study
    2. are made study D. are made to be studied

     50: I haven’t seen you ……………………..

    1. ages B. for ages C. for long existence       D. since a long time

     51: Wild fires are common is the forest areas of Australia, of the US and Canada , ……….. the climate is moist.

    1. which B. in that C. in where                      D. where

     52: Gold  ……….  in California in the 19th century.

    1. was discover B. was discovered C. has been discovered   D. they discovered

     53: 1 If you take the 8

    1. m. flight to New York, you ………….. change planes.
    2. could not have to B. would not to have to C. had not had to            D. will not have to

     54: We couldn’t understand the teacher if he ………………. too fast.

    1. has spoken B. doesn’t speak C. spoke                          D. didn’t speak

     55: Robert wanted to know if I was leaving the ……..Friday.

    1. ago B. following C. previous                      D. before

     56: ………….. really a fish, has no brain, no bones, and no face.

    1. A jelly fish, which is not B. A jelly fish is not
    2. A jelly fish, it is not D. A jelly fish, that is not

     57: “ Those eggs of different colors are very artistic.” “Yes, they ………. in Russia”

    1. were painting B. were paint C. were painted               D. painted

     58: The mother told her son ……………. impolitely .

    1. did not behave B. not behave C. not to behave              D. not behaving

     59: Tom’s company will almost certainly like him ………….. he improves his attitude.

    1. or B. if. C. otherwise                    D. unless

    PHẦN 4

     60: I………there once a long time ago and …….back since.

    1. have gone/was B. go/am not
    2. was going/had not been D. went/have not been

     61: If I ………….. the lottery last week , I ………… rich now.

    1. had won / would be B. won / would have been
    2. won / would be D. had won / would have been

     62: Andrew told me that they………fish two………days.

    1. have not eaten/ago B. had not eaten/previous
    2. did not eat/before D. would not eat/last

     63: She told me ……………………………..

    1. to shut the door but not lock it. B. to shut the door but not to lock it.
    2. shut the door but not lock it. D. shut the door but don’t lock it.

     64: 1 It ………. that  learning a foreign language ………… a lot of time.

    1. is said/ takes B. says/ is take
    2. is saying / has been taken D. was said/ was taken

     65: The botanists are examining the plants ……………. were brought from Africa.

    1. who B. whom C. that                             D. which

     66: 1 If it …………… warm yesterday , we would have gone to the beach.

    1. was B. were C. could be                      D. had been

     67: 1 ………….. here , he would helped us with there troubles.

    1. If were Peter B. Unless were Peter C. Were Peter                  D. Unless Peter were.

     68: If only I had studied hard enough to pass the final exam .

    1. I studied too hard to pass the fianla exam.
    2. I regret not studying hard enough to pass the exam.
    3. I studied hard otherwise I would fail the fianal exam.
    4. I had studied hard enough and I passed the fi9anl exam.

     69: The house ……………. is more than 100 years old.

    1. where I live in B. where I live C. in where I live            D. in that I live

     70: “Don’t play video games all the time !” , he said.

    1. He told the boy not to play video games all the time.
    2. He said to the boy not play video games all the time.
    3. He said the boy not play video games all the time.
    4. He told to the boy not to play video games all the time.

     71: The banker to …………… I gave my check was quite friendly

    1. that B. which C. who                             D. whom

     72: Birds make nests in trees …………… they can hide their young in the leaves and branches.

    1. which B. in that C. where                          D. that

     73: ……………….. the teacher gave me a passing grade.

    1. After I take the test

    After I took the test                                                                       d. After I had taken the test   B. After taking the test

     74: Ms Young, to ………………. many of her student are writing, is living happily and peacefully in Canada.

    1. that B. who C. whom                         D. whose

     75: King Henry , ………….. was Elizabeth I, led England into the Age of Empire.

    1. daughter B. whose daughter C. which daughter          D. whom daughter

     76: They………for  hours when the storm suddenly broke.

    1. had been running B. are running C. will be running           D. have been running

     77: …………. cheat on the exam have to leave the room.

    1. Those B. Those whom C. Those who                  D. Who

     78: I saw a lot of new people at the party,  …………….   seemed familiar.

    1. some of who B. some of whom C. whom                         D. some of that

     79: 1 I’ll show you the second hand bookshop ……………

    1. why you can find valuable old books B. which you can find valuable old books
    2. where you can find valuable old books D. when you can find valuable old books

    PHẦN 4

     80: At present, that author ……………… a historical novel.

    1. had written B. is writing C. was writing                 D. has written

     81: I would like to know the reason …………….. he decided to quit the job.

    1. which B. why C. when                           D. that

     82: By the time Tom got back,Peter………………

    1. will go B. had gone C. have gone                   D. went

     83: 1Reagan …………. an actor years ago.

    1. was said being B. is said to have been C. was said have been     D. is said to be

     84: ……….. he gets here soon , we will have to start the meeting without him.

    1. Provided B. Suppose C. Unless                         D. If

     85: “I can’t explain this rule to you,” said my classmate to me.

    1. My classmate told me he/she couldn’t explain that rule to me.
    2. My classmate told me he/she couldn’t explain that rule to you.
    3. My classmate said me he/she couldn’t explain that rule to me.
    4. My classmate told me he/she can’t explain that rule to me.

     86: It ……….it is parents responsibility to take good care of their children.

    1. is commonly said that B. commonly says that
    2. is commonly saying D. commonly to be said that

     87: I will see him when he………………… here tomorrow.

    1. comes B. has come C. had come                    D. will come

     88: 1 If it ………… an hour ago , the streets …………. wet now.

    1. had rained / would have be B. had rained / would be
    2. rained / would be D. were raining / will be

     89: 1 Jason asked me …………….me the book the day before.

    1. if who has given B. that who had given C. if who gave                 D. who had given

     90: He lent me ……………. yesterday.

    1. the book when I need B. which book I need
    2. the book whose I need D. the book I need

     91: 1 .If I was you, I ……………………. that.

    1. can take B. will have change C. will ask for                 D. would apply for

     92: d. Peter advided me to stop smoking.

    Mr. Pike …………… is uor boss ,has just come back from Paris.

    1. whom B. that C. who                            D. which

     93: The singer, ……….. Most recent recording has had much success, is signing autographs.

    1. whose B. that C. who                            D. whom

     94: Please don’t touch anything before ……………………   .

    1. the police would come B. the police will come
    2. the police comes D. the police come

     95: When I………home last night, I…..that Jane…………..a beautiful candle light dinner.

    1. was arriving/has discovered/was preparing B. arrived/discovered/was preparing
    2. had arrived/discovered/preparing D. have arrived/was discovering/had prepared

     96: 1 I hate ……….. personal questions by nearly acquainted friends.

    1. of asking B. to be asking C. being asking                D. to be asked

     97: I……………………. about him when suddenly he came in.

    1. talked B. was talking C. talk                             D. am talking

     98: In the 19th  century, it …………two or three months to cross North America by covered wagon.

    1. had taken B. had taken C. was taking                  D. took

     99: Right now, Jim……..the newspaper and kathy…………dinner.

    1. has read/was cooking B. is reading/is cooking
    2. reads/has cooked D. read/will be cooking

    PHẦN 5

     100: He…………….London  years ago  and I…………………..him since then.

    1. left/ hadn’t seen B. left/ haven’t seen
    2. was living/ haven’t seen D. left/ didn’t seen

     101: We’ll need more staff ………….. we start the new project.

    1. unless B. in case C. or                                D. whether

     102: 1 She had to have the operation ………….

    1. unless she would dies B. or she would die
    2. otherwise she will die D. if she would die

     103: The teacher said to class,”We shall discuss this subject tomorrow.”

    1. The teacher said the class they would discuss that subject the next day.
    2. The teacher told the class they discuss that subject the next day.
    3. The teacher told the class they would discuss that subject the next day.
    4. The teacher told the class they will discuss that subject the next day.

     104: Barbra asked me…………the homework that week.

    1. if she has to do B. that she must do C. if she had to do          D. if did she have to do

     105: He took me to an expensive restaurant where we enjoyed a good meal.

    1. to enjoy a good meal B. we enjoyed a good meal in which
    2. enjoyed a good meal D. and enjoying a good meal

     106: The children were quite attracted by the tamer and his animals …………. were performing on the stage.

    1. that B. which C. who                             D. whom

     107: The refreshments……………by Karen.

    1. are going to be prepared B. are going to prepare

    c are preparing                        d. are to prepare

     108: 1 If you ………… to my advice , you …………… in trouble now.

    1. had listened / would not have been B. had listened / would not be.
    2. listen / are not D. listened / were not

     109:          A. She asked me if they had told me when they left.

    1. She asked me if they had told me when they had left.
    2. She asked me if they told me when they had left.
    3. She asked me if they told me when they left.

     110: Now you …….from New York to Los Angeles in a matter of hours.

    1. will fly B. are flying C. can fly                         D. would fly

     111: . …………… to you yet?

    1. Has the book been given back B. Are the book been giving back
    2. Was the book been given back D. Has been the book given back

     112: 1 He advised……..too far.

    1. her do not go B. her not to go C. her did not go             D. she did not go

     113: It’s at least a month since …………………… Tom.

    1. I last saw B. I last see C. I have last seen           D. I last seen

     114: ………………by the police.

    1. The stolen car has just been found

    b.The stealing car has just found          d. The stolen car has just found   B. The stealing car has just been found

     115: The fishermen and their boats …………….were off the coast three days ago have just been reported to be missing

    1. that B. whom C. who                            D. which

     116: If everything is all right, we ……………… our work on time.

    1. have completed B. are completing C. complete                     D. will complete

     117: By next month, I………………….my first novel.

    1. will have finished B. finish C. will finish                   D. am going to finish

     118: Portuguese………. as an official language in this city for age.

    1. has been spoken B. had  spoken                 C. has been spoken         D. has  spoken

     119: ”He said “I bought these books last week”.

    1. He said he had bought those books the week before.
    2. He said he had bought these books last week.
    3. He said he bought these books last week.
    4. He said he bought those books the week before.

    “Did they tell you when they left” she said to me.

    PHẦN 6

     120: 1 He asked me………Robert and I said I did not know……..

    1. that did I know/who were Robert B. whether I knew/who was Robert
    2. if I knew/who Robert was D. that I knew/who Robert were

     121: “ You have not done your work well,” said the teacher to me.

    1. The teacher told me I haven’t done work well.
    2. The teacher told me I hadn’t done his work well.
    3. The teacher told me I hadn’t done my work well
    4. The teacher told me I hadn’t done your work well.

     122: No matter what happens next I…….help you.

    1. would B. will C. am                               D. have

     123:
    The teacher advised us ……………………

    1. Are careful when doing these exercises. B. to be careful when doing these exercises.
    2. Be careful when doing these exercises. D. Careful when doing these exercises.

     124: If the traffic…………… bad , I may get home late.

    1. had been B. was C. were                            D. is

     125: I have ever told you he …………….. unreliable.

    1. had been B. is C. would be                     D. were

     126: My father works for a construction company in …………….

    1. Winchester is a city in the U.K. B. Winchester where is a city in the U.K.
    2. Winchester that is a city in the U.K. D. Winchester, which is a city in the U.K.

     127: If I were taller, I could reach the shelf.

    1. I am too tall to reach the top shelf.
    2. I am not tall enough to reach the top shelf.
    3. In spite of being tall, I cannot reach the top shelf.
    4. I cannot reach the top shelf beacause I am very tall.

     128: It………………. me 1 minutes to go to school every morning.

    1. took B. has taken C. takes                           D. is takening

     129: I……… in the lounge for ten minutes.

    1. was telling to be waited B. was told to be waited
    2. was told waiting D. was told to wait

     130: Carrie said she will join the company if the starting salary ………….. her expectations.

    1. has met B. had met. C. met                             D. meets

     131: Lots of houses ………… by the earthquake.

    1. are destroying B. were destroying C. were destroyed           D. destroyed

     132: “When………………………………………..?” – In 198

    1. penicillin was discovered B. was penicillin discovered

    did penicillin  discovered                                                   d. did penicillin discover

     133: What ………………. to you yesterday?

    1. had happen B. did happen C. was happening            D. happened

     134: Do you know what ……………………. there yesterday?

    1. she did B. was doing C. she is doing                 D. did she do

     135: He said that he ………………………. his work since 7 o’clock.

    1. would do B. Did C. had done                     D. has done

     136: “David is in prison for smoking drugs” “He ………. that it was against the law.”

    is telling      b. was told               c. told                d. tells

     137: No longer …….. in our office since it ……………

    1. have typewriters been used / computerized
    2. have typewriters been used / was computerized
    3. typewriters have been used / computerized
    4. typewriters have been used / was computerized

     138: 1 John often says he………boxing because it……..a cruel sport.

    1. had not liked/was B. does not like/is C. not liked/had been      D. did not like/were

     139: ………… I had learnt English when I was at high school.

    1. Unless B. If C. Even if                        D. If only

    PHẦN 7

     140: The preparations ………….. by the time the guests ………………..

    1. had been finished / arrived B. have finished
    2. had been finished / were arrived D. had finished / were arriving

     141: 1 Have you made a decision on the day ………….. ?

    1. which you will set off B. when you will set off
    2. at which you will set off D. where you will set off

     142: When Carol……..last night, I …….my favorite show on television.

    1. called/was watching B. called/have watched C. had called/watched    D. was calling/watched

     143: More than ten victims ……… missing in the storm last week

    1. are reporting to have been B. are reported to have been
    2. are reporting to be D. are reported to be

     144: Frank invited Janet, ………… , to the party.

    1. that he had met in Japan B. met in Japan
    2. whom he had met in Japan D. meeting in Japan

     145: He didn’t hurry so he missed the plane.

    1. If he had hurried, he might catch the plane.
    2. If he had hurried, he could have caught the plane.
    3. If he hurried, he wouldn’t miss the train.
    4. He didn’t miss the plane because he hurried.

     146: 1 Lan’s marriage has been arranged by her family. She is marrying a man …………

    1. that she hardly knows him B. she hardly knows him
    2. she hardly knows D. whom she hardly knows him

     147: 1 I come from the Seattle area, ………… many successful companies such as Microsoft and Boeing are located.

    1. where B. that C. which                          D. whom

     148: 1He wanted to know ……………. shopping the previous morning.

    1. that if we had been going B. that we were going
    2. if we had been going D. we were going

     149: They asked Tom to repeat what he had said.

    1. “What you said, you should repeat,” they asked Tom.
    2. “Tom, repeat what have you said,”they said.
    3. “Please repeat what you said,Tom “ they said.
    4. “To repeat what you have said,”they said.

     150: The sun ………………..late in winter.

    1. rises always B. is  always  rising          C. always  rises               D. is  rising  always

     151: You’ll be able to speak English well if you……………….. hard.

    1. had studied B. study C. would study               D. studied

     152: They ……… time and money doing such a thing.

    1. were advised not to be wasted B. were advising not to be wasted
    2. were advising not to waste D. were advised not to waste

     153: That is the dress …………. .

    1. which making by Mary B. made by Mary
    2. which made by Mary D. was made by Mary

     154: I am flying to the States tonight.I …………… you a ring if I can find a phone.

    1. would give B. will give C. could give                   D. have given

     155: ………..get tired of answering the same questions every day?

    1. Had you ever B. Have you ever C. Are you ever               D. Do you ever

     156: Unless you …………….. quiet, I’ll scream.

    1. didn’t keep B. keep C. kept                            D. don’t keep

     157: She told him…………

    1. patient B. to be patient C. that being patient       D. was patient

     158: If it ……….. last night , it ………… so hot today.

    1. had rained / would not have been B. was raining / were not
    2. rained / is not D. had rained / would not be

     159: I will agree to these conditions provided that they increase my salary.

    1. They did not increase my salary so I quit the job.
    2. I will only agree these conditions if they give me more money.
    3. They give me more money or I will only agree these conditions.
    4. Unless they give me more money, I will only agree these conditions.

     160: If we had lost the map, we would never have found our way .

    1. If we lost the map, we didn’t find our way.
    2. We found our way because we didn’t lose the map.
    3. We will have found our way unless we lost the map.
    4. We would have lost our way if we had lost the map.

     161: If I ……………. it was a formal party, I wouldn’t have gone wearing jeans and a jumper.

    1. could know B. had known C. had been knowing      D. knew

     162: 1 If I were a little taller , I ……….. be able to water tha plant on the top shelf.

    1. had B. did C. would have.                D. would

     163: 1 If you hear from Susan today , ………….. her to ring me.

    1. telling B. will tell. C. to tell                          D. tell

     164: The young man who lives next door is very kind to my family.

    1. lived next door B. to live next door C. he lives next door       D. living next door

     165: When I woke up this morning, it……………………..

    1. was raining B. is raining C. has rained                   D. rained

     166: “Never borrow money from friends,”my father said.

    1. My father said to me never borrow money from friends.
    2. My father suggested me never borrowing money from friends.
    3. My father advised me not borrow money from friends.
    4. My father told me never to borrow money from friends.

     167: “The maintenance people didn’t remove the chairs from ballroom” “ Don’t the worry. They  ……….   them before the dance begins”

    1. moved B. will have moved
    2. were moved D. will have been moved

     168: February is the month …………. many of my colleagues take skiing holidays.

    1. in that B. when C. that                             D. which

     169: The bicycle …………… is very moderm.

    1. about I told you which B. which about I told you
    2. about which I told you D. I told you about which

     170: She asked me if it would rain that night.

    1. She said to me “ It will rain night.” B. She asked “ Will it rain tonight.”
    2. She said “ It would rain that night”. D. She asked “ would it rain that night.”

     171: 1 The host asked Peter……….tea or coffee.

    1. whether he preferred B. that he preferred C. did he prefer               D. if he prefers

     172: Many diseases ……………. are no longer dangerous today

    1. of that people died years ago B. that people died of years ago
    2. why people died of year ago D. which people died years ago

     173: Laura said she had worked on the assignment since…………….

    1. two days ago B. the next day C. the day before            D. yesterday

     174: ………….. .in that company?

    Do shoes make                   b. Are shoes be made

    1. Shoes are made                  d. Are shoes made

     175: I would send her a fax if I ………….. her namber.

    1. had known B. could know. C. knew                           D. know

     176: 1 The mother asked her son………

    1. where he had been B. where he has been C. where has he been      D. where had he been

     177: The students………by Mrs.Monty. However, this week they …..by Mr.Tanzer.

    1. usually teach/are teaching B. were usually teaching /are teaching
    2. have usually been taught/have been teaching D. are usually taught/are being taught

     178: 1 I’m standing at the window ………………..

    1. where I can see the lake B. from which I can see the lake
    2. in which I can see the lake D. at which I can see the lake

     179: He told me ………………………………

    1. think well before I answered. B. to think well before I answered.
    2. think well before I answer. D. to think well before I will answer.

     180: ……………… if a war happened?

    1. What you will do B. What will you do C. What would you do   D. What you would do

     181: Jason told me that he………his best in the exam the…….day.

    1. would do/following B. was going/previous C. had done/fllowing      D. will do/previous

     182: I haven’t met him since he……………school.

    1. was left B. left C. had left                       D. was leaving

     183: I………………….. the money from  him yet.

    1. am receiving B. will receive C. haven’t received         D. don’t receive

     184: “Why don’t  you complain to the company, John?” said Peter.

    1. Peter suggested that John should complain to the company.
    2. Peter advised John complaining to the company.
    3. Peter suggested John to complain to the company.
    4. Peter asked John why he doesn’t complain to the company.

     185: 1She asked me………my holidays……….

    1. where I had spent/the previous year B. where I spent/the previous year
    2. where I spent/last year D. where did I spend/last year

     186: In the past the trip …………..very rough and often dangeruos, but things……….a great deal in the last hundred and fifty years.

    1. hasbeen/changed B. had been/will change
    2. is/change D. was/have changed

     187: .Education ………… to be the most important element to develop a country.

    1. can be often considered B. can often considered
    2. often be considered D. can often be considered

     188: John asked me …………… interested in any kind of sports.

    1. if I were B. if was I C. if I was                       D. if were I

     189: What he has done to me……………..

    1. cannot forgive B. cannot forgive d cannot be forgiving
    2. cannot be forgive

     190: When it began to rain, they……………in the yard.

    1. were playing B. have played C. played                         D. had played

     191: “Don’t walk on the grass,” the gardener said to us.

    1. The gardener said to us don’t walk on the grass.
    2. The gardener told us not to walk on the grass.
    3. The gardener suggested us not to walk on the grass.
    4. The gardener advised us not walking on the grass.

     192: “Hello, Mary!” Peter said

    1. Peter greeted Mary B. Peter said Mary hello
    2. Peter said hello Mary D. Peter told Mary hello

     193: Nancy asked me why I had not gone to New York the summer………

    1. before B. ago C. last                              D. previous

     194: Something …………. immediately to prevent  teenagers from ………. in factories and mines.

    1. should do / be exploited B. should have done / exploited
    2. should be done/ being exploited D. we should do/ exploiting

     195: “Be careful ! The water is hot” she shouted.

    1. She said to be careful because the water is hot.
    2. She asked me to be careful because the water was hot.
    3. She told me to be careful because the water is hot.
    4. She should be careful because the water was hot.

     196: 1 Emily said that her teacher …………………. to London …………………………..

    1. went/ tomorrow B. will go/ tomorrow
    2. would go/ the next day D. had gone/ the next day

     197: In the Us the first stage of compulsory education ……….  as elementary education .

    1. generally known B. is generally known
    2. is generally knowing D. to be generally known

     198: What ……………….. if the eart suddenly stopped going around the sun.

    1. would happen B. happens C. happened                    D. will happen

     199: If I………….. you, I ……………………… invitation.

    1. was/ would refuse B. were/ would refuse C. am/ will refuse            D. had been/ will refuse

     200: …………………….., I’d have told you the answer.

    1. You had asked me B. Unless you asked me
    2. Had youy asked me D. If you asked me

     201: 1All bottles ……… .. before transportation.

    1. were frozen B. were froze C. frozen                         D. are froze

     202: The teacher told Joe ……………….

    1. stop talking B. to stop talking C. stopped talking           D. stops talking

     203: ………….. as much money as Bill Gates of Microsoft , I would retire.

    1. Did I have B. If did I have C. If I had had                D. Unless I had

     204: 1 She said she ……………………

    1. had been tired the night before B. was very tired last night
    2. was very tired the night before D. had been very tired last night

     205: Daniel asked me if I thought………

    1. it would rain that day B. it would rain today
    2. it will rain that day D. it will rain today

     206: John asked me …………….. that film the night before.

    1. if I had seen B. had I seen C. if had I seen                D. that I saw

     207: If I ……………….. a wish, I’d wish for happiness for my family.

    1. been having B. was having C. have                            D. had

     208: I………complete silence now while I try this experiment.

    1. want B. am wanting C. had wanted                 D. have wanted

     209: 7 . The keys ………. somewhere.

    1. must have been left B. must have left
    2. must have been leaving D. must be leaving

     210: How many times ……………….. there so far?   A few times.

    1. have you been B. would you be C. were you                     D. had you been

     211: “You damaged my bicycle, Tom!” said John

    1. John accused to Tom for damaging his bicycle.
    2. John accused with Tom to have damaged his bicycle.
    3. John accused Tom of damaging his bicycle.
    4. John accused Tom to damage his bicycle.

     212: She …….working on that manuscript for  year now.

    1. will be B. is C. has been                      D. had been

     213: We ……………..to Dalat several times. It’s a foggy city.

    1. have been B. were C. were being                  D. had been

     214: …………… want to get a god job have to have certain qualifications and experience.

    1. Who B. Those who C. Those whom               D. Those which

     215: 1 Martin asked me……..

    1. how was my father B. how my father was C. how my father is         D. how is my father

     216: The guest told the host that ………………….

    1. he had to go now B. I must go now C. he must go now          D. he had to go then

     217: The students ……. to be at school at 8 am

    1. have told B. were told C. tell                               D. told

     218: 1 He came to the party wearing only a pair of shorts and a T-shirt, ………… was a stupid thing to do.

    1. who B. whom C. which                          D. that

     219: The teacher ordered not to make so much noise.

    1. The teacher told us “ Didn’t make so much noise”.
    2. The teacher said to us “ Don’t make so much noise”
    3. The teacher said us “ Not make so much noise”.
    4. The teacher ordered us “Not to make so much noise”.

     220: That is the new teacher about ………….. the student are talking.

    1. that B. whom C. who                             D. whose

     221: If we had had time, we…………………. to the party.

    1. will go B. can go C. will have gone            D. would have gone

     222: The scientist ………….. invention was a success became famous

    1. that B. which C. whose                         D. who

     223: The woman said to her son,”I am glad I am here.”

    1. The woman told to her son she was glad she was there.
    2. The woman told her son she was glad I was there.
    3. The woman told her son she was glad she was there.
    4. The woman told her son I was glad I was there.

     224: “This man spoke to me on the road,” said the woman.

    1. The woman said that man spoke to her on the road.
    2. The woman said that man had spoken to her on the road.
    3. The woman said that man had spoken to me on the road.
    4. The woman said that man has spoken to her on the road.

     225: This car………………….

    1. was manufactured in Japan by Toyota last year
    2. was manufactured last year in Japan by Toyota
    3. last year was manufactured by Toyota in Japan
    4. was manufactured by Toyota last year in Japan

     226: He asked me where I was going on my vacation that year.

    1. He asked me “Where was I going on my vacation that year?”
    2. He asked me “Where you are going on your vacation that year?”
    3. He asked me “Where I was going on my vacation that year?”
    4. He saked me “Where are you going on your vacation this year?”

     227: 1 She told the boys ……………… on the grass.

    1. do not play B. did not play                C. not playing                 D. not to play

     228: Without your recommendation , we …………… any success last year.

    1. did not get B. will not have got C. had not got                 D. would not have got

     229: Jennifer asked me ……..the week before.

    1. where did I gone B. where I had gone C. I had gone where       D. where had I gone

     230: They have just found the couple and their car ……………. were swept away during the heavy storm last week.

    1. when B. that C. which                          D. whose

     231: ………… it were well paid , I would accept this proposal.

    1. But for B. Providing C. Unless                         D. If only

     232: If I ………….. 10 years younger, I ……….. the job.

    1. am/ will take B. had been / will have taken
    2. were / would take D. was/ have taken

     233: You are not allowed to use the club’s facilities…………… you are a member.

    1. if B. supposed C. unless                          D. provided

     234: I knew some people …………..

    1. who could help you B. could help you
    2. whose help could you D. whom could help you

     235: He asked ………him some money.

    1. she lends B. she has lent C. she to lend                  D. her to lend

     236: John speaks Chinese fluently because he used to live in China for ten years.

    1. Suppose John has lived in China for ten years , he can speak Chinese fluently.
    2. Unless John had lived in China for ten years , he could not have spoken Chinese fluently.
    3. Provided that John lived in China for ten years , he could speak Chinese fluently.
    4. In case John has lived in China for ten years , he can speak Chinese fluently.

     237: Be careful! The bus ………………….near.

    1. will be coming B. is coming C. has come                     D. will come

     238: 1 Robert said that his  father ……………. to Dallas the year before.

    1. has gone B. goes C. had gone                     D. went

     239: My friend eventually decided to quit her job,  ………….. upset me a lot.

    1. when B. that C. which                          D. who

     240: He was always coming up with new ideas , …………. were absolutely impracticable.

    1. most of whom B. most of which C. most of that

    She always had wanted to go to places ………… she could speak her native tongue.

    1. that b. in that c. which                    d. where               D. that

     241: When ……….?

    1. did computers first use B. were computers used first
    2. were computers first used D. are computers first using

     242: It was the worst winter ……………….. anyone could remember.

    1. when B. which C. where                          D. why

     243: No sooner………………………..the office than the phone rang

    1. he had left B. was he leaving C. had he left                  D. he was leaving

     244: There was no one …………..

    1. I could ask whom for help B. I could ask for help
    2. for that I could ask for help. D. when I could ask for help

     245: It ……………..every day so far this week.

    1. has rained B. is raining C. rains                            D. rained

     246: She said she ………… collect it for me after work.

    1. must B. would C. had                              D. did

     247: While I…………….Tv last night,  a mouse ran across the floor.

    1. watched B. watch C. am watching               D. was watching

     248: He likes shopping between 00 and 00 pm, …………most people are at home.

    1. in which B. when C. at that                         D. where

     249: Japanese …….. at the meeting.

    1. will be speaking B. will be spoken C. will spoken                 D. will speak

     250: Last night at this time, they …….the same thing. She ………and he……….the newspaper.

    1. are doing/is cooking/is reading B. were doing/was cooking/was reading
    2. was doing/has cooked/is reading D. had done/was cooking/read

     251: …………. I had brought my laptop to the meeting yesterday.

    1. Even if B. If only C. As if                           D. If

     252: In the last hundred years, traveling…….much easier and more comfortable.

    1. became B. will become C. becomes                      D. has become

    ———————————————–

    Mọi ý kiến đóng góp xin gửi vào hòm thư: [email protected]

    Tổng hợp các đề cương đại học hiện có của Đại Học Hàng HảiĐề Cương VIMARU 

    Kéo xuống để Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF đầy đủ: Sau “mục lục” và “bản xem trước”

    (Nếu là đề cương nhiều công thức nên mọi người nên tải về để xem tránh mất công thức)

    Đề cương liên quan: Bộ đề thi đại học môn Hoá


    [toc]

    Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF tại đây: TRẮC NGHIỆM TỔNG HỢP ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC

    TRẮC NGHIỆM TỔNG HỢP ÔN THI ĐẠI HỌC

    PHẦN 1

     1: John ……..a respectful and obedient student.

    1. is said to be B. is said C. is said being                D. said to be

     2: The boys broke a window when they …………………… football.

    1. are playing B. haf played C. were playing               D. played

     3: 1 The road …………… is shaded with trees.

    1. where we go to school every day B. from which we go to school every day
    2. at which we go to school every day D. on which we go to school every day

     4: …………. students required to wear uniforms at all times?

    1. . Are B. Did C. Will                             D. Do

     5: John asked me   ………………….  in English.

    1. what did this word mean B. what that word meant
    2. what that word means D. what does this word mean

     6: Our children …….. to school by bus every morning.

    1. take B. are taken C. have taken                  D. are taking

     7: I………………………… her since I…………………… a student.

    1. have known/ was B. know/ am C. knew/ was                   D. have known/ am

     8: ………… that military spending is extremely high.

    1. It feels B. We feel that it is C. We are felt                  D. It is felt

     9: If she ……………. the train last night , she …………….. here now.

    1. had taken / would have been B. were taking / is
    2. took / were D. had taken / would be

     10: 1 ………. that problem with the car , we wouldn’t have missed the speech.

    1. If had we had B. Unless we had had
    2. If we had had D. Provided that we had had

     11: I………………any letter from him yet.

    1. don’t receive B. haven’t received C. will receive                 D. didn’t receive

     12: 1 The telephone ………. by Alexander Graham Bell.

    1. invented B. was invented C. is invented                  D. is inventing

     13: My uncle …………………on this farm since he was 10 years old

    1. has worked B. was working C. worked                       D. have worked

     14: 1 Beethoven’s Fifth Symphony …………. next weekend.

    1. will be performing B. has been performed
    2. will have performed D. is going to be performed

     15: Mike said,”We have bought these books today.”

    1. Mike said they had bought those books that day.
    2. Mike said they bought those books that day.
    3. Mike said they have bought those books that day.
    4. Mike said they had bought those books that day.

     16: 1 Bicycles ………. in the driveway.

    1. must not be leaving B. must not leave C. must not be left          D. must not have left

     17: Up to then, I…………………….. such  a big fire.

    1. never see B. never seen C. have never seen          D. had never seen

     18: 1 ……… one of the most creative artists in rock ‘n roll, came from California.

    1. Frank Zappa, who was B. Frank Zappa was
    2. Frank Zappa whom was D. Frank Zappa, that was

     19: Peter said if he were me he would stop smoking.

    1. Peter said he would stop smoking as I wanted him to.
    2. Peter provided to stop smoking.
    3. I wanted Peter to stop smoking and he promised to do.
    4. D. Peter advised me to stop smoking

    PHẦN 2

     20: She said that she ……………… participating in that event.

    1. would be going to B. was going to
    2. would be interested in D. would be interesting in

     21: By this time next summer, you……….your studies.

    1. will have completed B. will complete C. are completing            D. completes

     22: Although he tried his best, he could not make his voice ……….

    1. A. hear          B. to hear                         C. hearing                         heard

     23: He is the man ………….. car was stolen last week.

    1. which B. whom C. that                             D. whose

     24: Do you know the hotel ………… ?

    1. all are correct B. at which she is staying
    2. where she is staying D. she is staying at

     25: …………. more carefully , he would not have had the accident yesterday.

    1. Had Peter driven B. Unless Peter had driven.
    2. If Peter driven D. If had Peter driven

     26: Peter said that he had lived in London  years ………….. .

    1. before B. later C. then                             D. ago

     27: They have been in love with each other…………….. they were young

    1. since B. until C. while                           D. for

     28: Sarah said,”I read Jane Eyre last year.”

    1. Sareh said she has read Jane Eyre the previous year.
    2. Sareh said she would read Jane Eyre the previous year.
    3. Sarah said she had read Jane Eyre the previous year.
    4. Sareh said she read Jane Eyre the previous year.

     29: It was the most exciting film I……………………..  .

    1. had ever seen B. ever saw C. have ever seen            D. never saw

     30: “How beautiful is the dress you have just bought!” Peter said to Mary.

    1. Peter said thanks to Mary for her beautiful dress.
    2. Peter asked Mary how she had just bought her beautiful dress.
    3. Peter promised said thanks to Mary for her beautiful dress.
    4. Peter complimented Mary on her beautiful dress.

     31: This is the most interesting novel ………………………..

    1. I’ve read B. I had read C. I’ve ever read             D. I’ve never read

     32: 1 She asked ……………..

    1. where was her umbrella B. where were her umbrella
    2. where her umbrella was D. where her umbrella were

     33: If my client ………….. me her fax number , I ……………. to post a letter to her.

    1. gave / will not have B. had given / wouldn’t have had
    2. had given / will not have had D. will give / do not have

     34: This subject ………….. going to discuss , is very important.

    1. which are we
    2. that we are D. a and c are correct           B. which we are

     35: 1 English has become a second language in countries  like India, Nigeria or Singapore where……….for administration, broadcasting and education.

    1. is used B. it is used C. used                            D. being used

     36: …………. by your father?

    1. Did that book written B. Did that book write
    2. Was that book be writing D. Was that book written

     37: 1 They have just visited the town ………….. location was little known.

    1. which B. where C. whose                         D. that

     38: That machine is useless. It ………. not been used for a long time

    1. was B. has

    Everything that …………remained a secret

    a.overheard                            b. had been overheard

    c.had overheard                     d. was overhearing    C. did                              D. is

     39: ………….  instructed me how to make a good preparation for a job interview.

    1. John Robbins I spoke to by telephone, B. John Robbins, that I spoke to by telephone,
    2. John Robbins to that I spoke by telephone, D. John Robbins, whom I spoke to by telephone,

    PHẦN 3

     40: I assumed you ……..paying for the repairs until the end of last year.

    1. had been B. was been C. have been                    D. are being

     41: We have a lot of things that we have to do today.

    1. done B. to do C. do                               D. doing

     42: He lives in a small town ……………..

    1. is called Taunton B. that called Taunton
    2. which is called Taunton D. where is called Taunton

     43: She………..trying to pass her driving test but fails every time.

    1. keeps B. did want C. kept                            D. is keeping

     44: “Why don’t you ask the teacher for help?” Peter asked me.

    1. Peter advised me to ask the teacher for help.
    2. Peter told me the reason why I did not ask the teacher for help.
    3. Peter recommended me not to ask the teacher for help.
    4. Peter suggested that he should ask the teacher for help.

     45: Why………….. on time?

    1. aren’t the exercises be finished B. weren’t the exercises be finished
    2. don’t the exercises finish D. aren’t the exercises being finished

     46: Is there anything else ……………..  you want to ask?

    1. where B. that C. whom                         D. what

     47: Don’t make noise. My mother ………………………. with her friend.

    1. was talking B. talks C. is talking                     D. talked

     48:  ………………… yet?

    1. Have the letters typed                                      B. Had the letters typed
    2. Have been the letters typed D. Have the letters been typed

     49: These students ……… so much that they feel very tired and bored.

    1. are making to study B. are made to study
    2. are made study D. are made to be studied

     50: I haven’t seen you ……………………..

    1. ages B. for ages C. for long existence       D. since a long time

     51: Wild fires are common is the forest areas of Australia, of the US and Canada , ……….. the climate is moist.

    1. which B. in that C. in where                      D. where

     52: Gold  ……….  in California in the 19th century.

    1. was discover B. was discovered C. has been discovered   D. they discovered

     53: 1 If you take the 8

    1. m. flight to New York, you ………….. change planes.
    2. could not have to B. would not to have to C. had not had to            D. will not have to

     54: We couldn’t understand the teacher if he ………………. too fast.

    1. has spoken B. doesn’t speak C. spoke                          D. didn’t speak

     55: Robert wanted to know if I was leaving the ……..Friday.

    1. ago B. following C. previous                      D. before

     56: ………….. really a fish, has no brain, no bones, and no face.

    1. A jelly fish, which is not B. A jelly fish is not
    2. A jelly fish, it is not D. A jelly fish, that is not

     57: “ Those eggs of different colors are very artistic.” “Yes, they ………. in Russia”

    1. were painting B. were paint C. were painted               D. painted

     58: The mother told her son ……………. impolitely .

    1. did not behave B. not behave C. not to behave              D. not behaving

     59: Tom’s company will almost certainly like him ………….. he improves his attitude.

    1. or B. if. C. otherwise                    D. unless

    PHẦN 4

     60: I………there once a long time ago and …….back since.

    1. have gone/was B. go/am not
    2. was going/had not been D. went/have not been

     61: If I ………….. the lottery last week , I ………… rich now.

    1. had won / would be B. won / would have been
    2. won / would be D. had won / would have been

     62: Andrew told me that they………fish two………days.

    1. have not eaten/ago B. had not eaten/previous
    2. did not eat/before D. would not eat/last

     63: She told me ……………………………..

    1. to shut the door but not lock it. B. to shut the door but not to lock it.
    2. shut the door but not lock it. D. shut the door but don’t lock it.

     64: 1 It ………. that  learning a foreign language ………… a lot of time.

    1. is said/ takes B. says/ is take
    2. is saying / has been taken D. was said/ was taken

     65: The botanists are examining the plants ……………. were brought from Africa.

    1. who B. whom C. that                             D. which

     66: 1 If it …………… warm yesterday , we would have gone to the beach.

    1. was B. were C. could be                      D. had been

     67: 1 ………….. here , he would helped us with there troubles.

    1. If were Peter B. Unless were Peter C. Were Peter                  D. Unless Peter were.

     68: If only I had studied hard enough to pass the final exam .

    1. I studied too hard to pass the fianla exam.
    2. I regret not studying hard enough to pass the exam.
    3. I studied hard otherwise I would fail the fianal exam.
    4. I had studied hard enough and I passed the fi9anl exam.

     69: The house ……………. is more than 100 years old.

    1. where I live in B. where I live C. in where I live            D. in that I live

     70: “Don’t play video games all the time !” , he said.

    1. He told the boy not to play video games all the time.
    2. He said to the boy not play video games all the time.
    3. He said the boy not play video games all the time.
    4. He told to the boy not to play video games all the time.

     71: The banker to …………… I gave my check was quite friendly

    1. that B. which C. who                             D. whom

     72: Birds make nests in trees …………… they can hide their young in the leaves and branches.

    1. which B. in that C. where                          D. that

     73: ……………….. the teacher gave me a passing grade.

    1. After I take the test

    After I took the test                                                                       d. After I had taken the test   B. After taking the test

     74: Ms Young, to ………………. many of her student are writing, is living happily and peacefully in Canada.

    1. that B. who C. whom                         D. whose

     75: King Henry , ………….. was Elizabeth I, led England into the Age of Empire.

    1. daughter B. whose daughter C. which daughter          D. whom daughter

     76: They………for  hours when the storm suddenly broke.

    1. had been running B. are running C. will be running           D. have been running

     77: …………. cheat on the exam have to leave the room.

    1. Those B. Those whom C. Those who                  D. Who

     78: I saw a lot of new people at the party,  …………….   seemed familiar.

    1. some of who B. some of whom C. whom                         D. some of that

     79: 1 I’ll show you the second hand bookshop ……………

    1. why you can find valuable old books B. which you can find valuable old books
    2. where you can find valuable old books D. when you can find valuable old books

    PHẦN 4

     80: At present, that author ……………… a historical novel.

    1. had written B. is writing C. was writing                 D. has written

     81: I would like to know the reason …………….. he decided to quit the job.

    1. which B. why C. when                           D. that

     82: By the time Tom got back,Peter………………

    1. will go B. had gone C. have gone                   D. went

     83: 1Reagan …………. an actor years ago.

    1. was said being B. is said to have been C. was said have been     D. is said to be

     84: ……….. he gets here soon , we will have to start the meeting without him.

    1. Provided B. Suppose C. Unless                         D. If

     85: “I can’t explain this rule to you,” said my classmate to me.

    1. My classmate told me he/she couldn’t explain that rule to me.
    2. My classmate told me he/she couldn’t explain that rule to you.
    3. My classmate said me he/she couldn’t explain that rule to me.
    4. My classmate told me he/she can’t explain that rule to me.

     86: It ……….it is parents responsibility to take good care of their children.

    1. is commonly said that B. commonly says that
    2. is commonly saying D. commonly to be said that

     87: I will see him when he………………… here tomorrow.

    1. comes B. has come C. had come                    D. will come

     88: 1 If it ………… an hour ago , the streets …………. wet now.

    1. had rained / would have be B. had rained / would be
    2. rained / would be D. were raining / will be

     89: 1 Jason asked me …………….me the book the day before.

    1. if who has given B. that who had given C. if who gave                 D. who had given

     90: He lent me ……………. yesterday.

    1. the book when I need B. which book I need
    2. the book whose I need D. the book I need

     91: 1 .If I was you, I ……………………. that.

    1. can take B. will have change C. will ask for                 D. would apply for

     92: d. Peter advided me to stop smoking.

    Mr. Pike …………… is uor boss ,has just come back from Paris.

    1. whom B. that C. who                            D. which

     93: The singer, ……….. Most recent recording has had much success, is signing autographs.

    1. whose B. that C. who                            D. whom

     94: Please don’t touch anything before ……………………   .

    1. the police would come B. the police will come
    2. the police comes D. the police come

     95: When I………home last night, I…..that Jane…………..a beautiful candle light dinner.

    1. was arriving/has discovered/was preparing B. arrived/discovered/was preparing
    2. had arrived/discovered/preparing D. have arrived/was discovering/had prepared

     96: 1 I hate ……….. personal questions by nearly acquainted friends.

    1. of asking B. to be asking C. being asking                D. to be asked

     97: I……………………. about him when suddenly he came in.

    1. talked B. was talking C. talk                             D. am talking

     98: In the 19th  century, it …………two or three months to cross North America by covered wagon.

    1. had taken B. had taken C. was taking                  D. took

     99: Right now, Jim……..the newspaper and kathy…………dinner.

    1. has read/was cooking B. is reading/is cooking
    2. reads/has cooked D. read/will be cooking

    PHẦN 5

     100: He…………….London  years ago  and I…………………..him since then.

    1. left/ hadn’t seen B. left/ haven’t seen
    2. was living/ haven’t seen D. left/ didn’t seen

     101: We’ll need more staff ………….. we start the new project.

    1. unless B. in case C. or                                D. whether

     102: 1 She had to have the operation ………….

    1. unless she would dies B. or she would die
    2. otherwise she will die D. if she would die

     103: The teacher said to class,”We shall discuss this subject tomorrow.”

    1. The teacher said the class they would discuss that subject the next day.
    2. The teacher told the class they discuss that subject the next day.
    3. The teacher told the class they would discuss that subject the next day.
    4. The teacher told the class they will discuss that subject the next day.

     104: Barbra asked me…………the homework that week.

    1. if she has to do B. that she must do C. if she had to do          D. if did she have to do

     105: He took me to an expensive restaurant where we enjoyed a good meal.

    1. to enjoy a good meal B. we enjoyed a good meal in which
    2. enjoyed a good meal D. and enjoying a good meal

     106: The children were quite attracted by the tamer and his animals …………. were performing on the stage.

    1. that B. which C. who                             D. whom

     107: The refreshments……………by Karen.

    1. are going to be prepared B. are going to prepare

    c are preparing                        d. are to prepare

     108: 1 If you ………… to my advice , you …………… in trouble now.

    1. had listened / would not have been B. had listened / would not be.
    2. listen / are not D. listened / were not

     109:          A. She asked me if they had told me when they left.

    1. She asked me if they had told me when they had left.
    2. She asked me if they told me when they had left.
    3. She asked me if they told me when they left.

     110: Now you …….from New York to Los Angeles in a matter of hours.

    1. will fly B. are flying C. can fly                         D. would fly

     111: . …………… to you yet?

    1. Has the book been given back B. Are the book been giving back
    2. Was the book been given back D. Has been the book given back

     112: 1 He advised……..too far.

    1. her do not go B. her not to go C. her did not go             D. she did not go

     113: It’s at least a month since …………………… Tom.

    1. I last saw B. I last see C. I have last seen           D. I last seen

     114: ………………by the police.

    1. The stolen car has just been found

    b.The stealing car has just found          d. The stolen car has just found   B. The stealing car has just been found

     115: The fishermen and their boats …………….were off the coast three days ago have just been reported to be missing

    1. that B. whom C. who                            D. which

     116: If everything is all right, we ……………… our work on time.

    1. have completed B. are completing C. complete                     D. will complete

     117: By next month, I………………….my first novel.

    1. will have finished B. finish C. will finish                   D. am going to finish

     118: Portuguese………. as an official language in this city for age.

    1. has been spoken B. had  spoken                 C. has been spoken         D. has  spoken

     119: ”He said “I bought these books last week”.

    1. He said he had bought those books the week before.
    2. He said he had bought these books last week.
    3. He said he bought these books last week.
    4. He said he bought those books the week before.

    “Did they tell you when they left” she said to me.

    PHẦN 6

     120: 1 He asked me………Robert and I said I did not know……..

    1. that did I know/who were Robert B. whether I knew/who was Robert
    2. if I knew/who Robert was D. that I knew/who Robert were

     121: “ You have not done your work well,” said the teacher to me.

    1. The teacher told me I haven’t done work well.
    2. The teacher told me I hadn’t done his work well.
    3. The teacher told me I hadn’t done my work well
    4. The teacher told me I hadn’t done your work well.

     122: No matter what happens next I…….help you.

    1. would B. will C. am                               D. have

     123:
    The teacher advised us ……………………

    1. Are careful when doing these exercises. B. to be careful when doing these exercises.
    2. Be careful when doing these exercises. D. Careful when doing these exercises.

     124: If the traffic…………… bad , I may get home late.

    1. had been B. was C. were                            D. is

     125: I have ever told you he …………….. unreliable.

    1. had been B. is C. would be                     D. were

     126: My father works for a construction company in …………….

    1. Winchester is a city in the U.K. B. Winchester where is a city in the U.K.
    2. Winchester that is a city in the U.K. D. Winchester, which is a city in the U.K.

     127: If I were taller, I could reach the shelf.

    1. I am too tall to reach the top shelf.
    2. I am not tall enough to reach the top shelf.
    3. In spite of being tall, I cannot reach the top shelf.
    4. I cannot reach the top shelf beacause I am very tall.

     128: It………………. me 1 minutes to go to school every morning.

    1. took B. has taken C. takes                           D. is takening

     129: I……… in the lounge for ten minutes.

    1. was telling to be waited B. was told to be waited
    2. was told waiting D. was told to wait

     130: Carrie said she will join the company if the starting salary ………….. her expectations.

    1. has met B. had met. C. met                             D. meets

     131: Lots of houses ………… by the earthquake.

    1. are destroying B. were destroying C. were destroyed           D. destroyed

     132: “When………………………………………..?” – In 198

    1. penicillin was discovered B. was penicillin discovered

    did penicillin  discovered                                                   d. did penicillin discover

     133: What ………………. to you yesterday?

    1. had happen B. did happen C. was happening            D. happened

     134: Do you know what ……………………. there yesterday?

    1. she did B. was doing C. she is doing                 D. did she do

     135: He said that he ………………………. his work since 7 o’clock.

    1. would do B. Did C. had done                     D. has done

     136: “David is in prison for smoking drugs” “He ………. that it was against the law.”

    is telling      b. was told               c. told                d. tells

     137: No longer …….. in our office since it ……………

    1. have typewriters been used / computerized
    2. have typewriters been used / was computerized
    3. typewriters have been used / computerized
    4. typewriters have been used / was computerized

     138: 1 John often says he………boxing because it……..a cruel sport.

    1. had not liked/was B. does not like/is C. not liked/had been      D. did not like/were

     139: ………… I had learnt English when I was at high school.

    1. Unless B. If C. Even if                        D. If only

    PHẦN 7

     140: The preparations ………….. by the time the guests ………………..

    1. had been finished / arrived B. have finished
    2. had been finished / were arrived D. had finished / were arriving

     141: 1 Have you made a decision on the day ………….. ?

    1. which you will set off B. when you will set off
    2. at which you will set off D. where you will set off

     142: When Carol……..last night, I …….my favorite show on television.

    1. called/was watching B. called/have watched C. had called/watched    D. was calling/watched

     143: More than ten victims ……… missing in the storm last week

    1. are reporting to have been B. are reported to have been
    2. are reporting to be D. are reported to be

     144: Frank invited Janet, ………… , to the party.

    1. that he had met in Japan B. met in Japan
    2. whom he had met in Japan D. meeting in Japan

     145: He didn’t hurry so he missed the plane.

    1. If he had hurried, he might catch the plane.
    2. If he had hurried, he could have caught the plane.
    3. If he hurried, he wouldn’t miss the train.
    4. He didn’t miss the plane because he hurried.

     146: 1 Lan’s marriage has been arranged by her family. She is marrying a man …………

    1. that she hardly knows him B. she hardly knows him
    2. she hardly knows D. whom she hardly knows him

     147: 1 I come from the Seattle area, ………… many successful companies such as Microsoft and Boeing are located.

    1. where B. that C. which                          D. whom

     148: 1He wanted to know ……………. shopping the previous morning.

    1. that if we had been going B. that we were going
    2. if we had been going D. we were going

     149: They asked Tom to repeat what he had said.

    1. “What you said, you should repeat,” they asked Tom.
    2. “Tom, repeat what have you said,”they said.
    3. “Please repeat what you said,Tom “ they said.
    4. “To repeat what you have said,”they said.

     150: The sun ………………..late in winter.

    1. rises always B. is  always  rising          C. always  rises               D. is  rising  always

     151: You’ll be able to speak English well if you……………….. hard.

    1. had studied B. study C. would study               D. studied

     152: They ……… time and money doing such a thing.

    1. were advised not to be wasted B. were advising not to be wasted
    2. were advising not to waste D. were advised not to waste

     153: That is the dress …………. .

    1. which making by Mary B. made by Mary
    2. which made by Mary D. was made by Mary

     154: I am flying to the States tonight.I …………… you a ring if I can find a phone.

    1. would give B. will give C. could give                   D. have given

     155: ………..get tired of answering the same questions every day?

    1. Had you ever B. Have you ever C. Are you ever               D. Do you ever

     156: Unless you …………….. quiet, I’ll scream.

    1. didn’t keep B. keep C. kept                            D. don’t keep

     157: She told him…………

    1. patient B. to be patient C. that being patient       D. was patient

     158: If it ……….. last night , it ………… so hot today.

    1. had rained / would not have been B. was raining / were not
    2. rained / is not D. had rained / would not be

     159: I will agree to these conditions provided that they increase my salary.

    1. They did not increase my salary so I quit the job.
    2. I will only agree these conditions if they give me more money.
    3. They give me more money or I will only agree these conditions.
    4. Unless they give me more money, I will only agree these conditions.

     160: If we had lost the map, we would never have found our way .

    1. If we lost the map, we didn’t find our way.
    2. We found our way because we didn’t lose the map.
    3. We will have found our way unless we lost the map.
    4. We would have lost our way if we had lost the map.

     161: If I ……………. it was a formal party, I wouldn’t have gone wearing jeans and a jumper.

    1. could know B. had known C. had been knowing      D. knew

     162: 1 If I were a little taller , I ……….. be able to water tha plant on the top shelf.

    1. had B. did C. would have.                D. would

     163: 1 If you hear from Susan today , ………….. her to ring me.

    1. telling B. will tell. C. to tell                          D. tell

     164: The young man who lives next door is very kind to my family.

    1. lived next door B. to live next door C. he lives next door       D. living next door

     165: When I woke up this morning, it……………………..

    1. was raining B. is raining C. has rained                   D. rained

     166: “Never borrow money from friends,”my father said.

    1. My father said to me never borrow money from friends.
    2. My father suggested me never borrowing money from friends.
    3. My father advised me not borrow money from friends.
    4. My father told me never to borrow money from friends.

     167: “The maintenance people didn’t remove the chairs from ballroom” “ Don’t the worry. They  ……….   them before the dance begins”

    1. moved B. will have moved
    2. were moved D. will have been moved

     168: February is the month …………. many of my colleagues take skiing holidays.

    1. in that B. when C. that                             D. which

     169: The bicycle …………… is very moderm.

    1. about I told you which B. which about I told you
    2. about which I told you D. I told you about which

     170: She asked me if it would rain that night.

    1. She said to me “ It will rain night.” B. She asked “ Will it rain tonight.”
    2. She said “ It would rain that night”. D. She asked “ would it rain that night.”

     171: 1 The host asked Peter……….tea or coffee.

    1. whether he preferred B. that he preferred C. did he prefer               D. if he prefers

     172: Many diseases ……………. are no longer dangerous today

    1. of that people died years ago B. that people died of years ago
    2. why people died of year ago D. which people died years ago

     173: Laura said she had worked on the assignment since…………….

    1. two days ago B. the next day C. the day before            D. yesterday

     174: ………….. .in that company?

    Do shoes make                   b. Are shoes be made

    1. Shoes are made                  d. Are shoes made

     175: I would send her a fax if I ………….. her namber.

    1. had known B. could know. C. knew                           D. know

     176: 1 The mother asked her son………

    1. where he had been B. where he has been C. where has he been      D. where had he been

     177: The students………by Mrs.Monty. However, this week they …..by Mr.Tanzer.

    1. usually teach/are teaching B. were usually teaching /are teaching
    2. have usually been taught/have been teaching D. are usually taught/are being taught

     178: 1 I’m standing at the window ………………..

    1. where I can see the lake B. from which I can see the lake
    2. in which I can see the lake D. at which I can see the lake

     179: He told me ………………………………

    1. think well before I answered. B. to think well before I answered.
    2. think well before I answer. D. to think well before I will answer.

     180: ……………… if a war happened?

    1. What you will do B. What will you do C. What would you do   D. What you would do

     181: Jason told me that he………his best in the exam the…….day.

    1. would do/following B. was going/previous C. had done/fllowing      D. will do/previous

     182: I haven’t met him since he……………school.

    1. was left B. left C. had left                       D. was leaving

     183: I………………….. the money from  him yet.

    1. am receiving B. will receive C. haven’t received         D. don’t receive

     184: “Why don’t  you complain to the company, John?” said Peter.

    1. Peter suggested that John should complain to the company.
    2. Peter advised John complaining to the company.
    3. Peter suggested John to complain to the company.
    4. Peter asked John why he doesn’t complain to the company.

     185: 1She asked me………my holidays……….

    1. where I had spent/the previous year B. where I spent/the previous year
    2. where I spent/last year D. where did I spend/last year

     186: In the past the trip …………..very rough and often dangeruos, but things……….a great deal in the last hundred and fifty years.

    1. hasbeen/changed B. had been/will change
    2. is/change D. was/have changed

     187: .Education ………… to be the most important element to develop a country.

    1. can be often considered B. can often considered
    2. often be considered D. can often be considered

     188: John asked me …………… interested in any kind of sports.

    1. if I were B. if was I C. if I was                       D. if were I

     189: What he has done to me……………..

    1. cannot forgive B. cannot forgive d cannot be forgiving
    2. cannot be forgive

     190: When it began to rain, they……………in the yard.

    1. were playing B. have played C. played                         D. had played

     191: “Don’t walk on the grass,” the gardener said to us.

    1. The gardener said to us don’t walk on the grass.
    2. The gardener told us not to walk on the grass.
    3. The gardener suggested us not to walk on the grass.
    4. The gardener advised us not walking on the grass.

     192: “Hello, Mary!” Peter said

    1. Peter greeted Mary B. Peter said Mary hello
    2. Peter said hello Mary D. Peter told Mary hello

     193: Nancy asked me why I had not gone to New York the summer………

    1. before B. ago C. last                              D. previous

     194: Something …………. immediately to prevent  teenagers from ………. in factories and mines.

    1. should do / be exploited B. should have done / exploited
    2. should be done/ being exploited D. we should do/ exploiting

     195: “Be careful ! The water is hot” she shouted.

    1. She said to be careful because the water is hot.
    2. She asked me to be careful because the water was hot.
    3. She told me to be careful because the water is hot.
    4. She should be careful because the water was hot.

     196: 1 Emily said that her teacher …………………. to London …………………………..

    1. went/ tomorrow B. will go/ tomorrow
    2. would go/ the next day D. had gone/ the next day

     197: In the Us the first stage of compulsory education ……….  as elementary education .

    1. generally known B. is generally known
    2. is generally knowing D. to be generally known

     198: What ……………….. if the eart suddenly stopped going around the sun.

    1. would happen B. happens C. happened                    D. will happen

     199: If I………….. you, I ……………………… invitation.

    1. was/ would refuse B. were/ would refuse C. am/ will refuse            D. had been/ will refuse

     200: …………………….., I’d have told you the answer.

    1. You had asked me B. Unless you asked me
    2. Had youy asked me D. If you asked me

     201: 1All bottles ……… .. before transportation.

    1. were frozen B. were froze C. frozen                         D. are froze

     202: The teacher told Joe ……………….

    1. stop talking B. to stop talking C. stopped talking           D. stops talking

     203: ………….. as much money as Bill Gates of Microsoft , I would retire.

    1. Did I have B. If did I have C. If I had had                D. Unless I had

     204: 1 She said she ……………………

    1. had been tired the night before B. was very tired last night
    2. was very tired the night before D. had been very tired last night

     205: Daniel asked me if I thought………

    1. it would rain that day B. it would rain today
    2. it will rain that day D. it will rain today

     206: John asked me …………….. that film the night before.

    1. if I had seen B. had I seen C. if had I seen                D. that I saw

     207: If I ……………….. a wish, I’d wish for happiness for my family.

    1. been having B. was having C. have                            D. had

     208: I………complete silence now while I try this experiment.

    1. want B. am wanting C. had wanted                 D. have wanted

     209: 7 . The keys ………. somewhere.

    1. must have been left B. must have left
    2. must have been leaving D. must be leaving

     210: How many times ……………….. there so far?   A few times.

    1. have you been B. would you be C. were you                     D. had you been

     211: “You damaged my bicycle, Tom!” said John

    1. John accused to Tom for damaging his bicycle.
    2. John accused with Tom to have damaged his bicycle.
    3. John accused Tom of damaging his bicycle.
    4. John accused Tom to damage his bicycle.

     212: She …….working on that manuscript for  year now.

    1. will be B. is C. has been                      D. had been

     213: We ……………..to Dalat several times. It’s a foggy city.

    1. have been B. were C. were being                  D. had been

     214: …………… want to get a god job have to have certain qualifications and experience.

    1. Who B. Those who C. Those whom               D. Those which

     215: 1 Martin asked me……..

    1. how was my father B. how my father was C. how my father is         D. how is my father

     216: The guest told the host that ………………….

    1. he had to go now B. I must go now C. he must go now          D. he had to go then

     217: The students ……. to be at school at 8 am

    1. have told B. were told C. tell                               D. told

     218: 1 He came to the party wearing only a pair of shorts and a T-shirt, ………… was a stupid thing to do.

    1. who B. whom C. which                          D. that

     219: The teacher ordered not to make so much noise.

    1. The teacher told us “ Didn’t make so much noise”.
    2. The teacher said to us “ Don’t make so much noise”
    3. The teacher said us “ Not make so much noise”.
    4. The teacher ordered us “Not to make so much noise”.

     220: That is the new teacher about ………….. the student are talking.

    1. that B. whom C. who                             D. whose

     221: If we had had time, we…………………. to the party.

    1. will go B. can go C. will have gone            D. would have gone

     222: The scientist ………….. invention was a success became famous

    1. that B. which C. whose                         D. who

     223: The woman said to her son,”I am glad I am here.”

    1. The woman told to her son she was glad she was there.
    2. The woman told her son she was glad I was there.
    3. The woman told her son she was glad she was there.
    4. The woman told her son I was glad I was there.

     224: “This man spoke to me on the road,” said the woman.

    1. The woman said that man spoke to her on the road.
    2. The woman said that man had spoken to her on the road.
    3. The woman said that man had spoken to me on the road.
    4. The woman said that man has spoken to her on the road.

     225: This car………………….

    1. was manufactured in Japan by Toyota last year
    2. was manufactured last year in Japan by Toyota
    3. last year was manufactured by Toyota in Japan
    4. was manufactured by Toyota last year in Japan

     226: He asked me where I was going on my vacation that year.

    1. He asked me “Where was I going on my vacation that year?”
    2. He asked me “Where you are going on your vacation that year?”
    3. He asked me “Where I was going on my vacation that year?”
    4. He saked me “Where are you going on your vacation this year?”

     227: 1 She told the boys ……………… on the grass.

    1. do not play B. did not play                C. not playing                 D. not to play

     228: Without your recommendation , we …………… any success last year.

    1. did not get B. will not have got C. had not got                 D. would not have got

     229: Jennifer asked me ……..the week before.

    1. where did I gone B. where I had gone C. I had gone where       D. where had I gone

     230: They have just found the couple and their car ……………. were swept away during the heavy storm last week.

    1. when B. that C. which                          D. whose

     231: ………… it were well paid , I would accept this proposal.

    1. But for B. Providing C. Unless                         D. If only

     232: If I ………….. 10 years younger, I ……….. the job.

    1. am/ will take B. had been / will have taken
    2. were / would take D. was/ have taken

     233: You are not allowed to use the club’s facilities…………… you are a member.

    1. if B. supposed C. unless                          D. provided

     234: I knew some people …………..

    1. who could help you B. could help you
    2. whose help could you D. whom could help you

     235: He asked ………him some money.

    1. she lends B. she has lent C. she to lend                  D. her to lend

     236: John speaks Chinese fluently because he used to live in China for ten years.

    1. Suppose John has lived in China for ten years , he can speak Chinese fluently.
    2. Unless John had lived in China for ten years , he could not have spoken Chinese fluently.
    3. Provided that John lived in China for ten years , he could speak Chinese fluently.
    4. In case John has lived in China for ten years , he can speak Chinese fluently.

     237: Be careful! The bus ………………….near.

    1. will be coming B. is coming C. has come                     D. will come

     238: 1 Robert said that his  father ……………. to Dallas the year before.

    1. has gone B. goes C. had gone                     D. went

     239: My friend eventually decided to quit her job,  ………….. upset me a lot.

    1. when B. that C. which                          D. who

     240: He was always coming up with new ideas , …………. were absolutely impracticable.

    1. most of whom B. most of which C. most of that

    She always had wanted to go to places ………… she could speak her native tongue.

    1. that b. in that c. which                    d. where               D. that

     241: When ……….?

    1. did computers first use B. were computers used first
    2. were computers first used D. are computers first using

     242: It was the worst winter ……………….. anyone could remember.

    1. when B. which C. where                          D. why

     243: No sooner………………………..the office than the phone rang

    1. he had left B. was he leaving C. had he left                  D. he was leaving

     244: There was no one …………..

    1. I could ask whom for help B. I could ask for help
    2. for that I could ask for help. D. when I could ask for help

     245: It ……………..every day so far this week.

    1. has rained B. is raining C. rains                            D. rained

     246: She said she ………… collect it for me after work.

    1. must B. would C. had                              D. did

     247: While I…………….Tv last night,  a mouse ran across the floor.

    1. watched B. watch C. am watching               D. was watching

     248: He likes shopping between 00 and 00 pm, …………most people are at home.

    1. in which B. when C. at that                         D. where

     249: Japanese …….. at the meeting.

    1. will be speaking B. will be spoken C. will spoken                 D. will speak

     250: Last night at this time, they …….the same thing. She ………and he……….the newspaper.

    1. are doing/is cooking/is reading B. were doing/was cooking/was reading
    2. was doing/has cooked/is reading D. had done/was cooking/read

     251: …………. I had brought my laptop to the meeting yesterday.

    1. Even if B. If only C. As if                           D. If

     252: In the last hundred years, traveling…….much easier and more comfortable.

    1. became B. will become C. becomes                      D. has become

    ———————————————–

  • GIAO NHẬN VẬN TẢI HÀNG HÓA QUỐC TẾ

    GIAO NHẬN VẬN TẢI HÀNG HÓA QUỐC TẾ

    GIAO NHẬN VẬN TẢI HÀNG HÓA QUỐC TẾ

    Mọi ý kiến đóng góp xin gửi vào hòm thư: [email protected]

    Tổng hợp các đề cương đại học hiện có của Đại Học Hàng HảiĐề Cương VIMARU 

    Kéo xuống để Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF đầy đủ: Sau “mục lục” và “bản xem trước”

    (Nếu là đề cương nhiều công thức nên mọi người nên tải về để xem tránh mất công thức)

    Đề cương liên quan: CÁCH SỬ DỤNG ĐIỆN THOẠI ĐỂ TIẾP XÚC VỚI KHÁCH HÀNG


    [toc]

    Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF tại đây: GIAO NHẬN VẬN TẢI HÀNG HÓA QUỐC TẾ

    Câu 1: Tại sao có hoạt động giao nhận và phạm vi hoạt động giao nhận?

    • Khái niệm về giao nhận:
    • Theo hiệp hội giao nhận hàng hóa quốc tế (FIATA) thì dịch vụ giao nhận được coi là bất kỳ dịch vụ nào có liên quan đến vận chuyển, gom hàng, lưu kho, đóng gói hay phân loại hàng hóa, dịch vụ phân phối hàng hóa thậm chí cả các dịch vụ tư vấn hay các dịch vụ khác có liên quan đến hàng hóa xuất nhập khẩu đều coi là giao nhận hàng hóa.
    • Theo luật thương mại VN, dịch vụ giao nhận hàng hóa là hành vi thương mại, theo đó người làm dịch vụ giao nhận hàng hóa là người gửi hàng, tổ chức vận chuyển, lưu kho, lưu bãi, làm các thủ tục giấy tờ khác có liên quan để giao nhận theo sự ủy thác của chủ hàng, của người vận tải hoặc của người làm dịch vụ giao nhận khác (các khách hàng). Mục tiêu của người giao nhận là đáp ứng các nhu cầu do người ủy thác giao với hiệu quả cao nhất.

    Sự hình thành và phát triển của người giao nhận do một số những nhân tố sau:

    • Khoảng cách giữa người mua và người bán xa;
    • Tính chuyên môn hóa và hợp tác hóa trong các hoạt động kinh doanh xuất nhập khẩu;
    • Tính hiệu quả trong các hoạt động kinh doanh xuất nhập khẩu.

    Phạm vi các hoạt động giao nhận:

    • Hành động thay mặt người xuất khẩu gửi hàng.

    Theo chỉ dẫn của người gửi hàng, người giao nhận sẽ:

    • Chọn tuyến, phương tiện và người chuyên chở thích hợp, lập nên lịch gửi/nhận hàng và cung cấp cho người ủy thác;
    • Lưu cước với người chuyên chở đã được lựa chọn;
    • Nhận hàng và cấp những chứng từ thích hợp như: Giấy chứng nhận hàng của người giao nhận, giấy chứng nhận chuyên chở của người giao nhận v.v..
    • Nghiên cứu những điều khoản trong thư tín dụng và chuẩn bị tất cả các chứng từ cần thiết;
    • Đóng gói hàng hóa (trừ khi việc này đã được thực hiện bởi người gửi hàng) chú ý tới đặc điểm của phương tiện vận chuyển, tính chất của hàng hóa;
    • Thu xếp việc lưu kho (nếu cần thiết);
    • Cân đo và kẻ mác mã hàng hóa;
    • Tư vấn cho người gửi hàng về việc mua bảo hiểm, nếu được yêu cầu có thể mua bảo hiểm cho người gửi hàng;
    • Vận chuyển hàng hóa đến cảng, lo liệu các thủ tục hải quan, làm các thủ tục có liên quan và giao hàng cho người chuyên chở;
    • Thanh toán phí và các loại chi phí khác;
    • Chuẩn bị vận đơn và nhận vận đơn đã ký từ người chuyên chở;
    • Thu xếp việc chuyển tải trên chặng đường vận chuyển (nếu cần thiết)
    • Giám sát việc chuyên chở trên đường thông qua việc liên hệ với người chuyên chở và đại lý của họ tại nhận hàng;
    • Giúp người gửi hàng tiến hàng khiếu nại đối với các bên có liên quan.
    • Hành động thay mặt người nhập khẩu

    Theo sự chỉ dẫn của người nhập khẩu, người giao nhận sẽ đảm nhận:

    • Giám sát việc vận chuyển hàng hóa;
    • Nhận và kiểm tra tất cả các chứng từ có liên quan đến việc vận chuyển;
    • Nhận hàng từ người chuyên chở và nếu cần thanh toán cước phí vận chuyển;
    • Thu xếp việc khai báo với Hải quan trả thuế và các loại cước phí;
    • Thu xếp việc lưu kho bãi (nếu cần);
    • Giao hàng sau khi đã làm thủ tục Hải quan cho người nhận;
    • Tư vấn và nếu cần thiết giúp người nhận hàng khiếu nại với người chuyên chở về tổn thất hàng hóa nếu có;
    • Giúp người nhận hàng lưu kho và phân phối hàng hóa.
    • Các dịch vụ giao nhận hàng hóa đặc biệt
    • Vận chuyển hàng hóa công trình, các hàng hóa siêu trường, siêu trọng;
    • Dịch vụ vận chuyển các hàng hóa đặc biệt như súc vật sống, các loại thực phẩm, quần áo,…
    • Giúp người bán quảng cáo, triển lãm hàng hóa ở nước ngoài.
    • Các dịch vụ khác

    Thông báo cho khách hàng của mình về nhu cầu tiêu dung, tình hình cạnh tranh, tình hình biến động về chính trị, văn hóa, các chính sách của Nhà nước về hoạt động xuất nhập khẩu…

    Câu 2: Khái niệm và phân loại bao bì hàng hóa trong vận tải. Trình bày ý nghĩa và nội dung của tiêu chuẩn bao bì.

    Khái niệm: Bao bì là một loại sản phẩm công nghiệp đặc biệt được dung để bao gói và chứa đựng bảo vệ giá trị sử dụng của hàng hóa, tạo điều kiện thuận lợi cho việc bảo quản, vận chuyển, xếp dỡ và tiêu thụ sản phẩm.

    Phân loại:

    • Theo công dụng của bao bì:
    • Bao bì trong (bao bì tiêu thụ): Dùng để đóng gói sơ bộ và trực tiếp đối với hàng hóa. Công dụng chủ yếu của loại bao bì này là bảo vệ hàng hóa. Loại này thường tiếp xúc trực tiếp với hàng hóa và nó là một bộ phận không thể tách rời khỏi hàng hóa và giá trị của nó thường được tính gộp vào với giá trị của hàng hóa.
    • Bao bì bên ngoài (bao bì vận chuyển): Dùng để phục vụ cho việc vận chuyển hàng hóa từ nơi sản xuất đến nơi tiêu thụ. Bao bì ngoài còn có tác dụng thông tin quảng cáo sản phẩm. Giá trị của loại bao bì này được tính toàn bộ hoặc chỉ một phần giá trị của nó vào hàng hóa thùy thuộc vào việc có thu hồi lại được hay không.
    • Theo số lần sử dụng:
    • Bao bì sử dụng một lần: Là loại chỉ sử dụng một lần cho mỗi sản phẩm khi tiêu thụ. Giá trị của bao bì thường được tính một lần vào hàng hóa.
    • Bao bì sử dụng nhiều lần: Loại này có thể tham gia vào nhiều vòng quay của sản phẩm. Loại bao bì này thường là bao bì ngoài. Giá trị của nó được tính một phần vào sảm phẩm.
    • Theo độ cứng của bao bì:
    • Bao bì cứng: Loại này thường không thay đổi hình dạng trong quá trình vận chuyển, bốc xếp, nó có thể chịu đựng được sức nén của hàng hóa khác khi xếp chồng lên nhau. Tùy thuộc vào hàng hóa mà người ta có thể có nhiều loại vật liệu chế tạo bao bì khác nhau như gỗ, kim loại,…
    • Bao bì nửa cứng: Loại này có độ bền vừa phải, nó có thể bị biến dạng khi bị va chạm khi bốc xếp, vận chuyển. Vật liệu chế tạo loại bao bì này thường là tre, nứa, mây…
    • Bao bì mềm: Loại này dễ bị biến dạng do lực tác động từ bên ngoài. Vật liệu chế tạo loại bao bì này thường là bao đay, bao vải, bao nilon…
    • Theo mức độ chuyên môn hóa:
    • Bao bì thông dụng: Có thể chứa được rất nhiều loại hàng hóa khác nhau và có thể được sử dụng lại nhiều lần.
    • Bao bì chuyên dụng: Chỉ để chứa một và/hoặc một số loại sản phẩm nhất định như bình oxy, binh gas…
    • Theo chế tạo vật liệu:
      Đặc điểm Ưu điểm Nhược điểm
    Gỗ – Sử dụng nhiều lần.

    – Nhẹ, khô, ít nhựa

    – Kết cấu chắc bền, kín, đinh đóng thẳng, chặt.

    – Ốp kim loại ở góc hòm, thùng.

    – Đeo néo phải căng.

    – Dễ sản xuất.

    – Dễ sử dụng.

    – Phạm vi ứng dụng rộng rãi.

    – Tương đối bền.

    – Sử dụng nhiều lần.

    – Nặng

    – Dễ cháy

    – Chịu ẩm kém

    – Dễ bị mọt, chuột, mối làm hư hỏng.

    Kim loại – Sử dụng khá phổ biến

    – Thường là kim loại đen, đồng, nhôm

    – Đóng gói sản phẩm dễ cháy, có độ bốc hơi, có chất độc hại ở dạng khí, hơi, lỏng.

    – Không sợ ẩm thấp

    – Không sợ cháy

    – Nặng

    – Đắt tiền

    Hàng dệt -Sử  dụng phổ biến

    – Chứa đựng những loại hàng rời (gạo, ngô, lạc,…)

    – Dai

    – Giá thành thấp

    – Chống ẩm mốc

    – Dễ thấm nước
    Giấy coton – Làm hộp đựng các loại hàng hóa có khối lượng lớn.

    – Sử dụng khá phổ biến

    – Nhẹ

    – Rẻ

    -Dễ xếp, dỡ

    – Dễ cháy

    – Dễ thấm nước

    – Biến dạng

    Thủy tinh Chứa đựng những loại hàng hóa dưới dạng chất lỏng – Cứng

    – Không bị phá hỏng bởi hóa chất

    -Sử dụng nhiều lần

    – Dễ vỡ
    Tre, nứa, mây đan – Dùng chứa đựng hoa quả, xà phòng

    – Sử dụng phổ biến

    – Dễ sử dụng

    – Giá thành thấp

    – Vật liệu dễ kiếm

    – Sử dụng thuận tiện

    – Độ bền chắc không lớn
    Vật liệu nhân tạo tổng hợp Làm từ chất dẻo, polime, cao su nhân tạo – Giá thành rẻ

    – Dễ sử dụng

    – Kết cấu bền chắc

    – Ô nhiễm môi trường

    – Dễ bị rách, biến dạng, biến chất từ đó ảnh hưởng xấu đến hàng hóa

    Ý nghĩa và nội dung của tiêu chuẩn bao bì:

    • Ý nghĩa của tiêu chuẩn bao bì:
    • Thống nhất hóa các dạng bao bì nhằm hạn chế sự đa dạng về kích cỡ, chủng loại thành một loại hợp lý nhất. Tiêu chuẩn hóa có ý nghĩa rất lớn trong lĩnh vực sản xuất, lưu thong.
    • Trong lĩnh vực sản xuất bao bì. Qua tiêu chuẩn, các nhà sản xuất sẽ nhất quán được về mẫu mã, kích thước và chất lượng bao bì, cho phép nâng cao chất lượng sản phẩm vừa cho phép hạ giá thành, khắc phục tình trạng lộn xộn về kiểu dáng, mẫu mã kích cỡ của các loại bao bì.
    • Trong lĩnh vực lưu thông. Góp phần quan trọng vào việc lưu thong hàng hóa, tạo điều kiện thuận lợi cho việc kiểm đếm, giao nhận và bảo quản trong quá trình lưu thong. Tiêu chuẩn hóa là điều kiện để tiêu chuẩn hóa các thiết bị bốc xếp, vận chuyển tạo ra một năng suất lao động cao trong lĩnh vực này.
    • Nội dung của tiêu chuẩn bao bì:

    Tiêu chuẩn hóa về kết cấu, kích thước, trọng lượng, sức chứa và nguyên liệu sản xuất bao bì.

    • Về kết cấu: Bao bì phải có kết cấu bền, chắc, thuận tiện cho việc chứa đựng sản phẩm, thuận tiện cho việc đóng mở làm vệ sinh và phải bảo vệ được an toàn cho hàng hóa.
    • Về kích thước: Bao bì phải có kích thước hợp lý, phù hợp với hàng hóa mà nó chứa đựng, phù hợp với kích thước của phương tiện chuyên chở, bốc xếp. Kích thước của bao bì thường phải là bội số của nhau.
    • Về trọng lượng: Trọng lượng của bao bì phải càng nhỏ càng tốt, có như vậy mới tiết kiệm được chi phí vận chuyển, bốc xếp cũng như chi phí nguyên liệu tạo ra bao bì.
    • Về sức chứa: Sức chứa của bao bì phải chứa được nhiều sản phẩm nhất như vậy mới tiết kiệm được nguyên liệu tạo nên bao bì.
    • Vật liệu tạo nên bao bì: Phải phù hợp với tính chất của hàng hóa, phải bảo đảm sự hợp lý giữa giá trị của bao bì với giá trị của hàng hóa.

    Tiêu chuẩn về chất lượng:

    • Về độ cứng: bao bì phải đủ cứng để chứa hàng hóa và đủ sức chịu nén khi có thể xếp hàng lên cao tới mức tối đa cho phép.
    • Về màu sắc: bao bì phải tương thích với hàng hóa, bảo đảm sự hài hòa, dễ nhìn và có tính thương mại cao.
    • Về độ bền: bao bì phải được sử dụng nhiều lần nhưng vẫn phải bảo đảm được các tiêu chuẩn kỹ, mỹ thuật.

    Tiêu chuẩn hóa về ký mã hiệu, cách đóng mở bao bì và tiêu chuẩn đóng gói

    • Ngoài bao bì phải ghi rõ ký mã hiệu để có thể nhận biết sản phẩm được nhanh chóng và có thể phân biệt được một cách dễ dàng với các sản phẩm khác. Trên bao bì người ta thống nhất nơi ghi, cách ghi và nội dung chủ yếu phải ghi.
    • Có thể ghi loại vật tư của hàng hóa trên bao bì và phải ghi đúng nơi quy định. Trên bao bì cần ghi rõ cách và nơi đóng mở hàng, phương pháp bốc xếp và bảo quản…
    • Trên bao bì còn chỉ rõ nơi tháo mở và sử dụng cần thiết để tháo mở, không được móc cáp…
    • Mỗi loại bao bì nhất định đều có quy định thống nhất tiêu chuẩn về bao gói cho một đơn vị bao bì: Số lớp bao bì, bao bì trong, bao bì ngoài, cách gói buộc và những yêu cầu đối với cách gói buộc, chèn lót, đai nén…

    Tiêu chuẩn hóa về mã số vạch

    • Nhờ hệ thống mã số vạch được quy định riêng, người ta có thể biết được tất cả các thông số cần thiết về loại sản phẩm cụ thể như: tên sản phẩm, nhà sản xuất, nguyên vật liệu…
    • Nhà kinh doanh nhờ mã số vạch của hàng hóa có thể sắp xếp, dự trữ bảo quản và quản lý hàng hóa một cách thuận tiện.
    • Nhờ áp dụng thiết bị điện tử hiện đại để đọc mã hiệu, người bán hàng có thể xác định đúng, chính xác, kịp thời chủng loại hàng hóa, giá cả, số lượng một cách dễ dàng. Trong quản trị kinh doanh hiện đại nói chung và trong bán hàng nói riêng, mã số mã vạch đã được tiêu chuẩn hóa và được sử dụng khá phổ biến ở nhiều nước trên thế giới.

    Câu 3: Nêu kỹ thuật xếp và dỡ hàng trong container.

    • Kỹ thuật xếp hàng trong container:
    • Trước khi xếp hàng cần kiểm tra vệ sinh an toàn đối với container, chuẩn bị chu đáo các tài liệu, giấy tờ cũng như vật liệt chèn lót đối với hàng.
    • Xếp hàng nặng xuống dưới, xếp từ trong ra ngoài, hàng phải được chèn, chằng buộc chắc chắn, chú ý dàn tải đều lên trên sàn container, giảm trọng tâm hàng càng thấp càng tốt, giữa các loại hàng khác nhau cần có lớp phân cách.
    • Khi xếp cần chú ý thong gió hợp lý, tránh bịt cửa thông gió. Với các hàng kỵ nước, kỵ ẩm cần tránh xa cửa thông gió và cần được bảo về bằng giấy chống ẩm.
    • Các vật liệu chèn lót cần tuân thủ chặt chẽ yêu cầu vệ sinh phòng dịch, đặc biệt sử dụng trong container lạnh bảo vệ hàng thực phẩm.
    • Các hàng hóa xếp gần cửa cần cách xa cửa một khoảng cách hợp lý và chẳng buộc cẩn thận tránh để hàng đổ chèn chặt cửa không mở được hoặc khi mở cửa hàng tràn ra ngoài.
    • Cần ghi chép đúng hàng hóa, phải ghi cho từng lô hàng riêng biệt tránh trường hợp xếp xong hàng mới ghi, điều này có thể quên hoặc ghi thừa…
    • Hàng được đóng trên cao bản (pallet) không cần chằng buộc nhưng phải xếp hợp lý. Khoảng cách giữa pallet với thành container là 4 inch (100mm), các cao bản phải được chằng buộc lại thành khối vững chắc.
    • Đối với hàng đông lạnh cần đặc biệt chú ý nhiệt độ của hàng trước khi xếp vào container, các điều kiện về sinh trong container. Sauk hi xếp xong cần theo dõi chặt chẽ nhiệt độ trong container.
    • Nên ngắt ống thổi khí lạnh khi xếp hàng. Không xếp hàng cao quá đường xếp hàng cho phép (được ghi trong container).
    • Đối với container hàng lỏng, cần khóa van trước khi bơm hàng. Hàng bơm không được quá đầy. Chú ý van xả an toàn để bảo đảm chúng không bị tắc. Tuyệt đối tuân thủ quy tắc phòng tránh hỏa hoạn.
    • Đối với hàng nguy hiểm cần tuân thủ chặt chẽ các quy định an toàn. Sau khi hoàn thành xếp hàng, ghi chú các thông tin cần thiết gắn kèm theo container theo biểu mẫu.
    • Kỹ thuật dỡ hàng trong container
    • Công việc chuẩn bị: Chuẩn bị các giấy tờ cần thiết liên quan đến hàng hóa đóng trong container.
    • Bảo đảm chắc chắn rằng container đã được đặt trên nền chắc chắn.
    • Chuẩn bị các công cụ cần thiết.
    • Giám định và kiểm tra chu đáo tình trạng bề ngoài của container, các dấu niêm phong, cặp chì hải quan…
    • Khi mở cửa hết sức chú ý vì hàng có thể đổ gây nguy hiểm cho người đứng bên cạnh. Sau khi mở cửa, kiểm tra hàng có bị tổn thất không.

    Câu 4: Trình bày nghĩa vụ và trách nhiệm của người chuyên chở hàng hóa bằng đường biển thuộc công ước Hague (Brussel) 1924 và công ước Humburg 1978. Nêu một số đặc điểm khác nhau giữa hai công ước này.

    Công ước Brussel 1924

    • Người vận chuyển phải chịu trách nhiệm trước và lúc bắt đầu mỗi chuyến đi để thực hiện một cách chu đáo:
    • Làm cho con tàu có đủ khả năng đi biển
    • Biên chế một cách hợp lý, trang bị và cung ứng đầy đủ cho con tàu
    • Làm cho hầm hàng, hầm lạnh và buồng bảo ôn, và tất cả các bộ phận của con tàu mà trong đó hàng hóa được vận chuyển, phù hợp và an toàn cho việc nhận hàng, vận chuyển và bảo quản an toàn hàng hóa.
    • Người vận chuyển phải chịu trách nhiệm nhận, chất hàng, xếp, vận chuyển,giữ gìn, chăm sóc hàng hoá và dỡ hàng một cách cẩn thận, phù hợp đối với hàng hóa được vận chuyển.
    • Sau khi nhận trách nhiệm về mình đối với hàng hóa người chuyên chở hoặc thuyền trưởng hoặc đị lý của người chuyên chở sẽ theo yêu cầu của người gửi hàng, phát hành cho người gửi hàng một (bộ) vận đơn đường biển.
    • Trừ khi có thông báo về tổn thất hay thiệt hại được đưa ra bằng văn bản cho người chuyên chở hoặc đại lý của anh ta tại cảng đích trước hoặc tại thời điểm hàng được chuyển giao cho người nhận theo hợp đồng vận chuyển, hoặc, nếu tổn thất hay thiệt hại là dạng không nhìn thấy, trong phạm vi 3 ngày kể từ ngày lô hàng cuối cùng được giao, sự chuyển giao này sẽ là bằng chứng ban đầu về việc giao hàng bởi người chuyên chở đối với hàng hóa như được mô tả trên vận đơn.

    Nếu tổn thất hay thiệt hại là dạng không nhìn thấy, thông báo bằng văn bản phải được đưa ra trong thời hạn 3 ngày kể từ ngày giao hàng.

    Trong bất kì trường hợp nào thì người vận chuyển và tàu không chịu trách nhiệm về tổn thất hay thiệt hại trừ khi sự khiếu nại được đưa ra trong phạm vi 1 năm kể từ ngày giao hàng hoặc ngày mà đáng ra hàng được giao.

    Công ước Hamburg 1978

    • Người chuyên chở phải chịu trách nhiệm đối với tổn thất và thiệt hại xảy ra đối với hàng hóa cũng như là sự chậm trễ trong giao hàng, nếu tổn thất, thiệt hại hay sự chậm trễ đó xảy ra trong khi hàng hóa đang nằm trong phạm vi trách nhiệm của người chuyên chở, trừ khi người chuyên chở chứng minh được rằng, người chuyên chở, đại lý hoặc người làm công cho họ đã thực hiện mọi biện pháp hợp lý để tránh xảy ra tổn thất hoặc hạn chế hậu quả của nó.
    • Trách nhiệm của người chuyên chở bao trùm suốt thời kỳ mà người chuyên chở chịu trách nhiệm trông nom hàng hóa ở cảng chất hàng, dỡ hàng và trong khi chuyên chở.
    • Người chuyên chở có thể phải chịu trách nhiệm đối với thực hiện hợp đồng của bên thứ 3 (hợp đồng phụ)
    • Người chuyên chở phải chịu trách nhiệm đối với tổn thất. thiệt hại xảy ra với hàng hóa nhưng được hưởng mức giới hạn trách nhiệm là 835 SDR/kiện hoặc 2,5 SDR/Gkgs.
    • Trách nhiệm của người vận chuyển đối với hàng hóa bao gồm suốt giai đoạn kể từ khi người chuyên chở nhận trách nhiệm về hàng hóa và cho tới khi giao hàng cho người nhận.

    Một số điểm khác nhau giữa 2 công ước:

    • Về nghĩa vụ chứng minh lỗi:
    • Brussel 24: Chủ hàng phải chứng minh lỗi gây ra tổn thất cho hàng hóa do người chuyên chở gây nên. Nếu không chứng minh được lỗi thì người chuyên chở thoát trách nhiệm.
    • Hamburg: Người chuyên chở muốn được miễn trách thì phải chứng minh được anh không có lỗi.
    • Các trường hợp miễn trách cho người chuyên chở:
    • Brussel 24:

    + Trạng thái không đủ khả năng đi biển của con tàu, nếu trạng thái đó không phải do sự thiếu cần mẫn của người chuyên chở trước và bắt đầu mỗi chuyến đi.

    + Hậu quả do những hành vi sơ suất, lỗi lầm của thuyền trưởng, thủ thủy, hoa tiêu hay người làm công cho chủ tàu trong vận chuyển hay trong công tác quản lý.

    + Mất mát, hư hỏng hàng hóa phát sinh do hỏa hoạn, thiên tai, chiến tranh, phá hoại, hành vi sai sót của chủ hàng, do nội tì hoặc ẩn tì của hàng hóa.

    • Hamburg: Không đưa ra mục miễn trách, không liệt kê, chỉ để lại trường hợp miễn trách đó là rủi ro cháy.
    • Giới hạn trách nhiệm bồi thường:
    • Brussel: 100 Bảng Anh hoặc 10000 Frang và được nâng lên 666,67 SDR/kiện hoặc 2.0 SDR/GKg.
    • Thời hạn khiếu nại
    • Brussel: một năm kể từ khi phát sinh tổn thất và có thể kéo dài hơn tùy thỏa thuận
    • Hamburg: Quy định 2 năm
    • Thời hạn bắt đầu và kết thúc trách nhiệm:
    • Brussel: Từ cẩu ở cảng chất hàng đến cẩu tại cảng dỡ hàng.
    • Hamburg: Từ khi hàng nằm dưới quyền định đoạt của người chuyên chở cho đến khi hàng được giao cho người nhận.
    • Giao hàng:
    • Brussel: Không quy định
    • Hamburg: Quy định cụ thể, người chuyên chở chịu trách nhiệm về việc vận chuyển giao hàng chậm và không được giao cho người nhận tại cảng dỡ theo quy định như trong hợp đồng.
    • Chuyên chở súc vật sống:
    • Brussel: Không quy định
    • Hamburg: Có quy định cụ thể, người chuyên chở phải chăm sóc súc vật sống theo đúng chỉ dẫn của người chủ hàng, và được quyền hành động trái với sự chỉ dẫn đó nếu nó bảo vệ được hàng hóa mà không phải chịu trách nhiệm.

    Câu 5: Thế nào là hình thức thuê tàu chuyến? Trình tự thuê tàu chuyến?

    • Khái niệm của thuê tàu chuyến: Chủ tàu (shipowner) hoặc người chuyên chở (Carrier) cho người thuê (charterer) thuê toàn bộ hoặc một phần dung tích hoặc trọng tải con tàu để vận chuyển hàng hóa từ cảng chất hàng đến cảng dỡ hàng với mức cước do hai bên thỏa thuận

    Mối quan hệ giữa người chuyên chở với người thuê được điều chỉnh thông qua hợp đồng thuê tàu chuyến.

    Các hình thức thuê tàu chuyến

    • Thuê chuyến đơn
    • Thuê chuyến khứ hồi
    • Thuê chuyến khứ hồi liên tục
    • Thuê thầu khoán
    • Trình tự thuê tàu chuyến:

    Trường hợp người bán hàng am hiểu về lĩnh vực thuê tàu:

    1. Lựa chọn một con tàu thích hợp trên tuyến phù hợp.
    2. Tính toán chi phí gửi hàng để xác định lợi nhuận của người xuất khẩu.
    3. Đàm phán để thỏa thuận các điều kiện của hợp đồng.
    4. Ký hợp đồng thuê tàu.
    5. Thực hiện hợp đồng.

    Trường  hợp người bán không am hiểu sâu về nghiệp vụ thuê tàu:

    1. Thông qua người môi giới yêu cầu người môi giới tìm cho mình một con tàu phù hợp với các điều kiện về hàng hóa và tuyến vận chuyển.
    2. Người môi giới tìm tàu.
    3. Người môi giới đàm phán với người chuyên chở (chủ tàu) về các điều khoản và điều kiện của hợp đồng.
    4. Người môi giới thông báo kết quả đàm phán với người xuất khẩu.
    5. Người xuất khẩu ký hợp đồng thuê tàu. Trước khi ký hợp đồng, người thuê phải rà soát kĩ lại hợp đồng, những điều khoản nào chưa rõ rang có thể đàm phán trực tiếp với chủ tàu. Gạch bỏ những điều khoản không cần thiết.
    6. Thực hiện hợp đồng. Người thuê phải liên hệ với hãng tàu hoặc đại lý để biết được dự kiến thời gian tàu đến cảng nhận hàng. Chuẩn bị chu đáo hàng hóa, đóng gói và in nhãn mác đầy đủ. Liên hệ với cảng và ký hợp đồng bốc xếp hàng hóa, thanh toán tiền cước bốc xếp nếu giá cước thuê tàu chưa có chi phí bốc xếp. Tổ chức bốc xếp, tiến hành theo dõi giao nhận hàng hóa với tàu. Sau khi bốc hàng lên tàu, người thuê phải lấy được “biên lai thuyền phó” cho mỗi lô hoặc mỗi ca. Sau khi đã hoàn thiện việc chất hàng, người thuê tập hợp các biên lai thuyền phó để đổi lấy vận đơn. Chú ý: Vận đơn phải là vận đơn sạch, đã bốc hàng lên tàu.

  • Nguyên Lý Kế Toán (Hệ Chất Lượng Cao)

    Nguyên Lý Kế Toán (Hệ Chất Lượng Cao)

    Một số phần cần thiết trong môn này ad sẽ note lại cho các bạn trong ĐHHH nói riêng và sinh viên nói chung tham khảo.

    Ad sẽ đăng các phần thầy (cô) yêu cầu tìm, bài powerpoint của thầy (cô)

    Lưu ý: Sinh viên VIMARU khoa chất lượng cao theo dõi bài post nhé!

     

    Đây là bài giảng của cô Dang Thuy Duong (K56CLC nên tham khảo)

    1. Tuần 1: WEEK 01 – INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING

    2.Tuần 2 + Tuần 3: WEEK 2 and WEEK 3

    3. Tuần 4: Chapter 4

    Phần bổ trợ cho phần bài tập chương 4: Chapter 4 exercises with solution

    4. Tuần 5+6+7: Updating… Chờ ad một tí, ad đi kiếm đã

     


    Một số từ cần thiết, cần nhớ trong môn Nguyên Lý Kế Toán!

    1. Bảng cân đối kế toán

    Bài tập này thì cứ khoản nào phải thu thì xếp vào Assets (tài sản), còn các khoản phải trả thì xếp vào phần Liabilities + Equity

    Assets (A) = Liabilities (L) + Owners’Equity (OE)

    (A = L + OE)

    Equity = Contributed + Revenues – Dividens – Expenses

    Chú giải:

    Contributed (vốn góp chủ sở hữu), Revenues (doanh thu), Dividens (tiền trả cổ tức), Expenses (Chi Phí)

    Retained Earning (Lợi nhuận giữ lại) = Revenues – Dividens – Expenses

    Assets (Tài sản):

    a. Current Assets (short-term assets) (tài sản ngắn hạn)

    • Cash: Cash in hand/Money deposited in banks/Cheque
    • Trading/Marketable/Available for sale securities (stock/bond)
    • Short-term accounts receivable
    • Prepaid expenses (Money customers owe to the company)
    • Inventory

    – Raw material/ Supplies

    – Work in process Inventory (Chi phí sản xuất kinh doanh dở dang)

    – Finish goods (Hàng đã hoàn thành)

    – Goods hold available for sale

    b. Long term (non-current) Assets

    • Fixed Assets

    – Fixed tangiable assets: land property, building, warehouses, equipment, machine transport, vehicles

    – Fixed intangiable assets: copyright, good will patent, trademark

    • Long-term investments
    • Real estable investments
    • Financial Lease (Cho thuê tài chính)

    Liabilities + Owners’ Equity

    a. Liabilities 

    • Short-term (current) Liabilities

    – Short term account payable (buy on credit) (kiểu dạng mua qua thẻ ghi nợ)

    – Wage/Salary payable (Lương phải trả)

    – Tax payable (Thuế phải trả)

    – Over draft

    • Long term liabilities

    – Long term loans (nợ phải trả dài hạn)/Borrowing debts

    b. Owners’ Equity

    • Owners’capital/Contributed capital (coporation-common stock prefered stock)
    • Retained earnings
    • Accumalated other comprehensive income (loss)

    (updating)

  • Hàng Hoá Vận Tải Biển

    Hàng Hoá Vận Tải Biển

    Đề cương Đại Học Hàng Hải (Vimaru)

    Hiện tại, bên mình còn có khá nhiều đề cương. Nếu gõ lại toàn bộ và chi tiết thì sẽ mất một thời gian khá dài. Vì vậy, bọn mình quyết định scan trước, rồi mới tiến hành gõ sau. Bản word mình sẽ xong sớm trong thời gian tới. Các bạn thông cảm nha!!!! Các bạn khoá này hi sinh chút nhé!

    Các bạn lưu ý là nên tải bản pdf về máy nhé! Vì trong file pdf, mình đã chỉnh sửa hình ảnh cho dễ nhìn nhất, còn trên web thì hình ảnh vẫn chưa được tốt lắm! Thanks

    [Tải trọn bộ đề cương Hàng hoá vận tải biển tại đây] [dự phòng: Click Here]

    [toc]

    Câu 1: Khái niệm và đặc tính vận tải của hàng hoá

    Hàng Hoá Vận Tải Biển

    Câu 2: Phân loại hàng hoá trong vận tải và đặc trưng của từng nhóm

    Hàng Hoá Vận Tải Biển

    Hàng Hoá Vận Tải Biển

    Câu 3: Bao Bì

    Hàng Hoá Vận Tải Biển

    Hàng Hoá Vận Tải Biển

    Câu 4: Nhãn hiệu hàng hoá

    Hàng Hoá Vận Tải Biển

    Câu 5: Lượng giảm tự nhiên và tổn thất hàng hoá

    Hàng Hoá Vận Tải Biển

    Hàng Hoá Vận Tải Biển

  • Những câu hỏi thường gặp trong Phỏng Vấn

    Những câu hỏi thường gặp trong Phỏng Vấn

    Nhà tuyển dụng thường hỏi như thế nào khi phỏng vấn bạn? Hãy tham khảo một số câu hỏi phỏng vấn dưới đây nhé!!!

    [Tải xuống để có thể thực hành mỗi ngày nhé! Nhấp vào đây!!!]

    Phần 1: Các câu hỏi thường gặp

    1. Nói cho tôi biết thông tin về bạn?
    2. Thế mạnh của bạn là gì?
    3. Tại sao bạn lại bỏ việc?
    4. Mục tiêu nghề nghiệp của bạn là gì?
    5. Tại sao bạn lại muốn làm việc cho công ty chúng tôi?
    6. Điểm yếu nhất của bạn là gì?
    7. Bạn nghĩ bạn có thể hợp tác với chúng tôi trong bao lâu, nếu bạn được tuyển dụng vào công ty?
    8. Tại sao chúng tôi nên tuyển dụng bạn?
    9. Bạn có những kinh nghiệm gì trong lĩnh vực này? Bạn đã có kinh nghiệm làm việc thực tế hay chưa?
    10. Trong thời gian vừa qua, bạn làm gì để củng cố và mở mang kiến thức của bản thân?
    11. Vui lòng cho biết, bằng cách nào bạn sẽ là một tài sản giá trị với công ty chúng tôi?
    12. Vui lòng cho biết một đề nghị cài tiến mà bạn đã thực hiện trước đây?
    13. Tại sao bạn nghĩ rằng bạn sẽ làm tốt công việc này?
    13. Đồng nghiệp hay bạn bè đánh giá bạn là người như thế nào?
    14. Bạn biết gì về công ty của chúng tôi?
    15. Bạn mong muốn mức lương như thế nào?
    16. Điều gì khiến bạn khó chịu với đồng nghiệp?
    17. Bạn có sẵn lòng làm ngoài giờ không?
    18. Bạn có nghĩ rằng bạn đã thành công?
    19. Hãy nói về đạo đức nghề nghiệp của bạn?
    20. Bạn có thể làm việc theo nhóm không?
    21. Triết lý làm việc của bạn là gì?
    22. Nếu bạn đã kiếm đủ tiền và có thể nghỉ việc bây giờ, bạn sẽ nghỉ chứ?
    23. Bạn có quen ai làm việc trong công ty của tôi không?
    24. Hãy nói cho tôi biết công việc mơ ước của bạn là gì?
    25. Điều gì quan trọng hơn: tiền bạc hay công việc?
    26. Kiểu người thế nào sẽ làm cho bạn không muốn làm việc cùng?
    27. Hãy kể cho tôi nghe những vấn đề bạn gặp phải với người giám sát?
    28. Cho tôi biết khả năng chịu đựng của bạn với áp lực công việc?
    29. Hãy trình bày điều mà bạn thấy thất vọng nhất trong công việc cũ của bạn?
    30. Kỹ năng của bạn có phù hợp với công việc này hay phù hợp với công việc khác hơn?
    31. Sao bạn biết bạn đã thành công trong công việc?
    32. Bạn có sẵn sàng đi xa nếu được yêu cầu không?
    33. Bạn có sẵn sàng đặt lợi ích của tập thể lên trên lợi ích của mình hay không?
    34. Hãy miêu tả khả năng quản lý của bạn?
    35. Bạn có “điểm mù” nào không?
    36. Nếu bạn tuyển một người cho vị trí này, bạn mong chờ gì ở ứng viên đó?
    37. Bạn có cho rằng bạn quá tốt so với đòi hỏi của công việc này không?
    38. Bạn làm gì để bù đắp cho sự thiếu kinh nghiệm làm việc?
    39. Bạn mong chờ điều gì từ quản lý/ giám đốc của bạn?
    40. Vị trí mà bạn muốn làm việc trong một dự án là gì?
    41. Điểm đáng thất vọng nhất mà bạn nhận thấy ở bản thân mình là gì?
    42. Hãy kể một câu chuyện hài hước nhất mà bạn đã có trong khi làm việc.
    43. Quyết định khó khăn nhất của bạn phải đưa ra là gì?
    44. Bạn sẽ làm thế nào nếu như sếp của bạn sai?
    45. Hãy nêu một vài ví dụ về việc bạn làm việc nhóm?
    46. Bạn thích làm việc độc lập hay làm việc theo nhóm.
    47. Lần cuối cùng mà bạn tức giận là khi nào? Chuyện gì đã xảy ra?
    48. Bạn làm cách nào để giải quyết áp lực?
    49. Hãy mô tả tốc độ làm việc tại nơi làm việc của bạn?
    50. Bạn hãy mô tả về phong cách làm việc của bạn?
    51. Hãy mô tả một công việc tiêu biểu bạn hay làm trong tuần:
    52. Điểm mạnh nhất của bản thân bạn có thể giúp bạn hoàn thành công việc là gì?
    53. Bạn làm thế nào để đạt được mục tiêu đặt ra:
    54. Anh có sẵn sàng đi công tác không?
    55. Anh có thể đóng góp gì cho công ty?
    56. Cách thách thức mà anh đang mong chờ là gì?
    57. Điều gì khiến bạn hứng thú với công việc này?
    58. Ai là người chủ tốt nhất của anh?
    59. Anh kỳ vọng gì từ người giám sát mình?
    61. Bạn thích điều thì hay không thích điều gì về công việc trước đây của bạn?
    62. Mức thù lao khởi điểm và cuối cùng của anh là bao nhiêu?
    63. Hãy kể cho tôi nghe về thành tích đáng tự hào nhất của bạn?
    64. Anh có câu hỏi gì cho tôi không?

    Phần 2

    Động cơ xin việc và sự quan tâm đến công việc:

    1. Vì sao nộp đơn vào vị trí này?
    2. Có nhận xét gì về công ty?
    3. Điều gì khiến anh thích thú nhất khi xin vào công việc này?
    4. Điều gi khiến anh thấy được kích thích nhất trong công việc?
    5. Theo anh, công việc này có yêu cầu, đòi hỏi gì?
    6. Anh dự định sẽ thực hiện công việc này như thế nào?
    7. Anh nhận thấy minh sẽ cần những điều kiện gì để thực hiện tốt công việc này?
    8. Anh mong muốn mức lương bao nhiêu?
    9. Theo anh với công việc này, mức lương là bao nhiêu là thích hợp?

    Đào tạo, giáo dục và các hoạt động khi đi học:

    1. Trong thời gian gần đây, anh đã và đang tham gia những tổ chức hoặc hoạt động nào?
    2. Anh thích và không thích môn học nào nhất? Tại sao?
    3. Anh nhận thấy trường học đã trang bị cho anh những gì? Còn thiếu gì?

    Công việc cũ:

    1. Mức lương hiện nay?
    2. Tổng thu nhập hiện nay? Gồm những khoản nào ngoài lương?
    3. Vì sao bỏ công việc hiện tại?
    4. Nhận xét về công ty cũ: thế mạnh, điểm yếu, đêìu gì làm anh thích và không thích?

    Kiến thức, kinh nghiệm trong công việc:

    1. Theo nhận xét của anh, anh có thể đảm nhiệm tốt những chức danh công việc hoạc vị trí nào trong công ty của chúng tôi?
    2. Những kinh nghiệm nào anh đang có sẽ giúp ích cho công việc mới?
    3. Thành công lớn nhất mà anh từng đạt được?
    4. Anh hình dung công việc sắp tới như thế nào?

    Khả năng hoà đồng và giao tiếp:

    1. Hãy nói về lãnh đạo và đồng nghiệp cũ.
    2. Theo anh, đối với loại công việc này, làm việc một mình hay theo nhóm sẽ đạt kết quả tốt hơn?
    3. Theo anh tự đánh giá, mình sẽ đạt hiệu quả cao nhất khi làm việc 1 mình hay theo nhóm?
    4. Giả sử có xung đột xảy ra, anh sẽ giải quyết như thế nào?
    5. Anh có cảm thấy khó khăn khi tiếp xúc với người mới quen hay không?
    6. Nêu 1 số tình huống thực tế.

    Tự nhận xét về bản thân, ý thức trách nhiệm và cầu tiến:

    1. Anh hãy tự nói về bản thân: những gì anh thích, không thích…
    2. Những ưu thế của anh so với những ứng viên khác?
    3. Đâu là điểm mạnh, điểm yếu của anh?
    4. Anh muốn chúng tôi biết những gì về anh? (muốn nhìn anh như thế nào?)
    5. Những người thân (gia đình, bạn bè) đánh giá anh như thế nào?
    6. Anh hình dung 1- 5 năm nữa mình như thế nào?
    7. Theo anh, đâu là những cản trở hoặc trở ngại đối với anh hiện nay khi nỗ lực để đạt được những mục tiêu của mình?
    8. Anh dự định sẽ làm gì để khắc phục và vượt qua những trở ngại đó?
    9. Mong muốn lớn nhất của anh là gì?
    10. Theo anh, điều gì có ảnh hưởng nhiều nhất đến sự tiến bộ trong nghề nghiệp của anh?
    11. Nếu được nhận vào đây, anh có mong đợi hoặc đề nghị gì?

    Quan điểm, sở thích chung:

    1. Điều gì làm anh thấy khó chịu nhất trong cuộc sống hiện nay?
    2. Điều gì làm anh thấy hài lòng nhất trong cuộc sống hiện nay?
    3. Những sở thích của anh?
    4. Nếu tuyển nhân viên nói chung, anh thấy cần có những tiêu chuẩn hoặc yêu cầu gì?
    5. Còn riêng đối với vị trí mà anh dự tuyển, anh thấy cần có thêm những tiêu chí gì? Nếu cho anh tự đánh giá, anh thấy mình đã đáp ứng được hết những điều đó chưa?
    6. Anh đã từng gặp thất bại trong công việc chưa? Nếu có, hãy kể cách anh vượt qua nó? Nếu không, hãy cho biết anh làm thế nào để không gặp thất bại?
    7. Điều gì thường khiến anh phải lưỡng lự, suy nghĩ nhiều nhất khi làm việc?
    8. Bài học kinh nghiệm nào anh thấy quý báu nhất mà anh rút ra được từ trước đến nay?
    9. Khi gặp một vấn đề khó, anh giải quyết như thế nào? (lưu ý trình tự ưu tiên trong cách xử lý vấn đề)
    10. Anh có nhận xét gì về công ty chúng tôi? Điều gì làm anh thấy không hài lòng nhất?

    Một số câu hỏi hóc búa

    1. Chúng tôi có rất nhiều người ứng tuyển vào vị trí này, tại sao chúng tôi phải chọn bạn?
    2. Bạn đã tìm việc trong thời gian khá lâu, tại sao bạn không nghĩ là bạn có vấn đề trong việc tìm kiếm việc làm?
    3. Bạn có vẻ không đủ khả năng kỹ thuật đối với công viêịc. Bạn làm thế nào để đối phó với nó?
    4. Bạn thấy điều gì thú vị trên báo ngày hôm nay?
    5. Nếu được tuyển dụng, bạn sẽ đem lại gì cho chúng tôi?
    1. Nhược điểm của anh/chị là gì?
    2. Nếu được nhận vào làm ở vị trí này, anh/chị nghĩ là mình có ưu điểm gì để hoàn thành tốt công việc?
    3. Tại sao anh/chị muốn làm việc ở đây?
    4. Mục tiêu của anh/chị là gì?
    5. Tại sao anh/chị lại chuyển việc?
    6. Khi nào anh/chị cảm thấy hài lòng với công việc nhất?
    7. Anh/chị có thể làm được gì cho chúng tôi?
    8. Ba điểm tích cực mà người chủ nói về bạn?
    9. Anh/chị đang tìm kiếm mức lương nào?
    10. Thành tích lớn nhất trong công việc của anh/chị là gì?

  • Tâm Lý Học Đại Cương

    Tâm Lý Học Đại Cương

    [Tải trọn bộ đề cương môn tâm lý tại đây]

    [toc]

    Câu 1 (1đ): Tâm lý là gì? Nêu các chức năng của tâm lý.

    * Theo quan niệm của DVBC : tâm lí là thuộc tính của thứ vật chất có tổ chức cao (hệ thần kinh người, não người), là hình thức phản ánh đặc biệt của chủ thể đối với HTKQ.

    – Đk cần và đủ của tâm lí là phải có não và HTKQ.

    – Đối với con người : tâm lí bao gồm tất cả những hiện tượng tinh thần xảy ra trong đầu óc con người, gắn liền và điều hành mọi hành động, hoạt động của con người.

    * Chức năng của tâm lí :

    – Tâm lí định hướng cho hoạt động.

    – Tâm lí là động lực thôi thúc con người hoạt động.

    – Tâm lí điều khiển hoạt động.

    – Tâm lí điều chỉnh hoạt động.

    Câu 2 (1đ) : Nhân cách là gì ? Nêu các yếu tố cơ bản trong sự hình thành và phát triển nhân cách.

    * Nhân cách là tổ hợp những điểm, những thuộc tính tâm lí của cá nhân, biểu hiện bản sắc và giá trị xh của con người.

    * Nhân cách đc hình thành và phát triển dự trên 4 yếu tố cơ bản là giáo dục, hoạt động, giao tiếp và tập thể.

    – Giáo dục giữ vai trò chủ đạo trong sự hình thành và phát triển nhân cách.

    – Hoạt động là yếu tố quyết định trực tiếp sự hình thành và phát triển nhân cách.

    – Giao tiếp có vai trò cơ bản trong sự hình thành và phát triển nhân cách.

    – Nhóm và tập thể có vai trò to lớn trong sự hình thành và phát triển nhân cách.

    Câu 3 (3đ) : Phân tích nội dung quy luật ngưỡng cảm giác. Cho VD minh họa.

    – Muốn có cảm giác thì phải có sự kích thích vào các giác quan và kích thích đó phải đạt tới 1 giới hạn nhất định. Giới hạn mà ở đó kích thích gây ra đc cảm giác gọi là ngưỡng cảm giác.

    – Có 2 loại ngưỡng cảm giác :

    + Ngưỡng cảm giác phía dưới (ngưỡng tuyệt đối) là cường độ kích thích tối thiểu để gây đc cảm giác.

    + Ngưỡng cảm giác phía trên (ngưỡng tối đa) là cường độ kích thích tối đa vẫn còn gây đc cảm giác.

    + Phạm vi giữa 2 ngưỡng cảm giác trên là vùng cảm giác đc, trong đó có 1 vùng phản ánh tốt nhất.

    VD : – Ngưỡng cảm giác phía dưới của cảm giác nghe là những sóng âm thanh có tần số 16 Hz.

    • Ngưỡng cảm giác phía trên của cám giác nghe là những sóng âm thanh có tần số 20.000 Hz.
    • Vùng phản ánh tốt nhất của âm thanh là những sóng âm thanh có tần số 1000 Hz.

    – Cảm giác còn phản ánh sự khác nhau giũa các kích thích. Mức độ chênh lệch tối thiểu về cường độ hoặc tính chất của 2 kích thích chỉ để phân biệt sự khác nhau giữa chúng gọi là ngưỡng sai biệt. Ngưỡng sai biệt của mỗi cảm giác là 1 hằng số.

    VD : Ngưỡng sai biệt đối với cảm giác thị giác là 1/100, thính giác là 1/10.

    – Ngưỡng tuyệt đối và ngưỡng sai biệt của cảm giác ở mỗi người là khác nhau, ở mỗi loại cảm giác là khác nhau.

    – Ngưỡng sai biệt cáng nhỏ tức độ nhạy cảm sai biệt càng lớn.

    Ngưỡng tuyệt đối càng nhỏ tức độ nhạy cảm cảm giác càng cao.

    Câu 4 (2đ) : Phân biệt tâm lí và ý thức.

    * Giống nhau :

    – Đều phản ánh HTKQ vào não.

    – Đều mang tính chủ thể.

    – Có bản chất xh lịch sử.

    * Khác nhau :

    Tâm lý Ý thức
    1 lần phản ánh 2 lần phản ánh
    Xuất hiện từ động vật có hệ thần kinh mâu hạch trở lên. Chỉ có ở con người lúc tình táo.

     

    Là các tri thức con người tiếp thu đc. Là con người hiểu đc tri thức mà họ đã tiếp thu.

     

    Câu 5 (2đ) : Phân tích bản chất xh của cảm giác. Cho VD minh họa.

    * Bản chất xh của cảm giác ở con người (khác về chất so với cảm giác ở đv) đc thể hiện ở những điểm sau :

    – Đối tượng phản ánh : cảm giác của con người không chỉ nảy sinh khi những sự vật hiện tượng vốn có trong tự nhiên tác động mà còn nảy sinh ở những sự vật hiện tượng do lao động của loài người sáng tạo ra.

    VD : Cảm giác đau khi chạm vào đầu mũi kim.

    – Cơ chế sinh lí của cảm giác : cảm giác của con người không chỉ giới hạn ở hệ thống tín hiệu thứ nhất mà còn bao gồm các cơ chế thuộc hệ thống tín hiệu thứ 2 (tác động gián tiếp = ngôn ngữ).

    VD : Khi nhìn thấy từ « Quả khế » ta sẽ có cảm giác chua và tiết nước bọt.

    – Mức độ phản ánh : cảm giác là mức độ phản ánh tâm lí đầu tiên thấp nhất, sơ đẳng nhất ở người, chịu ảnh hưởng của nhiều hiện tượng tâm lí cấp cao, còn ở 1 số đv (cụ thể là côn trùng) thì cảm giác là mức độ phản ánh tâm lí cao nhất và duy nhất.

    VD : Tự tìm.

    – Cảm giác của con người đc phát triển mạnh mẽ và phong phú dưới ảnh hưởng của hoạt động và giáo dục, tức cảm giác của người đc tạo ra theo phương thức đặc thù của x, do đó mang đậm tính xh.

    VD : Do hoạt động nghề nghiệp mà óc những người thợ dệt phân biệt đc tới 60 màu đen khác nhau, có những người đầu bếp « nếm » đc = mũi hay có những người đọc đc = tay.

  • Địa Lý Vận Tải Biển

    Địa Lý Vận Tải Biển

    Đề cương Đại Học Hàng Hải (Vimaru)

    Mọi ý kiến đóng góp xin gửi vào hòm thư: [email protected]

    Tổng hợp các đề cương hiện có của Đại Học Hàng Hải: CLICK HERE

    Tải ngay đề cương này bản PDF tại đây: CLICK HERE (Dự Phòng: CLICK HERE)


    [toc]

    Câu 1: Trình bày khái niệm, nguyên nhân của hiện tượng thời tiết sương mù.

    Khái niệm: Sương mù là kết quả của sự ngưng kết của hơi nước trong khí quyển tạo nên những hạt nước nhỏ hoặc hạt băng. Sự tích tụ những hạt như  vậy trong không khí ở bề mặt trái đất gọi là sương mù.

    Nguyên nhân:

    • Do sự lạnh giá bức xạ vào bạn đêm và những giờ gần sáng, trong thời kì trời quang mây mà chủ yếu trên trái đất. (mù bức xạ)
    • Do sự di chuyển của không khí nóng ẩm trên mặt đệm lạnh hơn (mù bình lưu)
    • Do sự bốc hơi nước từ mặt nước ấm hơn so với không khí xung quanh (mù bốc hơi)

    Câu 2: Trình bày khái niệm và ảnh hưởng tới vận tải thuỷ của hiện tượng thời tiết sương mù?

    Khái niệm: Sương mù là kết quả của sự ngưng kết của hơi nước trong khí quyển tạo nên những hạt nước nhỏ hoặc hạt băng. Sự tích tụ những hạt như  vậy trong không khí ở bề mặt trái đất gọi là sương mù.

    Ảnh hưởng:

    • Ảnh hưởng đến chất lượng ảnh rada. Sương mù là một trong những hiện tượng khí tượng làm giảm tầm phát hiện mục tiêu của rada.
    • Giảm tốc độ tàu
    • Tầm nhìn xa hạn chế dễ đâm và gây tổn thất cho sinh mạng con người, hàng hoá và phương tiện vận tải.

    Câu 3: Trình bày hiện tượng thời tiết lốc

    Khái niệm: Lốc là những xoá trong đó gió trong hoàn lưu nhỏ cỡ hàng chục, hàng trăm mét. Lốc xoáy là những xoáy nhỏ cuốn lên, có trục thẳng đứng, thường xảy ra khi khí quyển có sự nhiễu loạn và về cơ bản là không thể dự báo được.

    Nguyên nhân:

    Do những dòng khí nóng bốc lên cao 1 cách mạnh mẽ. Trong những ngày hè nóng nực, mặt đất bị đốt nóng không đều nhau, một khoảng nào đó hấp thụ nhiệt thuận lợi sẽ nóng hơn, tạo ra vùng khí áp giảm và tạo ra dòng thăng. Không khí lạnh hơn ở chung quanh tràn đến tạo hiện tượng gió xoáy, tương tự trong cơn bão. Tốc độ gió của lốc tăng mạnh đột ngột trong một thời gian rõ rệt.

    Lốc cũng thường xuất hiện trong những đám mây dông khi chênh lệch nhiệt độ theo chiều thẳng đứng lớn.

    Ảnh hưởng: Đặc điểm của gió lốc là tốc độ gió tăng rất mạnh, trong một đơn vị thời gian nó có thể bốc đi một lúc mấy toa tàu hoả, những ngôi nhà, những con tàu cỡ vài chục tấn. Kèm theo lốc thường có dông và mưa đá.

    Câu 4: Trình bày khái niêm gió và hoa gió trên bản đồ khí tượng.

    • Gió là sự chuyển động của không khí theo chiều ngang gây nên bởi chênh lệch áp suất không khí ở vùng lân cận.
    • Hoa gió trên bản đồ khí tượng hàng hải do cơ quan khí tượng Anh xuất bản, trong đó hướng gió biểu thị bằng “ca la bàn” theo chiều mũi tên. Các khối trắng đen, dài ngắn khác nhau trên các hướng biểu thị cấp gió Beaufort và tần số % xuất hiện, đo trên thang tỉ lệ tần suất.

    Câu 5: Sự hình thành mưa, tuyết, mây, mù, sương?

    Nước từ mặt đất, mặt biển bốc hơi vào không khí, hơi nước từ trong không khí lại ngưng kết thành mây, mưa, tuyết, mù, sương rơi xuống bề mặt trái đất.

    Mây hình thành là do hơi nước ngưng kết trong không trung, nhưng các vật nhưng kết rất nhỏ nhẹ bay lơ lửng trong không trung tụ tập thành từng đám hình thành MÂY. Nếu các vật ngưng kết này ở thấp gần bề mặt trái đất tiếp xúc với mặt đất gọi là MÙ.

    Hơi nước ngưng kết trong không trung hình thành những hạt có thể tích lớn, nặng rơi xuống mặt đất gọi là MƯA. Nếu hơi nước ngưng kết ở nhiệt độ dưới 0 độ C trong quá trình ngưng kết hơi nước trực tiếp biến thành những tinh thể rắn rơi xuống mặt đất gọi là TUYẾT.

    Khi nhiệt độ trong không khí ở bề mặt trái đất hạ xuống dưới nhiệt độ điểm sương thì hơi nước trong không khí trên bề mặt Trái đất kết tụ thành dạng nước gọi là SƯƠNG.

    Nguyên nhân căn bản của hơi nước ngưng kết thành mây, mù, sương là giống nhau, chỗ khác nhau chỉ là điều kiện và hoàn cảnh ngưng kết không giống nhau mà thôi.

  • Tài Liệu Ôn Thi MOS

    Tài Liệu Ôn Thi MOS

    1. Tài liệu ôn thi MOS:

    Đây là bộ tài liệu cơ bản Microsoft Office Word 2010 của trường Đại Học Hàng Hải (VMU). Theo như mình nhận thấy, bộ tài liệu này viết khá đầy đủ, sơ lược về các thẻ trong Word. Các thẻ trong Word là một phần cực kì quan trọng để các bạn nắm được phần nội dung chính trong các câu hỏi. Các bạn nhấp vào đây để tải

    [Các chức năng cơ bản trong Microsoft Word 2010]

    2. Các dạng đề ôn thi MOS

    Các dạng đề thi được biên soạn bởi khoa công nghệ thông tin trường Đại Học Hàng Hải. Trong đó, các dạng bài được mô phỏng gần giống với một bài thi MOS. Đặc biệt có một số đề được viết bằng tiếng anh dành cho những bạn muốn làm bài thi MOS bằng tiếng Anh. Đừng chần chừ nữa, các bạn nên bắt tay luyện tập MOS ngay. Các bạn hãy tải các dạng đề thi tại đây.

    [Tài liệu thực hành]

    Các bạn lưu ý tải cả tệp sau về máy. Đây là tệp hỗ trợ để các bạn có thể làm các bài thực hành. Bởi vì một số file đề yêu cầu (word1.doc, word2.doc,….) nằm trong tệp tin này.

    [Tải xuống tệp hỗ trợ GMetrixTemplates.zip tại đây]

    Password: hotroontap

    3. Thông tin Cơ bản về MOS

    1. MOS là gì?

    MOS là Microsoft Office  Specialist; là bài thi đánh giá kỹ năng tin học văn phòng được sử dụng rộng rãi nhất trên thế giới với hơn 1 triệu bài thi được tổ chức hàng năm. Bài thi MOS được sáng tạo bởi Microsoft  và triển khai bởi Certiport (Hoa Kỳ). Bài thi được thực hiện hiện trực tuyến, với hơn 25 ngôn ngữ được xây dựng và được Việt hóa bài thi. MOS là chứng chỉ duy nhất xác nhận kỹ năng sử dụng phần mềm tin học văn phòng Microsoft Office và do Microsoft trực tiếp cấp chứng chỉ.

    Các cấp độ của chứng chỉ MOS

    •  Specialist: Chứng nhận kỹ năng cơ bản trong các sản phẩm Microsoft Office: Word, Excel, PowerPoint, Access, Outlook.
    •  Expert: Chứng nhận kỹ năng cao cấp trong Microsoft Word và Microsoft Excel.
    •  Master:  Chứng nhận kỹ năng tổng thể toàn diện cao cấp nhất trong sử dụng Microsoft Office. Yêu cầu 4 bài thi: Word Expert, Excel Expert, PowerPoint và một trong 2 bài thi: Outlook hoặc Access.

    2. Thời gian làm bài thi
    Mỗi bài thi 50 phút

    3. Nội dung các bài thi

    Chứng chỉ MOS do Microsoft chính thức cấp cho các chương trình trình ứng dụng tin học văn phòng bao gồm các bài thi MOS 2010: Word®2010, 2010, PowerPoint® 2010, Access® 2010, Outlook® 2010, SharePoint® 2010, Word 2010 Expert, Excel® 2010 Expert

    4. Lợi ích của bài thi MOS

    MOS là chứng chỉ được công nhận trên toàn thế giới. Khi đạt được chứng chỉ MOS, bạn sẽ có trong tay một công cụ hữu hiệu để bạn khẳng định bản thân và tiến xa hơn trong môi trường làm việc đây cạnh tranh. Không chỉ vậy chứng chỉ MOS giúp bạn thể hiện được năng lực của mình một cách dễ dàng, vượt trội hơn hẳn so với những sinh viên bình thường khác.

    5. Thời hạn

    Chứng chỉ MOS có giá trị trọn đời.